HomeMy WebLinkAbout99-114 THE CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON
BY-LAW 99-114
Being a By-law to authorize a contract between the
Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington and Hardco
Construction Ltd., Whitby , Ontario, for Reconstruction of
Wellington Street, Concession Street, Elgin Street, Silver
Street, High Street, Church Street, Division Street and Martin
Road, Bowmanville.
THE CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON HEREBY ENACTS
AS FOLLOWS:
1. THAT the Mayor and Clerk are hereby authorized to execute, on behalf of the
Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington with the Corporation Seal, a contract
between Hardco Construction Ltd., and said Corporation; and
2. THAT the contract attached hereto as Schedule "A"form part of this By-law.
By-law read a first and second time this 5 day of July, 1999.
By-law read a third time and finally passed this 5 day of July 1999.
Acting r
i
Cler
MUNICIPALITY OF
arias nn
ONTARIO
totten sims hubicki associates
engineers architects and planners `�� ` �` `A
Nea r
CORPORATION OF
THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON
Wellington Street, Concession Street, Silver Street
Elgin Street, Church Street, Martin Road,
High Street and Division Street Reconstruction
CONTRACT NO. CL99-7
MAY 1999
totten sims hubicki associates
' Engineers, Architects and Planners
TSH No. 12-10766, 10800, 10812, 10836,
' 10837, 10841, 10844, 10856
AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT made in quadruplicate this 28th day of June, 1999
BETWEEN: HARD-CO CONSTRUCTION LTD.
' of the Regional Municipality of Durham and Province of Ontario
hereinafter called the "Contractor"
' THE PARTY OF THE FIRST PART
' - and -
the CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON
' hereinafter called the "Purchaser"
THE PARTY OF THE SECOND PART
' WITNESSETH, that the party of the first part, for and in consideration of the payment or
payments specified in the tender for this work hereby agrees to furnish all necessary machinery, tools,
equipment, supplies, labour, and other means of construction and, to the satisfaction of the Engineer, to do
all the work as described hereafter, furnish all the materials except as herein otherwise specified, and to
complete such works in strict accordance with the plans, specifications and tender therefore, all of which are
to be read herewith and form part of this present agreement as fully and completely to all intents and
purposes as though all the stipulations thereof have been embodied herein.
i
Page 1 of 3
DESCRIPTION OF THE WORK AND LIST OF DOCUMENTS
Contract No. CL99-7, Wellington Street, Concession Street, Silver Street, Elgin Street, Church Street,
Martin Road, High Street and Division Street Reconstruction, Bowmanville
A. TENDER FORM: General Pages 1 and 2
Itemized Bid Pages 3 - 21
Bonds
Schedule of Tender Data Page 23
B. INSTRUCTIONS TO TENDERERS Pages 1 to 5
C. SPECIAL PROVISIONS - GENERAL Pages 1 to 27
D. SPECIAL PROVISIONS - TENDER ITEMS Pages 1 to 28
E. STANDARDS
F. BREAKDOWN SHEET
G. PLANS: Drawings No. 1-25 to W-S-1 to W-5-9
H. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS: the applicable edition of the following Ontario Provincial Standard
Specifications and Region of Durham Specifications, revised March 1999.
OPSS No. Date OPSS No. Date OPSS No. Date OPSS No. Date
127 Current 351 Sept. 1996 410 Dec. 1988 571 Aug. 1990
128 Current 352 Dec. 1983 421 Jan. 1995 565 Apr. 1988
201 Feb. 1996 353 Sept. 1996 501 Feb. 1996 570 Aug. 1990
206 Dec. 1993 355 Sept. 1996 506 May 1994 577 Feb. 1996
212 Dec. 1993 405 Feb. 1990 510 Oct. 1993 603 Mar. 1993
310 Mar. 1993 407 Oct. 1989 511 Feb. 1990
314 Dec. 1993 408 Oct. 1989 570 Aug. 1990
I. GENERAL CONDITIONS: OPS General Conditions of Contract (August 1990)
All plans and documents referred to in the Specifications.
The Contractor further agrees that he will deliver the whole of the works completed in
accordance with this agreement o bQ-fn-pkke expiration of One Hundred (100) working days from the
commencement date of July.S; 1999.
IN CONSIDERATION WHEREOF said party of the second part agrees to pay to the
Contractor for all work done, the unit prices on the Tender.
Page 2 of 3
This agreement shall enure to the benefit of and be binding upon the heirs, executors,
administrators and assigns of the Contractor and on the heirs and successors of the Purchaser.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Contractor and the Purchaser have hereunto signed their
names and set their seals on the day first above written.
SIGNED and sealed by the Contractor
)
in the presence of )
)
SIGNED and sealed by the Purchaser
)
)
in the presence of )
)
Page 3 of 3
CONTRACT NO, CL99-7
MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON
Wellington Street, Concession Street, Silver Street, Elgin Street, Church Street,
Martin Road, High Street and Division Street Reconstruction
ADDENDUM NO. 1 1 of 5
Contractors are hereby notified of the following modifications to Contract No. CL99-7.
CONTRACT DRAWINGS
Drawing No. W-S-3
1. The elevation of the existing M.H. 14-62 to the east should be changed to 110.204.
2. The grade of the pipe running between M.H. 14-62 and M.H. 14-174 should be revised to
1.80 %.
3. The elevation of the pipe entering M.H. 14-174 from the west should be changed to
108.60.
ITEMIZED BID
Items No. 12 - 14, 51 & 52
Delete reference to granular backfill and replace with "select native backfill".
Item No. 55, Part `C'
Change OPSD reference from 705.030 to 705.020.
Item No. 102, Part `E'
Add "90 m Columnar Norway Maple" to the item description.
Item No. 3.01.01, Part `A'
The quantity for Item No. 3.01.01, part `A' is revised to "15.4".
Item No. 3.01.02, Part `A'
The quantity for Item No. 3.01.02, Part `A' is revised to "29.1".
Item No. 3.02.06, part `A'
The unit for Items 3.02.06 is revised to "ea".
Item No. 3.03.02, Part `A'
The quantity for this Item is revised to "3".
CONTRACT NO, CL99-7, MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON
ADDENDUM NO. 1 2 of 5
Item 3.04.02, Part `A'
The quantity for this Item is revised to "4".
Item 3.04.05, Part `A'
The quantity for this Item is revised to "5".
Add the following Items to Part `A' of the Itemized Bid:
Item Spec. Description of Item Unit Quantity Unit Price Total
No. No.
31b SP Provisional Item
Extra over Items 12, 13, 14, 51 and t 4,400
52 for granular backfill.
2.07.05 SP Provisional Item
Extra over Item 2.01.01 - 2.01.09
and 2.03.01 - 2.03.02 t 1,000
a) Granular Backfill
b) Sand Fill t 1,000
3.05.05 Provisional Item
50 mm Main Stop ea 2
3.05.10 Provisional Item
50 mm Curb Stop and Box ea 2
3.05.15 Provisional item
50 mm dia. Copper Pipe m 20
3.08.03 SP Provisional Item
Extra over Items 3.01.01 - 3.01.04,
3.05.11, 3.05.12 & 3.05.15
a) Granular Backfill t 1,000
b) Sandfill t 1,000
CONTRACT NO. CL99-7, MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON
ADDENDUM NO. 1 3 of 5
Add the following Items to Part `B' of the Itemized Bid:
Item Spec. Description of Item Unit Quantity Unit Price Total
No. No.
2.07.05 SP Provisional Item
Extra over Items 2.01.01 -
2.01.03, 2.03.01 & 2.03.02
�. a) Granular Backfill t 1,000
b) Sand Fill t 1,000
3.08.03 SP Provisional Item
Extra over Items 3.01.02,
3.01.03, 3.05.11, 3.05.12 &
3.05.15
a) Granular Backfill t 1,000
b) Sand Fill t 1,000
SPECIAL PROVISIONS - TENDER ITEMS
Page 6 - Catchbasins, Ditch Inlets and Manholes - Items No. 15-18, 53-56 and 80-82
Add the following after the first paragraph:
". breaking into the existing storm sewer at M.H. 1 on Wellington Street"
Page 6 - Relocate Water Chamber, Watermain and Appurtenances - Item No. 58
Add the following:
g
"Detail 1 in the `Standard Drawings' section illustrates the existing configurations of the chamber and
by-pass."
Page 18 -
Add the following:
"Extra Over Items 12, 13, 14, 51 and 52 for Granular Backfill - Item No. 31b
The unit price bid under these items shall include for the following:
disposal of surplus excavated material off site.
supply and placing of Granular `B', Type 1, backfill in place of select native backfill specified."
CONTRACT NO. CL99-7, MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON
ADDENDUM NO. 1 4 of 5
Page 18 - Sanitary Sewer Pipe - Items No. 2.01.01-2.01.09, Part `A', and
Items 2.01.01-2.01.03, Part `B'
Delete paragraph .5 and replace with the following:
".5 bypass pumping as required"
Page 18 - Service Connections - Items No. 2.03.01 and 2.03.01 Part `A' and Part `B',
and 2.03.01 Part `C'
Add the following:
".2 Measurement for riser services will be made vertically along the centreline from the connection
at the main sewer to the point where the service can be measured horizontally and shall be added
to the horizontal measurement."
Page 20 - Remove Existing Manhole Completely - Item No. 2.04.01 Part `A' and Part "B"
Add the following:
".5 Remove and abandon existing 50 mm water service in M.H. 14-63."
Page 21 - Break into Existing Manhole - Items No. 2.04.05, Part `A'
Delete .3 and replace with the following:
".3 including part ial removal of drop structures at M.H. 13-7 and M.H. 14-174."
Page 22 - Sanitary Sewer Manholes - Item No. 2.04.07-204.15, Part `A' and
2.04.07-2.04.10, Part `B'
Add the following:
"A Drop structure on M.H. 13-8, as per S-107, Type B"
Page 23 - Watermain Pipe - Items No. 3.01.01, 3.01.02, 3.01.03 and 3.01.04, Part `A'
and 3.01.02 and 3.01.03 Part `B'
"Delete reference to `Silver Street' under Notes: .2"
Page 23 - Remove Existing Valve Chamber - Partial - Item No. 3.02.03, Part `B'
Add the following:
".5 Backfill remaining structure with sand fill material and compaction. Reference ROD Section
02530, 2.10 for gradation requirements of sand fill material.
.6 Backfill excavation with select native materials and compaction.
7 Measurement for payment - each."
CONTRACT NO. CL99-7, MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON
ADDENDUM NO. 1 5 of 5
Page 26 - Water Service Connection -Items No. 3.05.11, Part `A', Part `B' and Part `C' and
3.05.12 Part `A' and Part `B' and 3.05.15 Part `B'
Change item reference to:
"and 3.05.15 Part `A' and Part `B'"
Page 26 - Main Stop - Items No. 3.05.01, Part `A', Part `B' and Part `C' and 3.05.02, Part `A' and
Part `B' and 3.05.05, Part `B'
Change item reference to:
and 3.05.05 Part `A' and Part `B"
Page 27 - Curb Stop and Box - Items No. 3.05.06, Part `A', Part 'B' and Part `C', 3.05.07,
Part `A' and 3.05.10 Part `B'
Change item reference to:
"and 3.05.10 Part `A' and Part `B"
Page 28 -
Add the following:
"Items No. 3.08.03 Part `A' and Part `B' and 2.07.05 Part `A' and Part `B'
Include
.1 Disposal off site of surplus excavated material.
.2 Backfill with Granular `B, type 1 or sand fill material conforming to ROD 02530, 2.10.
.3 Compaction ."
STANDARD DRAWINGS
Add Drawing S-108 "Manhole Safety Grating for Precast Concrete Manhole".
All tenders must be submitted on the basis of these modifications.
This Addendum shall remain attached to and form part of all tenders submitted.
Totten Sims Hubicki Associates
513 Division Street, P.O. Box 910
COBOURG, Ontario. K9A 4W4
June 15, 1999 17663121/vc
SAFETY CHAIN
(SEE DETAIL)
oe
r' Pt
'i.
BEAM DETAIL '��:�"• I •'�.?�
. • 1 r
�.A•yy I � .;,n �•. w
•t a.. N � p
• ••mss _ _______ _-� :• ••
'r.•,� i .� n m O
4rst
62 t
I 1 •a'.
�' `• +'w� �;�+`•'+9 a 13 mm DI& x 95 mm LG.
''•'+ �" �_ t =•t ' �_!:'' STAINLESS STEEL
—1411
'r i��••1•° •� ; �'1°• WEDGE ANCHOR (TYP.)
805
951
PLAN
DETAIL OF GRATING AND 'BOLT ON' SUPPORT
2 UNIT THREADED CINCH ANCHOR
WITH 16 mm DIA. STAINLESS STEEL
BOLT AND LOCK WASHER.
450 mm LG. x 8 mm THICK
GALVANIZED TENSO COIL
CHAIN WITH SAFETY
SNAP HOOK.
a
I +
I' SELF—LOCK =
HINGE `
Ir THREE RUNGS
I00 0000 O ABOVE GRATE
END VIEW +
OPEN POSITION ONE RUNG AT
GRATE LEVEL
NOTES .� `
1. ALL GRATING COMPONENTS TO BE ALUMINIUM. I
2. AT ALL POINTS WHERE ALUMINUM AND CONCRETE SURFACES COME a
INTO CONTACT, BOTH SURFACES TO BE COATED WITH 2 COATS OF
FUNTKOTE C-12 STATIC ASPHALT PAINT OR APPROVED EQUAL SECTION A-A
ALL DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETERS EXCEPT WHERE NOTED.
THE REGIONAL MUNICIPALITY OF DURHAM WORKS DEPARTMENT
CHECKED: REVISION NO.: 3
APPROVED:
MANHOLE SAFETY GRATING DATE: 1988 05 04
DATE: FOR PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLE S-108
1978 03 10
CONTRACT NO. CL99-7
MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON
Wellington Street, Concession Street, Silver Street, Elgin Street, Church Street,
Martin Road, High Street and Division Street Reconstruction
ADDENDUM NO. 2 1 of 1
Contractors are hereby notified of the following modifications to Contract No. CL99-7.
ITEMIZED BID
Page 8 -
Item No. 3.04.02, Part `A'
The quantity for this Item is revised to "5".
Page 18 -
Item 102 - Supply and Install Tree Planting 90 m Columnar Norway Maple
Revise description of Item as follows:
90 m to "90 mm caliper"
Page 18 -
Insert "Total Part `E' Section 1 - (carried forward to summary)" after Item No. 105.
Page 21 -
Insert "0.00" in the total column for Total Part `F' Section 5.
All tenders must be submitted on the basis of these modifications.
This Addendum shall remain attached to and form part of all tenders submitted.
Totten Sims Hubicki Associates
513 Division Street, P.O. Box 910
COBOURG, Ontario. K9A 4W4
June 16, 1999
1766312111/C
PROJECT: TENDER FOR CONTRACT NO. CL99-7
RECONSTRUCTION OF VARIOUS STREETS
AUTHORITY: CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON
CONTRACT ADMINISTRATOR: TOTTEN SIMS HUBICKI ASSOCIATES
ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS and PLANNERS
513 DIVISION STREET, P.O. BOX 910
COBOURG, ONTARIO. K9A 4W4
Telephone: 905: 372-2121 Fax: 905: 372-3621
TENDERER: HARD-CO CONSTRUCTION LTD.
Name
1750 Harbour Street
WHITBY. Ontario. LIN 9G6
Address (include Postal Code)
905-668-2001 905-668-3584
Telephone and Fax Numbers
i, Barry Harding_
i Name of Person Signing
President
Position of Person Signing
TENDERS RECEIVED BY: Mrs. Patti Barrie, Clerk
Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington
Municipal Administration Centre
40 Temperance Street
BOWMANVILLE, Ontario. L1C 3A6
17612AM/PC
Page 1 of 23 pages
TENDER CONTRACT NO. CL99-7
To: The Mayor and Members of Council
Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington
i
Re: Contract No. CL99-7,
Reconstruction of Various Streets
Dear Mayor and Members of Council:
The Contractor has carefully examined the Plans, Provisions, Specifications and Conditions described herein
as part of the work to be done under this Contract. The Contractor understands and accepts the said Plans,
Provisions, Specifications and Conditions, and, for the prices set forth in this Tender, hereby offers to
furnish all machinery, tools, apparatus and other means of construction, furnish all materials, except as
otherwise specified in the Contract, and to complete the work in strict accordance with the said Plans,
Provisions, Specifications and Conditions.
The Contractor understands and accepts that the quantities shown are approximate only, and are subject to
increase, decrease, or deletion entirely if found not to be required.
Attached to this tender is a bid deposit in the amount specified in Clause 3 of the Instructions to Tenderers,
made payable to the Authority. This cheque or bid bond shall constitute a deposit which shall be forfeited
to the Authority if the successful Contractor fails to file with the Authority a 100% Performance Bond, and
a 100% Labour and Material Payment Bond, satisfactory to the Authority within ten (10) calendar days
from the date of receipt of Notice of Acceptance of the Tender.
Notification of acceptance may be given and delivery of the form of Agreement made by prepaid post,
addressed to the Contractor at the address contained in this Tender.
Page 2 of 23 pages
ITEMIZED BID CONTRACT NO. CL99-7
In accordance with the first paragraph of this Tender, the Contractor hereby offers to complete the work specified
for Contract No. CL99-7 for the following unit prices.
1 Spec. No. - The numbers in this column refer to the applicable issue of the Ontario Provincial Standard Specifications
SP - Refers to Special Provisions
(P) - Plan Quantity Payment Item
ROD - Region of Durham Standard Specification(March 1999 Revision)
Item Spec. Description of Item Unit Quantity Unit Price Total
No. No.
PART A - RECONSTRUCTION OF WELLINGTON STREET,
CONCESSION STREET, ELGIN STREET AND SILVER STREET
SECTION 1: MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON
Roadworks and Storm Sewers
1 1. 201 Site Preparation LS 11,012.00 $11,012.00
SP
2. 206 a) Earth Excavation (Grading) m3 3,840 6.50 24,960.00
565 (P)
SP
b) Provisional Item
Earth Excavation below sub-
grade m3 1,200 5.90 7,080.00
3. 310 Hot Mix, H.L.-4 t 850 36.70 31,195.00
SP
4. 310 Hot Mix, H.L.-3A (Entrances t 160 68.20 10,912.00
SP and Boulevards)
5. 314 Granular `A' t 3,800 11.00 41,800.00
SP
6. 314 Granular `B', Type 1 t 7,700 7.50 57,750.00
SP
7. 351 Concrete Sidewalk m2 1,510 30.90 46,659.00
SP
8. 355 Interlocking Brick Pavers on m2 60 83.00 4,980.00
SP Sand and Granular `A' Base
9. 353 Concrete Curb and Gutter (all in 1,325 31.40 41,605.00
SP types)
10. 405 150 mm Subdrain with
SP Geotextile:
a) Perforated Corrugated
Plastic in 885 7.00 6,195.00
b) Perforated Corrugated
Steel in 146 13.00 1,898.00
Page 3 of 23 pages
ITEMIZED BID CONTRACT NO. CL99-7
In accordance with the first paragraph of this Tender, the Contractor hereby offers to complete the work specified
for Contract No. CL99-7 for the following unit prices.
Item Spec. Description of Item Unit Quantity Unit Price Total
No. No.
11. 410 150 mm Dia. PVC SDR 28 in 30 90.00 2,700.00
SP Storm Lateral, incl. Excavation,
Bedding and Native Backfill
12. 410 300 mm Dia. C.P. Storm Sewer, in 353 126.00 44,478.00
SP Class 3, incl. Excavation Class
`B' Bedding and Select Native
Backfill
13. 410 375 nun Dia. C.P. Storm Sewer, in 194 122.00 23,668.00
SP Class 50-D, incl. Excavation,
Class `B' Bedding and Select
Native Backfill
14. 410 450 mm Dia. C.P. Storm Sewer, in 64 125.00 8,000.00
SP Class 50-D, incl. Excavation,
Class `B' Bedding and Select
Native Backfill
15. 407 600 mm x 600 mm Precast ea 16 1,127.00 18,032.00
SP Catchbasins (OPSD-705.010)
16. 407 600 mm x 1450 mm Precast ea 4 1,725.00 6,900.00
SP Twin Inlet Catchbasin
(OPSD-705.020)
17. 407 600 mm x 1450 mm Precast ea 1 1,818.00 1,818.00
SP Twin Inlet Catchbasin
(OPSD-705.030)
18. 407 1200 mm Dia. Precast Manholes ea 10 2,525.00 25,250.00
SP (OPSD-701.030)
19. 408 Adjusting and Rebuilding Bell ea 9 187.00 1,683.00
SP Chambers and Manholes and
Catchbasins
20. 501 Water for Compaction and Dust m3 510 2.90 1,479.00
Suppression
21. 506 Calcium Chloride Flake kg 4,900 0.63 3,087.00
22. SP Sawcutting of Asphalt in 230 1.60 368.00
23. 510 Removal of Sidewalk m2 1,470 4.10 6,027.00
SP
Page 4 of 23 pages
ITEMIZED BID CONTRACT NO. CL99-7
In accordance with the first paragraph of this Tender, the Contractor hereby offers to complete the work specified
for Contract No. CL99-7 for the following unit prices.
Item Spec. Description of Item Unit Quantity Unit Price Total
No. No.
24. 510 Removal of Curb and Gutter in 870 4.10 3,567.00
SP
25. 510 Removal of
SP a) Non-reinforced concrete
base m2 1 2,700 4.80 12,960.00
b) Reinforced concrete base m2 300 5.90 1,770.00
26. 510 Removal of Culverts and Sewers in 495 6.60 3,267.00
SP
27. 510 Removal of Manholes and ea 17 185.00 3,145.00
SP Catchbasins
28. 570 Topsoil (Imported) and Sod m2 4,500 4.40 19,800.00
571 (Nursery, Unstaked)
SP
29. SP Abandoned Pipe Plugs ea 3 76.00 228.00
30. SP Provisional Item
Supply and Place Geotextile and m2 2,000 2.10 4,200.00
Subgrade Level
31. SP Miscellaneous Landscaping LS 15,000.00 $15,000.00
31b SP Provisional Item t 4,400 5.20 22,880.00
Extra over Items 12, 13, 14, 51
and 52 for granular backfill.
TOTAL PART `A' Section 1 - (carried forward to Summary) $516,353.00
SECTION 2:REGION OF DURHAM
Sanitary Sewers and Appurtenances
2.01.00 ROD Pipe
SP
.01 MH#13-7 - MH#S1 in 20.6 156.00 3,213.60
.02 MH#S1 - MH#13-8 in 14.8 153.00 2,264.40
Page 5 of 23 pages
ITEMIZED BID CONTRACT NO. CL99-7
In accordance with the first paragraph of this Tender, the Contractor hereby offers to complete the work specified
for Contract No. CL99-7 for the following unit prices.
Item Spec. Description of Item Unit Quantity Unit Price Total
No. No.
.03 MH#13-8 - MH#S2 in 45.2 184.00 8,316.80
.04 MH#S2 - MH#14-71 m 86.4 173.00 14,947.20
.05 MH#14-71 - MH#14-70 in 94.8 135.00 12,798.00
06 Manhole #14-62 - MH#14-174 in 88.7 160.00 14,192.00
.07 MH#13-8 - MH#S3 Concession m 54.3 95.00 5,158.50
08 MH#14-70 - MH#14-61 Elgin m 85.2 111.00 9,457.20
.09 MH#14-64 - MH#14-63 Silver in 100.8 92.00 9,273.60
2.02.00 ROD Extra Over Item 2.01.01
SP
.05 Abandoned Pipe Plugs ea 3 76.00 228.00
2.03.00 ROD Service Connections
SP
.01 100 mm dia. in 552 87.00 48,024.00
.02 150 mm dia. in 50 94.00 4,700.00
.05 Provisional Item
Clean-outs ea 6 186.00 1,116.00
.06 Extra over Items 2.03.01 and
2.03.02 to Bore Service m 40 19.00 760.00
2.04.00 ROD Manholes
SP
01 Remove Existing Manhole - ea 4 185.00 740.00
completely
.02 Remove Existing Manhole - ea 2 232.00 464.00
Partial depth
.05 Break into Existing Manhole ea 2 1,754.00 3,508.00
06 Rebench Existing Manhole #14- ea 1 481.00 481.00
174
07 Manhole #S 1 LS 4,199.00 4,199.00
Page 6 of 23 pages
ITEMIZED BID CONTRACT NO. CL99-7
In accordance with the first paragraph of this Tender, the Contractor hereby offers to complete the work specified
for Contract No. CL99-7 for the following unit prices.
Item Spec. Description of Item Unit Quantity Unit Price Total
No. No.
.08 Manhole#13-8 LS 4,255.00 4,255.00
.09 Manhole #S2 LS 4,422.00 4,422.00
10 Manhole #14-71 LS 4,199.00 4,199.00
.11 Manhole#14-70 LS 3,254.00 3,254.00
.12 Manhole #14-62 LS 4,144.00 4,144.00
.13 Manhole#S3 LS 3,032.00 3,032.00
.14 Manhole #14-61 LS 2,477.00 2,477.00
15 Manhole #14-63 LS 2,865.00 2,865.00
2.07.02 Extra Over Items No. 2.03.01
and 2.03.02 for Restoration with:
a) Topsoil and Sod m 210 14.00 2,940.00
b) Gravel m 25 37.00 925.00
2.07.03 Extra Over Items No. 2.03.01
and 2.03.02 for restoration with:
a) Concrete m2 90 37.30 3,357.00
fb) Asphalt m2 80 20.00 1,600.00
2.07.04 ROD Miscellaneous Landscaping LS 5,000.00 $5,000.00
SP
2.07.05 SP Provisional Item
Extra over Item 2.01.01 -
2.01.09 and 2.03.01 - 2.03.02
a) Granular Backfill t 1,000 5.20 5,200.00
b) Sand Fill t 1,000 4.30 4,300.00
TOTAL PART `A' SECTION 2 - (carried forward to Summary) 195,811.30
SECTION 3: REGION OF DURHAM
Watermains and Appurtenances
3.01.00 1 ROD Pipe
SP
.01 100 mm PVC m 15.4 94.00 1,447.60
.02 150 mm PVC m 29.1 104.00 3,026.40
Page 7 of 23 pages
ITEMIZED BID CONTRACT NO. CL99-7
In accordance with the first paragraph of this Tender, the Contractor hereby offers to complete the work specified
for Contract No. CL99-7 for the following unit prices.
Item Spec. Description of Item Unit Quantity I Unit Price t Total
No. No.
.03 200 mm PVC m 242 115.00 27,830.00
.04 300 mm PVC m 434.2 137.00 59,485.40
3.02.00 ROD Extra over Item 3.01.00
SP
.04 Remove Existing Valve Box ea 6 83.00 498.00
06 Abandoned Pipe Plugs (incl. ea 11 154.00 1,694.00
excavation)
20 (Provisional)
Bore and Jack Casing m 18 544.00 9,792.00
3.03.00 ROD Valves
SP
.01 100 mm dia. Gate Valve and Box ea 1 766.00 766.00
.02 150 mm dia. Gate Valve and Box ea 3 1,163.00 3,489.00
.03 200 mm dia. Gate Valve and Box ea 3 1,505.00 4,515.00
.04 300 mm dia. Gate Valve and Box ea 6 2,462.00 14,772.00
R3.04.00 ROD Hydrants
SP
.02 New Hydrant with Storz Pumper
Nozzle Assembly ea 5 2,973.00 14,865.00
.03 Temporary Flushing Hydrant ea 5 989.00 4,945.00
.05 Remove Existing Hydrant ea 5 408.00 2,040.00
(complete)
3.05.00 ROD Services
SP
.01 19 mm Main Stop ea 47 261.00 12,267.00
.02 25 mm Main Stop ea 2 195.00 390.00
.05 Provisional Item ea 2 441.00 882.00
50 mm Main Stop
.06 19 mm Curb Stop and Box ea 47 308.00 14,476.00
.07 25 mm Curb Stop and Box ea 2 200.00 400.00
10 Provisional Item ea 2 346.00 692.00
50 mm Curb Stop and Box
11 19 mm Dia. Copper Pipe m 400 47.00 18,800.00
Page 8 of 23 pages
ITEMIZED BID CONTRACT NO. CL99-7
In accordance with the first paragraph of this Tender, the Contractor hereby offers to complete the work specified
for Contract No. CL99-7 for the following unit prices.
Item Spec. Description of Item Unit Quantity Unit Price Total
No. No.
.12 25 mm Dia. Copper Pipe in 50 48.00 2,400.00
.15 Provisional item
50 mm dia. Copper Pipe in 20 61.00 1,220.00
.22 Extra over Item Nos. 3.05.11
and 3.05.12 to bore services m 40 19.00 760.00
3.06.01 ROD 19 mm dia. Test Point ea 5 371.00 1,855.00
SP
3.08.01 ROD Extra Over Items No. 3.05.11
SP and 3.05.12 for Restoration with
a) Topsoil and Sod m 100 14.00 1,400.00
b) Gravel m 15 37.00 555.00
3.08.02 ROD Extra Over Items No. 3.05.11
SP and 3.05.12 for restoration with:
a) asphalt m2 250 20.00 5,000.00
b) concrete or other hard m2 10 37.30 373.00
surfaces
3.08.03 SP Provisional Item
Extra over Items 3.01.01 -
3.01.04, 3.05.11, 3.05.12 &
3.05.15
a) Granular Backfill t 1,000 5.20 5,200.00
b) Sandfill t 1,000 4.30 4,300.00
TOTAL PART 'A' Section 3 - (carried forward to Summary) 220,135.40
PART B - ROAD IMPROVEMENTS AND RECONSTRUCTION OF SANITARY
SEWER AND WATERMAIN ON CHURCH STREET
SECTION 1: MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON
Roadworks
32. 310 a) Hot Mix H.L.-3A (Entrances) t 10 68.20 682.00
SP
b) Hot Mix H.L.-4 t 40 61.80 2,472.00
33. 314 Granular `A' t 300 13.20 3,960.00
SP
Page 9 of 23 pages
ITEMIZED BID CONTRACT NO. CL99-7
In accordance with the first paragraph of this Tender, the Contractor hereby offers to complete the work specified
for Contract No. CL99-7 for the following unit prices.
iItem Spec. Description of Item Unit Quantity Unit Price Total
No. No.
34. 351 Concrete in Sidewalk m2 850 30.90 26,265.00
SP
35. 355 Interlocking Brick Pavers on 1112 70 83.00 5,810.00
SP Sand and Concrete Base
36. 353 Concrete Curb and Gutter (All in 530 31.40 16,642.00
SP Types)
37. 510 Removal of Sidewalk m2 750 4.10 3,075.00
SP
38. 510 Removal of Curb and Gutter m 530 4.10 2,173.00
SP
39. 570 Topsoil (Imported) and Sod m2 140 4.40 616.00
' 571 (Nursery, Unstaked)
SP
40. 603 50 mm PVC Duct - Direct m 570 24.00 13,680.00
Buried
40A. 603 300 mm dia. Concrete Handhole ea 4 415.00 1,660.00
(OPSD 2112.01)
TOTAL PART `B' SECTION 1 - (carried forward to Summary) $77,035.00
SECTION 2: REGION OF DURHAM
Sanitary Sewers and Appurtenances
2.01.00 ROD Pipe
.01 ROD Manhole #13-6 to #13-25 in 95 166.00 15,770.00
SP
.02 Manhole #13-25 to #14-64 in 95.1 169.00 16,071.90
03 Manhole #14-64 to #14-65 m 86.8 156.00 13,540.80
2.03.00 Service Connections
.01 100 mm dia. m 300 72.00 21,600.00
02 150 mm dia. in 40 79.00 3,160.00
.05 Provisional Item
Clean Out ea 4 186.00 744.00
i
Page 10 of 23 pages
ITEMIZED BID CONTRACT NO. CL99-7
In accordance with the first paragraph of this Tender, the Contractor hereby offers to complete the work specified
for Contract No. CL99-7 for the following unit prices.
' Item Spec. Description of Item Unit Quantity Unit Price Total
No. No.
2.04.00 ROD Manholes
SP
.01 Remove Existing Completely ea 4 185.00 740.00
.07 Manhole #13-6 LS 2,699.00 2,699.00
.08 Manhole #13-25 LS 2,976.00 2,976.00
09 Manhole #14-64 LS 3,143.00 3,143.00
.10 Manhole#14-65 LS 2,754.00 2,754.00
2.07.02 ROD Extra Over Items No. 2.03.01
SP and 2.03.02 for Restoration with:
a) Topsoil and Sod in 30 14.00 420.00
b) Gravel in 5 37.00 185.00
2.07.03 ROD Extra Over Items No. 2.03.01
SP and 2.03.02 for restoration with:
a) asphalt m2 15 37.30 559.50
b) concrete or other hard m2 5 20.00 100.00
surfaces
2.07.04 ROD Miscellaneous Landscaping LS 5,000.00 $5,000.00
SP
2.07.05 SP Provisional Item
Extra over Items 2.01.01 —
2.01.03, 2.03.01 & 2.03.02
a) Granular Backfill t 1,000 5.20 5,200.00
b) Sand Fill t 1,000 4.30 4,300.00
TOTAL PART `B' SECTION 2 - (carried forward to Summary) $98,963.20
SECTION 3.
• REGION OF DURHAM
Watermain and Appurtenances
3.01.00 ROD Pipe
SP
02 150 mm PVC in 1 517.00 517.00
03 200 mm PVC in 322.5 183.00 59,017.50
' Page 11 of 23 pages
ITEMIZED BID CONTRACT NO. CL99-7
In accordance with the first paragraph of this Tender, the Contractor hereby offers to complete the work specified
for Contract No. CL99-7 for the following unit prices.
Item Spec. Description of Item Unit Quantity Unit Price Total
No. No.
3.02.00 ROD Extra over Item 3.01.00
SP
.03 Remove Existing Valve Chamber
(Partial) ea 1 232.00 232.00
.04 Remove Existing Valve Box ea 3 83.00 249.00
06 Abandoned Pipe Plugs (incl.
excavation) ea 8 154.00 1,232.00
3.03.00 ROD Valves
SP
.03 200 mm dia. Gate Valves and
Box ea 4 1,505.00 6,020.00
3.04.00 ROD Hydrants
SP
02 New Hydrant with Storz Pumper
Nozzle Assembly ea 4 2,973.00 11,892.00
.03 Temporary Flushing Hydrant ea 2 989.00 1,978.00
.05 Remove Existing Hydrant ea 4 408.00 1,632.00
(complete)
3.05.00 ROD Services
SP
.01 19 mm Main Stop ea 23 300.00 6,900.00
.02 Provisional Item
25 mm Main Stop ea 2 308.00 616.00
05 Provisional Item
50 mm Dia. Main Stop ea 2 441.00 882.00
.06 19 mm Curb Stop and Box ea 23 195.00 4,485.00
.07 Provisional Item
25 mm Curb Stop and Box ea 2 200.00 400.00
10 Provisional Item
50 mm Dia. Curb Stop and Box ea 2 346.00 692.00
.11 19 mm Dia. Copper Pipe in 160 47.00 7,520.00
12 Provisional Item
25 mm Dia. Copper Pipe in 20 48.00 960.00
Page 12 of 23 pages
ITEMIZED BID CONTRACT NO. CL99-7
In accordance with the first paragraph of this Tender, the Contractor hereby offers to complete the work specified
' for Contract No. CL99-7 for the following unit prices.
Item Spec. Description of Item Unit Quantity Unit Price Total
No. No.
15 Provisional Item
50 mm Dia. Copper Pipe m 20 61.00 1,220.00
3.06.01 ROD 19 mm dia. Test Point ea 2 371.00 742.00
SP
3.08.01 ROD Extra Over Item Nos. 3.05.11
SP and 3.05.12 and 3.05.15 for
Restoration with:
a) Topsoil and Sod m 20 14.00 280.00
b) Gravel m 5 37.00 185.00
3.08.02 ROD Extra Over Items No. 3.05.11
SP and 3.05.12 and 3.05.15 for
restoration with:
a) asphalt m2 10 20.00 200.00
b) concrete or other hard m2 10 37.30 373.00
surfaces
3.08.03 SP Provisional Item
Extra over Items 3.01.02,
3.01.03, 3.05.11, 3.05.12 &
3.05.15
a) Granular Backfill t 1,000 5.20 5,200.00
b) Sand Fill t 1,000 4.30 4,300.00
TOTAL PART 113' SECTION 3 - (carried forward to Summary) $117,724.50
PART `C' - RECONSTRUCTION OF MARTIN ROAD
SECTION 1: MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON
Roadworks and Storm Sewer
41. 201 Site Preparation LS 7,678.00 7,678.00
SP
i42. 206 Earth Excavation (Grading) m3 1,490 5.90 8,791.00
565 (P)
SP
43. 310 Hot Mix, H.L.-4 t 240 36.70 8,808.00
SP
Page 13 of 23 pages
ITEMIZED BID CONTRACT NO. CL99-7
In accordance with the first paragraph of this Tender, the Contractor hereby offers to complete the work specified
' for Contract No. CL99-7 for the following unit prices.
Item Spec. Description of Item Unit Quantity Unit Price Total
No. No.
44. 310 Hot Mix, H.L.-3A t 20 68.20 1,364.00
SP
45. 314 Granular `A' t 920 11.00 10,120.00
SP
46. 314 Granular `B' type 1 t 1,500 7.50 11,250.00
SP
47. 351 Concrete Sidewalk m2 225 30.90 6,952.50
SP
48. 353 Concrete Curb and Gutter (all in 425 31.40 13,345.00
SP types)
49. 405 150 mm Perforated Corrugated in 425 7.00 2,975.00
SP Plastic Pipe Subdrains with
Geotextile
50. 150 mm Dia. PVC SDR 28 in 110 85.00 9,350.00
Storm Lateral, incl. Excavation,
Bedding and Native Backfill
51. 410 300 mm Dia. P.E. Storm Sewers
SP incl. Earth Excavation
Embedment and Select Native
Backfill
a) Boss 1000 m 180 100.00 18,000.00
b) Boss 2000 in 35 147.00 5,145.00
52 410 450 min Dia. P.E. Storm Sewers
SP incl. Earth Excavation,
Embedment and Select Native
Backfill in 35 125.00 4,375.00
53 407 600 mm x 600 mm Precast ea 4 1,127.00 4,508.00
SP Catchbasins (OPSD - 705.010)
54 407 600 mm x 600 mm Precast Ditch ea 1 1,196.00 1,196.00
1 SP Inlet Catchbasin (OPSD-705.030)
55. 407 600 mm x 1450 mm Precast
SP Twin Inlet Catchbasin (OPSD-
705.020) ea 2 1,818.00 3,636.00
56. 407 1200 mm Dia. Precast Manholes ea 4 2,399.00 9,596.00
SP (OPSD-701.030)
Page 14 of 23 pages
r
ITEMIZED BID CONTRACT NO. CL99-7
In accordance with the first paragraph of this Tender, the Contractor hereby offers to complete the work specified
for Contract No. CL99-7 for the following unit prices.
Item Spec. Description of Item Unit Quantity Unit Price Total
No. No.
57 408 Adjusting and Rebuilding ea 1 187.00 187.00
SP Manholes and Catchbasins
58. ROD Relocate Water Chamber, LS 5,388.00 5,388.00
SP Watermain and Appurtenances
59. ROD Cut-in Valve ea 1 3,056.00 3,056.00
SP
60. ROD Lower Watermain in 60 156.00 9,360.00
SP
' 61. 501 Water for Compaction and Dust m3 125 2.90 362.50
Suppression
62. 506 Calcium Chloride Flake kg 1,520 0.63 957.60
' 63. SP Saw Cutting of Asphalt in 110 1.60 176.00
64. ITEM DELETED
65. 510 Removal of Curb and Gutter m 160 4.10 656.00
SP
66. 510 Removal of Culverts and Sewers in 66.8 12.00 801.60
SP
67. 510 Removal of Ditch Inlet ea 1 185.00 185.00
SP
68. 570 Topsoil (Imported) and Sod
571 (Nursery)
SP a) Unstaked m2 1,600 4.40 7,040.00
b) Staked m2 800 4.60 3,680.00
69. 511 Provisional Item
SP Riprap with Geotextile m2 60 43.00 2,580.00
iTOTAL PART `C' Section 1 - (carried forward to Summary) $161,519.20
l
Page 15 of 23 pages
ITEMIZED BID CONTRACT NO. CL99-7
In accordance with the first paragraph of this Tender, the Contractor hereby offers to complete the work specified
for Contract No. CL99-7 for the following unit prices.
Item Spec. Description of Item Unit Quantity Unit Price Total
No. No.
SECTION 2: REGION OF DURHAM
Sanitary Sewer Services
2.03.00 ROD Service Connections
SP
.01 100 mm Dia. ( 9 Connections) in 165 70.00 11,550.00
.05 Provisional Item
Clean-Outs ea 9 186.00 1,674.00
TOTAL PART `C' Section 2 - (carried forward to Summary) $13,224.00
' SECTION 3: REGION OF DURHAM
Water Services
3.05.00 ROD Services
SP
.01 19 mm Main Stop ea 9 300.00 2,700.00
.06 19 mm Curb Stop and Box ea 9 195.00 1,755.00
.11 19 mm Dia. Copper Pipe in 1 63 1 47.00 2,961.00
TOTAL PART `C' Section 3 - (carried forward to Summary) $7,416.00
PART `D' - RECONSTRUCTION OF HIGH STREET
SECTION 1: MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON
Roadworks and Storm Sewers
70. 201 Site Preparation LS 8,271.00 8,271.00
SP
71. 206 Earth Excavation (Grading) m3 2,185 5.90 12,891.50
565 (P)
SP
72. 310 Hot Mix H.L.4 t 300 36.70 11,010.00
SP
73. 310 Hot Mix H.L.-3A t 100 68.20 6,820.00
SP
' Page 16 of 23 pages
ITEMIZED BID CONTRACT NO. CL99-7
In accordance with the first paragraph of this Tender, the Contractor hereby offers to complete the work specified
for Contract No. CL99-7 for the following unit prices.
Item Spec. Description of Item Unit Quantity Unit Price Total
No. No.
74. 314 Granular `A' t 1,500 11.00 16,500.00
SP
75. 314 Granular `B' Type 1 t 2,500 7.50 18,750.00
' SP
76. 351 Concrete in Sidewalk m2 355 30.90 10,969.50
SP
77. 353 Concrete Curb and Gutter (all in 530 31.40 16,642.00
SP types)
' 78. 405 150 mm Perforated Corrugated in 480 7.00 3,360.00
SP Plastic Pipe Subdrains
79. 410 300 mm Dia. C.P. Storm Sewer, in 182 99.00 18,018.00
SP Class 3, Incl. Excavation, Class
`B' Bedding and Native Backfill
80 407 600 mm x 600 mm Precast ea 7 1,127.00 7,889.00
SP Catchbasins (OPSD - 705.010)
81 407 600 mm x 600 mm Precast Ditch ea 2 1,196.00 2,392.00
SP Inlet (OPSD - 705.030)d
82. 407 1200 mm Dia. Precast Manhole ea 3 2,317.00 6,951.00
SP (OPSD-701.030)
83. 408 Adjusting and Rebuilding ea 7 187.00 1,309.00
SP Manholes and Catchbasins
' 84. 501 Water for Compaction and Dust m3 200 2.90 580.00
Suppression
85. 506 Calcium Chloride Flake kg 2,100 0.63 1,323.00
' 86. SP Sawcutting of Asphalt in 156 1.60 249.60
87. 510 Removal of Sidewalk m2 70 6.10 427.00
SP
88. 510 Removal of Curb and Gutter in 120 6.10 732.00
SP
' 89. 510 Removal of Culverts and Sewers in 64 12.00 768.00
SP
90. 570 Topsoil (Imported) and Sod m2 2000 4.40 8,800.00
571 (Nursery, Unstaked)
SP
Page 17 of 23 pages
ITEMIZED BID CONTRACT NO. CL99-7
In accordance with the first paragraph of this Tender, the Contractor hereby offers to complete the work specified
for Contract No. CL99-7 for the following unit prices.
Item Spec. Description of Item Unit Quantity Unit Price Total
No. No.
91. ROD Adjust Water Valve Boxes ea 1 8 79.00 632.00
TOTAL PART `D' SECTION 1 - (Carried forward to Summary) 155,284.60
SECTION 3: REGION OF DURHAM
Hydrant Installation
3.04.00 ROD Hydrants
.06 Cut-in New Hydrant ea 1 4,399.00 4,399.00
TOTAL PART `D' Section 3 - (carried forward to Summary) $4,399.00
PART `E' - DIVISION STREET SIDEWALK RECONSTRUCTION,
' KING STREET TO QUEEN STREET
SECTION 1: MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON
• Sidewalk and Toe Wall
92. 351 Concrete Sidewalk mz 215 30.90 6,643.50
SP
' 93. 352 Concrete Steps (TSH-E2) LS 533.00 533.00
SP
' 94. 352 Concrete Steps (TSH-E1) LS 3,941.00 3,941.00
SP including handrail
95. 353 Concrete Curb, all Types m 60 59.90 3,594.00
SP
96. 405 150 mm dia. PVC pipe sub-
SP drains with filter cloth m 50 7.00 350.00
i97. 510 Remove Concrete Curb m 50 23.80 1,190.00
SP
98. 510 Remove Sidewalk (all types) and m2 220 8.20 1,804.00
SP steps
99. 904 Concrete toe wall (TSH-E3) Type
SP `A'.with handrail. m3 8.5 871.00 7,403.50
100. 904 Concrete toe wall (TSH-E3),
SP Type `B' including handrail m3 20.5 795.00 16,297.50
' Page 18 of 23 pages
ITEMIZED BID CONTRACT NO. CL99-7
In accordance with the first paragraph of this Tender, the Contractor hereby offers to complete the work specified
' for Contract No. CL99-7 for the following unit prices.
' Item Spec. Description of Item Unit Quantity Unit Price Total
No. No.
101. SP Provisional
Block Cellar Window Openings LS 533.00 533.00
102. SP Supply and Install Tree Plantings ea 2 479.00 958.00
90 mm caliper Columnar Norway
Maple
103. 355 Interlocking Brick Pavers on m2 30 106.00 3,180.00
' SP Sand and Concrete Base
104. 603 50 mm PVC Duct - Direct m 55 24.00 1,320.00
Buried
105. 314 Granular `A' t 200 13.20 2,640.00
SP
TOTAL PART `E' Section 1 - (carried forward to Summary) 50,387.50
' PART `F' - GENERAL ITEMS AND CONTINGENCIES
• Applies to all Parts of the Contract
SECTION 4: GENERAL ITEMS
4.02.01 SP One Hundred Percent (100%)
Performance and Guarantee
Maintenance Bond, Liability LS 25,267.00 25,267.00
Insurance and Labour and
Material Payment Bond
' 4.03.01 SP Mobilization and Demobilization
LS 10,799.00 10,799.00
TOTAL PART `F' Section 4 - (carried forward to Summary) $36,066.00
i
SECTION 5: CONTINGENCIES
1. Stone Below Pipe Bedding
1 0.00 m to 3.75 m m3 45.00
' 2 3.75 m to 5.25 m m3 48.00
.3 5.25 m to 6.75 m m3 55.00
.4 6.75 m to 8.25 m m3 65.00
.5 8.25 m to 9.75 m m3 77.00
.2 Extra Excavation in Trenches
Page 19 of 23 pages
ITEMIZED BID CONTRACT NO. CL99-7
In accordance with the first paragraph of this Tender, the Contractor hereby offers to complete the work specified
' for Contract No. CL99-7 for the following unit prices.
' Item Spec. Description of Item Unit Quantity Unit Price Total
No. No.
1 0.00 m to 3.75 m m3 12.00
.2 3.75 m to 5.25 m m3 15.00
' 3 5.25 m to 6.75 m m3 22.00
4 6.75 m to 8.25 m m3 31.00
.5 8.25 m to 9.75 m m3 42.00
t .3 Labour Rates (all inclusive)
1 Foreman (including Truck) hr 62.00
' .2 Common Labour hr 43.00
.3 Skilled Labour hr 46.00
4 Truck Driver hr 45.00
.5 Heavy Equipment Operator hr 47.00
.6 Carpenter hr 47.00
4. Located WS or Main Valve Box
' .1 Total Exposure ea 250.00
.2 Partial exposure ea 200.00
5. WS Box - Extra Over Item 4
1 New No. 9 Water Service ea 145.00
.2 New Rod Only (stainless) ea 60.00
' .3 New Lid Only ea 35.00
.4 Rethreading Only ea 50.00
5 150 mm Extension ea 35.00
.6 300 mm Extension ea 40.00
.7 450 mm Extension ea 47.00
.8 600 mm Extension ea 52.00
6. Modify Exist. Main Valve Box
' .1 Cut off threaded portion ea 115.00
.2 New Lid ea 40.00
3 New Top Section ea 115.00
.4 New Extension Section ea 120.00
5 New Bottom Section ea 210.00
Page 20 of 23 pages
ITEMIZED BID CONTRACT NO. CL99-7
In accordance with the first paragraph of this Tender, the Contractor hereby offers to complete the work specified
for Contract No. CL99-7 for the following unit prices.
' Item Spec. Description of Item Unit Quantity I Unit Price Total
No. No.
' 6 New Box Complete ea 320.00
7 Trench Rock Excavation m3 200.00
.8 Calcium Chloride (Flake) tonne 700.00
TOTAL PART F Section 5 - (carried forward to Summary page) 0.00
' SUMMARY: Total PART A SECTION 1 $516,353.00
SECTION 2 $195,811.30
' SECTION 3 $220,135.40
Total PART B SECTION 1 $77,035.00
SECTION 2 $98,963.20
' SECTION 3 $117,724.50
Total PART C SECTION 1 $161,519.20
SECTION 2 $13,224.00
SECTION 3 $7,416.00
Total PART D SECTION 1 $155,284.60
' SECTION 3 $4,399.00
' Total PART E SECTION 1 $50,387.50
Total PART F SECTION 4 $36,066.00
' SECTION 5 $0.00
Total (excluding GST) $1,654,318.70
GST (7% of Total) $115,802.31
TOTAL TENDER AMOUNT $1,7'70,121 *01
Tenderer's GST Registration No. R132431768
Page 21 of 23 pages
' AGREEMENT TO BOND to be com leted by Bonding Com an CONTRACT NO. CL99-7
' BOND NO. 10001146-011
WE, the Undersigned, HEREBY AGREE to become bound as Surety for
HARD-CO CONSTRUCTION LTD.
in a Performance Bond totalling ONE HUNDRED PERCENT (100%) of the Total Tender amount, and a
Labour and Material Payment Bond totalling ONE HUNDRED PERCENT (100%) of the Total Tender
' amount, and conforming to the Instruments of Contract attached hereto, for the full and due performance of
the works shown or described herein, if the Tender for Contract No. CL99-7 is accepted by the Authority.
' IS A CONDITION of this Agreement that if the above mentioned Tender is accepted,
IT g p ,
' application for a Performance Bond and a Labour and Material Payment Bond must be made to the
Undersigned within TEN (10) DAYS of Notice of Contract Award, otherwise the Agreement shall be null
' and void.
' * This Agreement to Bond shall be null and void after Sixty (60) days from the tender date.
' DATED AT Toronto this 11th day of June 1999.
1
LONDON GUARANTEE INSURANCE COMPANY
' Name of Bonding Company
Janice Oehm
Signature of Authorized Person
Signing for Bonding Company
' (BONDING COMPANY SEAL)
Attorney--in-fact
Position
(This Form shall be completed and attached to the Tender Submitted).
i
Page 22 of 23 pages
SCHEDULE OF TENDER DATA CONTRACT NO. CL99-7
' The work specified in the Contract shall be performed in strict accordance with the following Schedule:
A. TENDER FORM: General Pages 1 and 2
' Itemized Bid Pages 3 - 21
Agreement to Bond Page 22
Schedule of Tender Data Page 23
B. INSTRUCTIONS TO TENDERERS Pages 1 to 5
C. SPECIAL PROVISIONS - GENERAL Pages 1 to 27
D. SPECIAL PROVISIONS - TENDER ITEMS Pages 1 to 28
' E. STANDARDS
F. BREAKDOWN SHEET
G. PLANS: Drawings No. 1-25 to W-S-1 to W-5-9
' H. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS:
It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to obtain the applicable edition of the following Ontario
Provincial Standard Specifications and Region of Durham Specifications, revised March 1999.
OPSS No. Date OPSS No. Date OPSS No. Date OPSS No. Date
127 Current 351 Sept. 1996 410 Dec. 1988 571 Aug. 1990
128 Current 352 Dec. 1983 421 Jan. 1995 565 Apr. 1988
' 201 Feb. 1996 353 Sept. 1996 501 Feb. 1996 570 Aug. 1990
206 Dec. 1993 355 Sept. 1996 506 May 1994 577 Feb. 1996
212 Dec. 1993 405 Feb. 1990 510 Oct. 1993 603 Mar. 1993
' 310 Mar. 1993 407 Oct. 1989 511 Feb. 1990
314 Dec. 1993 408 Oct. 1989 570 Aug. 1990
' I. GENERAL CONDITIONS: OPS General Conditions of Contract (August 1990)
' The Contractor, by this Tender, offers to complete the work of this Contract in strict accordance with the
terms contained herein.
By my/our signature hereunder, I/we hereby identify this as the Schedule of Tender Data, Plans and
Specifications, for Contract No. CL99-7, executed by me/us bearing date the 16th day of June 1999.
' SIGNATURE:
POSITION: ident
(COMPANY SEAL)
NAME OF FIRM: Hard-Co Construction Ltd.
This is Page 23 of 23 Pages to be submitted as the Tender Submission for Contract No. CL99-7.
' CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON
' CONTRACT NO. CL99-7
INSTRUCTIONS TO TENDERERS
17613/19/l/C
INDEX
' INSTRUCTIONS TO TENDERERS
CONTRACT NO. CL99-7
CLAUSE SUBJECT PAGE
1. GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
' 2. BLANK FORM OF TENDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
' 3. TENDER DEPOSITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
4. BONDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
5, RIGHT TO ACCEPT OR REJECT TENDERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
6. UNACCEPTABLE TENDERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
7. ABILITY AND EXPERIENCE OF TENDERER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
8. PROVINCIAL SALES TAX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
' 9. GOODS AND SERVICES TAX (GST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
10. EXECUTE CONTRACT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
' 11. COMMENCEMENT OF WORK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
13. SOILS INFORMATION AND CROSS-SECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
' 14. TENDERERS TO INVESTIGATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
' 15. INQUIRIES DURING TENDERING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
16. AWARD OF THE CONTRACT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
17. DEFINITION OF OWNER/AUTHORITY AND
ENGINEER/CONTRACT ADMINISTRATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
18. ADDENDA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
19. UTILITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
20. PRE-CONSTRUCTION SURVEY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
i
1
PAGE ONE
INSTRUCTIONS TO TENDERERS
CONTRACT NO. CL99-7
1. GENERAL
SEALED Tenders plainly marked "Contract No. CL99-7" will be received until:
2:00 P.M., LOCAL TIME, WEDNESDAY, JUNE 16, 1999
and shall be addressed to: Ms. Patti Barrie, Clerk
Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington
' Municipal Administration Centre
40 Temperance Street
Bowmanville, Ontario. L1C 3A6
2. BLANK FORM OF TENDER
One copy of the Tender, on the forms provided, shall be submitted. All information requested
shall be shown in the tender, in the space provided.
3. TENDER DEPOSITS
' All tenders shall be accompanied by a certified cheque or a bid bond issued by a surety
approved by and in a form containing terms satisfactory to the Municipality's Treasurer, in the
minimum amount defined below, made payable to the Authority, as a guarantee for the
execution of the Contract.
Total Tender R
Amount Minimum Deposit
_. ..
equired
$ 20,000.00 or less $1,000.00
20,000.01 to 50,000.00 2,000.00
50,000.01 to 100,000.00 5,000.00
100,000.01 to 250,000.00 10,000.00
250,000.01 to 500,000.00 25,000.00
500,000.01 to 1,000,000.00 50,000.00
' 1,000,000.01 to 2,000,000.00 100,000.00
2,000,000.01 and over 200,000.00
All deposits will be returned within ten days after the Tenders have been opened except those
which the Authority elects to retain until the successful tenderer has executed the Contract
Documents.
The retained tender deposits will be returned when the successful Tenderer has fully complied
with the conditions outlined in the Contract Documents.
INSTRUCTIONS TO TENDERERS
CONTRACT NO. CL99-7 2.
4. BONDS
The Contractor is required to provide a Performance Bond, and a Labour and Material Payment
Bond, each in an.amount equal to 100 percent of the Total Tender Amount, to guarantee his
faithful performance of this Contract and his fulfilment of all obligations in respect of
maintenance and payment for labour and materials used on this work.
Each Bond shall be with a satisfactory Guarantee Surety Company, resident in Canada or '
authorized to carry on business in Canada.
An agreement to bond must be submitted with the tender bid. Bonding company standard
"Agreement to Bond" forms are acceptable.
5. RIGHT TO ACCEPT OR REJECT TENDERS
The Authority reserves the right to reject any or all tenders or to accept any tender should it be
deemed to be in its best interest to do so.
Tenders which are incomplete, conditional or obscure, or which contain additions not called for,
erasures, alterations, or irregularities of any kind, may be rejected as informal.
Tenders will not be accepted unless submitted in the envelopes provided. t
6. UNACCEPTABLE TENDERS
Each item in the Tender Form shall include a reasonable price for such item. Under no
circumstances will an unbalanced tender be considered. The Authority and the Contract
Administrator will be the sole judge of such matters, and should any tender be considered to be
unbalanced, then it will be rejected by the Authority.
7. ABILITY AND EXPERIENCE OF TENDERER
The Authority reserves the right to reject any tender where satisfactory evidence of sufficient
capital, plant and experience to successfully prosecute and complete the work in the specified
time, is not furnished by the Tenderer.
8. PROVINCIAL SALES TAX
Provincial Retail Sales Tax shall be included in tendered prices for material supplied under this
Contract. '
INSTRUCTIONS TO TENDERERS
CONTRACT NO. CL99-7 3.
1 9. GOODS AND SERVICES TAX (GST)
' The Tenderer shall NOT include any amount in his tender unit prices for the Goods and
Services Tax. The GST will be shown on each payment certificate and will be paid to the
Contractor in addition to the amount certified for payment and will therefore not affect the
Contract unit prices.
10. EXECUTE CONTRACT
Tenders shall be open for acceptance for a period of 30 days after the closing date. After this
time the tender may only be accepted with the consent of the successful Tenderer.
The successful Tenderer shall execute the Contract Documents and furnish the required bonds
within 10 calendar days of receipt of notification of Acceptance of Tender.
Failure by the successful Tenderer to meet the above requirements will entitle the Authority to
cancel the award of the Contract and to retain the tender deposit as compensation for damages
sustained due to the successful Tenderer's default. The Authority may then award the Contract
to one of the other Tenderers or take such other action as it chooses.
11. COMMENCEMENT OF WORK
The successful Tenderer shall commence work at the site within 7 calendar days of the official
commencement date as specified in the written order issued in accordance with GC7.01.02 of
the General Conditions.
12. LOCATION
' The work is located on various streets in Bowmanville as follows:
Wellington Street - Temperance Street to Scugog
Concession Street - Wellington street to 60 in North
Elgin Street - Wellington street to Horsey Street
Silver Street - Wellington Street to Church Street
Church Street - Scugog Street to Temperance Street
Martin Road - Alanna Street to Prestonway Drive
High Street - Fourth Street to Meadowview Boulevard
' Division Street - King Street to Queen Street
INSTRUCTIONS TO TENDERERS
CONTRACT NO. CL99-7 4.
13. SOILS INFORMATION AND CROSS-SECTIONS
A foundation investigation has been undertaken on behalf of the Authority. The information
provided is for guidance only and is not guaranteed by the Authority. A copy of the Soils
Report is available for review at the Consultant's office.
Design cross-sections may also be viewed for information purposes at the Consultant's office.
14. TENDERERS TO INVESTIGATE
Tenderers must satisfy themselves by personal examination of the site and by such other means
as they may prefer as to the actual conditions and requirements of the work.
The Tenderer shall carefully examine all plans and profiles so that the unit prices tendered are
commensurate with the nature of the work.
It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to thoroughly inspect the site of the proposed works,
determine the location of any buried or obstructing services and make satisfactory arrangements
for interference with such service with the proper jurisdictional agency.
15. INQUIRIES DURING TENDERING '
The Tenderer is advised that inquiries regarding the interpretation of the plans or specifications,
shall be directed to the Contract Administrator, Totten Sims Hubicki Associates,
Telephone: 905-372-2121, attention: Will McCrae, P.Eng. or Ron Albright, P.Eng.
16. AWARD OF THE CONTRACT
The award of this Contract is subject to the approval of the Regional Municipality of Durham
and the Ministry of the Environment. '
17. DEFINITION OF OWNER/AUTHORITY AND
ENGINEER/CONTRACT ADMINISTRATOR
Wherever the word "Owner" or "Authority" or "Corporation" appears in this Contract, it shall
be interpreted as meaning the "Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington".
Wherever the word "Ministry", "M.T.C." or "M.T.O" appears it shall be deemed to mean the
"Ministry of Transportation, Ontario" or the "Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington. '
Wherever the word "Contract Administrator" or "Engineer" appears in this Contract it shall be
deemed to mean the Consultants, Totten Sims Hubicki Associates, or such other officers, as may
be authorized by the Authority to act in any particular capacity.
INSTRUCTIONS TO TENDERERS
CONTRACT NO. CL99-7 5.
1 18. ADDENDA
The Contractor shall ensure that all addenda issued during the tendering period are attached as
part of the submitted bid. Failure to do so will result in disqualification of the bid.
19. UTILITIES
Plans illustrating proposals for the relocation of utilities are available for inspection at the office
of the Contract Administrator.
For additional information regarding existing utilities the Contractor may contact the following
personnel:
1 Clarington Hydro: Mr. R. Scanlan EnbridgeConsumers Gas: Mr. Tho Vuong
Tel: 905-623-4451 Tel: 905-668-9341
tBell Canada: Mr. Mark Clarey Cable TV: Ms. Cindy Ward
Tel: 905-433-3632 Tel: 905-579-1601
20. PRE-CONSTRUCTION SURVEY
1 The Contractor shall include in his bid for the undertaking a pre-construction survey of all
properties within the construction limits or others which he feels may be disturbed by his
operation. This work shall be performed by a qualified Consultant approved by the Contract
Administrator and the survey must be completed prior to commencement of construction.
CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON
CONTRACT NO. CL99-7
1
1
SPECIAL PROVISIONS - GENERAL
17614/19/l/C
INDEX
SPECIAL PROVISIONS-GENERAL
CONTRACT NO. CL99-7
CLAUSE SUBJECT PAGE
1. PLAN QUANTITY ITEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
. . . . . .
2. GUARANTEED MAINTENANCE 1
3. CONTRACT TIME AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
4. CONTRACTOR'S AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE . : . . . . . . . . . . . . : . . . . . . . . . . . 2
5. OPS GENERAL CONDITIONS 3
6. LAYOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
7. LABOUR CONDITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • • . . . . . . • • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
. .
8. RESTRICTIONS ON OPEN BURNING 7
9. SUPPLY OF MATERIALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
10. PAYMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
11. UTILITIES 8
12. HAUL ROADS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
13. DUST CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
14. TRAFFIC CONTROL, FLAGGING 9
15. CONTRACTOR'S SUPPLY OF CONSTRUCTION SIGNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
16. MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
17. EMERGENCY AND MAINTENANCE MEASURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
18. ENGINEERING FIELD OFFICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
19. MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL OF EXCESS MATERIAL 13
20. OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY ACT 1991 - DESIGNATED SUBSTANCES . . . . . . . 14
21. WORKPLACE HAZARDOUS MATERIAL INFORMATION SYSTEM (WHMIS) . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
22. SPILLS REPORTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
23. TRAFFIC AND STREET SIGNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
24. GARBAGE COLLECTION 16
25. ASPHALT MIX DESIGNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
26. CONCRETE MIX DESIGNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
27. APPLICABLE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 19
28. AMENDMENT TO OPSS 353 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
29. AMENDMENT TO OPSS 102 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
30. AMENDMENT TO OPSS 570 20
31. AMENDMENT TO OPSS 1820; CONCRETE PIPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
32. DELIVERY OF TEST SAMPLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
33. PREPARATION AND POSTING OF REQUIREMENTS FOR WORK IN CONFINED SPACES . . . 21
34. CONFINED SPACE ENTRY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
35. COMPLIANCE WITH THE OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY ACT . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
36. GOVERNMENTAL REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
37. ENGINEERING ARBITRATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
38. ENTRY ONTO PRIVATE PROPERTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
39. STORAGE AREAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
40. GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
41. CONSTRUCTION LIEN ACT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
42. PROPERTY OWNER'S RELEASE OF PRIVATELY OWNED LAND
USED BY THE CONTRACTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
43. CONSTRUCTION PHASING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
44. WORKPLACE SAFETY AND INSURANCE BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
PAGE ONE
SPECIAL PROVISIONS - GENERAL
CONTRACT NO. CL99-7
1. PLAN QUANTITY ITEMS
Measurement for payment of the items designated (P) in the itemized bid is by plan quantity, as
may be revised by adjusted plan quantity.
2. GUARANTEED MAINTENANCE
Section GC7.15.02 of the General Conditions is revised in that the Contractor shall guarantee
and maintain the entire work called for under this Contract for a period of twenty-four (24)
months.
The Contractor shall make good in a permanent manner, satisfactory to the Authority, any and
all defects or deficiencies in the work, both during the construction and during the period of
maintenance as aforesaid. The Contractor shall commence repairs on any work identified as
defective under this clause within 48 hours of receipt of notice from the Authority or the
Contract Administrator.
The decision of the Authority and the Contract Administrator shall be final as to the necessity
for repairs or for any work to be done under this Section.
3. CONTRACT TIME AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
(1) Time
Time shall be the essence of this contract.
For purposes of this Contract, GC 1.04 of the General Conditions is revised, in that Contract
Time means the time stipulated herein for Completion of the Work as defined in Clause
GC1.06.
(2) Progress of the Work and Contract Time 'Z
The charging of working days shall commence on July!'999 and the Contractor shall
diligently prosecute the work on this contract to completion on or before the expiration of
One Hundred (100) working days from the date of commencement.
Contractor's attention is drawn to Clause 43 of the Special Provisions - General with regard
to scheduling of the works.
If the contract time above specified is not sufficient to permit completion of the work by the
Contractor working a normal number of hours each day or week on a single daylight shift
basis, it is expected that additional and/or augmented daylight shifts will be required
throughout the life of the contract to the extent deemed necessary by the Contractor to
insure that the work will be completed within the contract time specified. Any additional
SPECIAL PROVISIONS - GENERAL
CONTRACT NO. CL99-7 2.
costs occasioned by compliance with these provisions will be considered to be included in
the prices bid for the various items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed
therefore.
Working days shall be charged until the date of completion of the work as set out in the
Certificate of Completion issued in accordance with GC8.02.03.06.
(3) Working Day
Working Day as defined in GC1.04 is modified by the addition of the following under
Paragraph (a):
Except any day from inclusive, even though the Contractor
may elect to carry out any approved work as called for under this Contract during this
period.
The Contract Administrator will furnish to the Contractor for his signature a weekly
"Statement of Record of Working Days". The Contractor will be allowed two weeks in
which to file a written protest setting forth in what respects the said weekly statement is
incorrect, otherwise, the statement shall be deemed to have been accepted by the Contractor
as correct.
(4) Liquidated Damages
It is agreed by the parties to the contract that in case all the work called for under the
contract is not completed within the number of working days as set forth in the special
provisions or as extended in accordance with Section GC3.07 of the General Conditions, a
loss or damage will be sustained by the Authority. Since it is and will be impracticable and
extremely difficult to ascertain and determine the actual loss or damage which the Authority
will suffer in the event of and by reason of such delay, the parties hereto agree that the
Contractor will pay to the Authority the sum of FOUR HUNDRED DOLLARS ($400.00)
as liquidated damages for each and every calendar day's delay in achieving completion of
the work in excess of the number of working days prescribed. It is agreed that this amount
is an estimate of the actual loss or damage to the Authority which will accrue during the
period in excess of the prescribed number of working days.
The Authority may deduct any amount under this paragraph from any moneys that may be
due or payable to the Contractor on any account whatsoever. The liquidated damages
payable under this paragraph are in addition to and without prejudice to any other remedy,
action or other alternative that may be available to the Authority.
4. CONTRACTOR'S AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
Authorized representative as referenced in GC7.01.07 is defined as an employee of the
Contractor.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS - GENERAL
CONTRACT NO, CL99-7 3.
5. OPS GENERAL CONDITIONS
Wherever in this Contract reference is made to the General Conditions, it shall be interpreted as
meaning the OPS General Conditions of Contract, August 1990.
6. LAYOUT
Section GC7.02, Layout, is hereby revised by the deletion of Parts 03), 04), 05), and 06), and
by the addition of the following:
The Contract Administrator shall lay out and establish the primary alignment and grade controls
necessary for construction. The Contractor shall provide the Contract Administrator with
sufficient advance notice of his requirements to permit appropriate scheduling of the layout
work.
The layout performed by the Contract Administrator shall be sufficient to permit construction of
the work by the Contractor in compliance with the Contract Documents, but shall not relieve the
Contractor of his responsibility for the provision of qualified personnel and normal tools of the
trade, as necessary for the transfer or setting of the secondary lines and grades from the primary
controls provided. Tools of the trade are interpreted to include but not necessarily be limited to
hand and line levels, boning rods, tape measures, lasers, etc.
7. LABOUR CONDITIONS
General
This Special Provision is to be read in conjunction with Section GC8.02.06, Payment of
Workers, of the General Conditions of the Contract and is subject to The Industrial Standards
Act, The Employment Standards Act, 1980 and the regulations made thereunder. The wage
rates set out in the Roads and Structures Fair Wage Schedule are subject to change periodically.
Any increase in costs incurred by a change in the wage rates shall be borne by the Contractor.
Definitions
For the purposes of this Special Provision,
(a) "regular rate" means,
(i) the hourly rate paid to an employee for their normal non-overtime work week, or;
(ii) in the case of an employee to whom sub-clause (i) does not apply, the amount obtained
by dividing their total earnings for the week by the number of hours they worked in the
week.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS - GENERAL
CONTRACT NO. CL99-7 4.
(b) "work on roads" means the preparation, construction, finishing and construction
maintenance of roads, streets, highways and parking lots and includes all work incidental
thereto other than work on structures; and;
(c) "work on structures" means the construction, reconstruction, repair, alteration, remodelling,
renovation or demolition of any bridge, tunnel or retaining wall and includes the preparation
for and the laying of the foundation of any bridge; tunnel or retaining wall and the
installation of equipment and appurtenances incidental thereto;
provided, however, that the Minister of Labour, Ontario may at his/her sole discretion
determine whether any particular work is to be classified as work on roads or as work on
structures and such decision may be made notwithstanding the definitions herein contained.
Hours of Work and Wages
The regular work week for a person employed on work on roads being done under this Contract
or any other Contract subject to these or similar labour conditions shall not exceed 55 hours and
all time worked by such person in excess of 55 hours a week shall be overtime except that part
of the hours of work in excess of 55 hours a week which together with the hours worked in the
preceding week do not exceed 55 hours in that preceding week. But, in no case shall the
number of hours that can be included in the hours of work for that preceding week exceed 22
hours.
The regular work week for person employed on work on structures being done under this
� P
Contract or any other Contract subject to these or similar labour conditions shall not exceed 50
hours and all time worked by such person in excess of 50 hours a week shall be overtime except
that part of the hours of work in excess of 50 hours a week which, together with the hours
worked in the preceding week do not exceed 50 hours in that preceding week. But, in no case
shall the number of hours that can be included in the hours of work for that preceding week
exceed 22 hours.
Every person employed by the Contractor or a sub-contractor or other person to do any part of
the work contemplated by this Contract shall be paid while employed on such work at not less
than the wage rate set out in the Roads and Structures Fair Wage Schedule for the appropriate
classification of such work or not less than such other wage rates as, during the continuance of
the work, are fixed by the Minister of Labour, Ontario, for hours of work that are not overtime
and shall be paid one and one half times his/her regular rate for all hours of work that are
overtime.
Notwithstanding that a Contractor pays wages in excess of the wage rates set out in the Roads
and Structures Fair Wage Schedule, he shall not, in computing overtime wages payable to an
employee, set off against such overtime wages any part of the wages earned by the employee in
respect of their regular work period.
Where a person is working on more than one Contract that is subject to these conditions,
including any municipal Contract that contains similar labour conditions, the regular work week
and the entitlement to overtime for that person shall be based upon the total hours worked on all
SPECIAL PROVISIONS - GENERAL
CONTRACT NO. CL99-7 5.
such Contracts and if, on this basis, overtime is worked on this Contract the Contractor shall
pay such person at the overtime rate and no waiver by that person of this entitlement to overtime
wages and no interposition of a third party by way of an employment agency or as the nominal
employer of that person shall relieve the Contractor of his/her obligation to pay that person the
overtime wages.
Decisions by Minister of Labour
Where there is no appropriate classification set out in the Roads and Structures Fair Wage
Schedule for any particular class of work, the Minister of Labour, Ontario, may designate or
establish the appropriate classification and the wage rate.
The Contractor, upon receipt of notice of any decision of the Minister of Labour, Ontario, made
under this Contract, shall immediately adjust the wage rates, hours and classification of work so
as to give the effect to such decision.
Fair Wage Schedule
1 The Contractor shall make applicable to this Contract and post, in accordance with Section
GC7.11 of the General Conditions of the Contract, the current edition of the Ontario Ministry of
Labour's Roads and Structures Fair Wage Schedule and any amendments thereto.
! Contractor to Keep Records Which are to be Open for Inspection
The Contractor shall keep proper books and records showing the names, trades, addresses and
hourly wage rates of all workers in his/her employ or employed on this Contract through an
employment agency and the wages paid to and time worked by such workers both at regular
wage rates and at overtime wage rates, and the books or documents containing such records
shall be open for inspection by officers of the Government at any time it may be expedient to
the Minister of Labour to have the same inspected.
Ministry Requirements Before Payments Made to Contractor
The Contractor shall from time to time upon request furnish the Ministry with such detailed
information and evidence as may be required in order to establish that these labour conditions
have been complied with not only by him/her but by any sub-contractor or other person doing
any part of the work contemplated by the Contract.
Off Site Work
The Labour Conditions are intended for application primarily to work on the Contract site.
Work that is carried out on sites that are not in the immediate vicinity of the Contract site or
that are not used exclusively for the purposes of Contracts including Municipal Contracts,
containing similar labour conditions will not be subject to the Labour Conditions.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS - GENERAL
CONTRACT NO. CL99-7 6.
Training Period for Equipment Operators
(a) Employees, other than students, learning to operate equipment are classified as "Apprentice
Equipment Operators" during,
(i) their first three months operating equipment which does not require a licensed operator;
or
(ii) their first 18 months operating equipment which requires a licensed operator.
(b) The wages for apprentice equipment operators are as follows:
Windsor Zone The wage rate for Cement Improver
Hamilton Zone The wage rate for Asphalt Raker
Toronto Zone The wage rate for Asphalt Raker
Ottawa Zone The wage rate for Skilled Labourer
Provincial Zone The wage rate for Skilled Labourer.
Pile Driver
Employees other than an operator are to be classified as "Pile Driver Men" and shall be entitled
to the wage rate for "Labourer" - Structure Section.
Servicing of Equipment by Operator "On Site"
The Operator shall be entitled to his/her wage rate for the work in accordance with the terms of
the "Special Provisions - Labour Conditions."
Travelling Time
Travelling time will not be subject to the Fair Wage Schedule. The hours and wages or monies
paid for travelling time are to be deleted from the wage record of an employee in computing
his/her wage entitlement.
Gravel and Chip Spreader - Provincial Zone
Employees engaged in this classification of work shall be paid the wage rate of Equipment and
Maintenance Operator, Group 'B'.
Room and Board Allowance
The amount of room and board allowance will be negotiated between the employer and
employee but in no case will the net amount of wages due to an employee be less than such
wages an employee in General Construction work would receive at the minimum wage and
overtime at one and one-half times that rate for hours worked in excess of forty-four a week and
the maximum deduction for Room and Board per week as allowed by Regulation under the
Employment Standards Act.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS - GENERAL
CONTRACT NO. CL99-7 7.
Farm or Industrial Tractors with Attachments
The attachment must be power operated and be an integral part of the tractor.
Wage Rates for Students
(a) Students employed as FLAGPERSONS or WATCHPERSONS shall be entitled to the wage
rate for these classifications.
(b) Students performing work in positions that are classified in the Fair Wage Schedule, other
than FLAGPERSONS or WATCHPERSONS, shall be entitled to receive the student rate,
notwithstanding the rate set out in the Schedule for the classification applicable to the work.
(c) Students employed for more than three months in a classified position shall then be entitled
to the wage rate for that classification.
(d) Students performing work in positions that are not classified in the Fair Wage Schedule shall
be entitled to receive the student rate, regardless of the location of the Contract.
8. RESTRICTIONS ON OPEN BURNING
Open fires will not be permitted within the limits of this Contract. , Brush and debris may as an
alternative to burning, be disposed of outside the Contract Limits and in compliance with the
requirements specified elsewhere for Management and Disposal of Excess Material.
9. SUPPLY OF MATERIALS
All materials necessary for the proper completion of the work shall be supplied by the
Contractor, except as specifically noted, and the payment provided in the Contract shall be
deemed to include full compensation for the supply of such materials.
Materials listed in OPSS 128 and as amended from time to time, shall be supplied only from
sources designated in the Ministry of Transportation Manual of Designated Sources for
Materials.
Amendment to OPSS 128
Section 128.05.02 of OPSS 128 is amended in that the list of materials to be supplied from
designated sources is revised:
(1) By the deletion of the following:
6.85.25 Flasher Beacon, Aluminum (121.310)
9.20.10 Coal Tar Epoxy
SPECIAL PROVISIONS - GENERAL
CONTRACT NO. CL99-7 8.
(2) By the addition of the following:
9.20.10 '(Structural Steel) Coal Tar Epoxy
9.20.15 (Structural Steel) Coal Tar Epoxy
10. PAYMENTS
Except as herein provided, payments under this Contract will be made in accordance with
Section GC8.02.03 of the General Conditions.
Notwithstanding the provisions of the General Conditions respecting certification and payment,
the Authority may withhold 21h percent of the total value of work performed beyond the
expiration of 45 days from the date of publication of the Certificate of Substantial Performance,
to enable the Contract Administrator to produce the final detailed statement of the value of all
work done and material furnished under the Contract. As a condition of holdback reduction
from 10% to 2-1/2%, the Contractor shall supply a Statutory Declaration as defined in
GC8.02.03.07 03)(b) and advertise the Certificate of Substantial Performance per
GC8.02.03.04(03).
The Completion Payment Certificate to include statutory holdback release, will be issued within
120 days after the date for completion as specified under GC1.06. The date for interest due to
late payment shall commence following 180 days after the date of completion of the work.
As a condition of the final holdback payment, the Contractor shall provide the required Property
Owner's Releases as specified elsewhere, as appropriate.
The Contractor shall include in his price for the publication of the Certificate of Substantial
Performance. Publication is mandatory whether Contractor requests Substantial Performance or
not.
The Contractor is advised that the Authority may withhold payment on Interim and Holdback
Release Certificates up to 30 calendar days from the date of receipt of the executed Payment
Certificates.
11. UTILITIES
Sections GC2.01 and GC7.12 02) of the General Conditions are deleted in their entirety and are
replaced by the following:
The Contractor shall be responsible for the protection of all utilities at the job site during the
time of construction.
The Authority will be responsible for the relocation of utilities where required. However, no
claims will be considered which are based on delays or inconvenience resulting from the
relocation not being completed before the start of this Contract.
The location and depth of underground utilities shown on the Contract drawings, are based on
the investigations made by the Authority. It is, however, the Contractor's responsibility to
SPECIAL PROVISIONS - GENERAL
CONTRACT NO. CL99-7 9.
contact the appropriate agencies for further information in regard to the exact location of all
utilities, to exercise the necessary care in construction operations and to take such other
precautions as are necessary to safeguard the utilities from damage.
12. HAUL ROADS
When so required by the Contract Administrator, payment for maintenance and restoration of
haul roads will be made for the materials provided and the work performed as specified, at
tender prices, or at negotiated prices.
13. DUST CONTROL
As a part of the work required under Section GC7.06 of the General Conditions, the Contractor
shall take such steps as may be required to prevent dust nuisance resulting from his operations
either within the right-of-way or elsewhere or by public traffic where it is the Contractor's
responsibility to maintain a roadway through the work.
Where the work requires the sawing of asphalt or the sawing or grinding of concrete, blades and
grinders of the wet type shall be used together with sufficient water to prevent the incidence of
dust, wherever dust would affect traffic or wherever dust would be a nuisance to residents of the
area where the work is being carried out.
The cost of all such preventative measures shall be borne by the Contractor except however
where water or calcium chloride is used to reduce the dust caused by traffic on a roadway which
it is the Contractor's responsibility to maintain for public traffic, the cost of such quantities of
water and calcium chloride as are authorized by the Contract Administrator to restrict dust to
acceptable levels, shall be paid for by the Authority at the contract prices for Application of
Water or Application of Calcium Chloride.
14. TRAFFIC CONTROL, FLAGGING
Flagging for traffic control on this Contract shall be in conformance with the procedure outlined
in the pamphlet entitled "Correct Methods for Traffic Control" issued by the Construction Safety
Associations of Ontario. Copies of this pamphlet may be obtained by request from the Ministry
of Transportation's District Office.
Each flagman shall, while controlling traffic, wear the following:
(i) an approved fluorescent blaze orange or fluorescent red safety vest, and
(ii) an approved fluorescent blaze orange or fluorescent red armband on each arm, and
(iii) an approved fluorescent blaze orange or fluorescent red hat.
15. CONTRACTOR'S SUPPLY OF CONSTRUCTION SIGNS
In accordance with Section GC7.06 of the General Conditions, the Contractor is responsible for
the supply, erection, maintenance and subsequent removal of all temporary traffic controls,
including signs, lights, barricades, delineators, cones, etc., required on the work.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS - GENERAL
CONTRACT NO. CL99-7 10.
Traffic controls shall be provided in general accordance with the latest edition of the "Manual of
Uniform Traffic Control Devices", Division 5. As a minimum requirement and without
restricting the Contract Administrator or the Authority in requiring further controls, the
following signs shall be supplied:
Sign Number Sign Message;. Number'
Required
TC-1 CONSTRUCTION 10
TC-31, LANE CLOSED AHEAD 2
TC-3R LANE CLOSED AHEAD 2
TC-3tL LEFT LANE CLOSED 2
TC-3tR RIGHT LANE CLOSED 2
TC-7, TC-7t, TC-8t ROAD CLOSED, LOCAL TRAFFIC ONLY 2
TC-41A CONSTRUCTION ZONE BEGINS 6
TC-41B CONSTRUCTION ZONE ENDS 6
Traffic controls shall be operational before work affecting traffic begins.
16. MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC
The following traffic maintenance arrangements shall be in effect during work on this Contract.
• Wellington Street shall be closed to through traffic from Temperance Street to Scugog Street.
• Elgin Street shall be closed to through traffic from Horsey Street to Wellington Street.
• Concession Street and Elgin Street cannot be closed at the same time.
• Church Street shall be kept open to traffic at all times. Period reduction to one lane will be
allowed to facilitate construction of cross connections.
• Division street shall be kept open to traffic at all times.
• The Elgin Street/Wellington Street/Silver Street intersections cannot be closed at the same
time as the Concession Street/Wellington Street/Scugog Street intersection.
• Martin Road may be closed to through traffic.
• High Street may be closed to through traffic.
Pedestrian traffic shall be maintained at all times. Where existing sidewalk is removed a
temporary walkway in Granular `A' shall be provided as directed and the material used shall be
paid for under the Items appropriate to such work. The Contract Administrator may require the
use of protective barriers, sidewalk diversion or other controls to provide for pedestrian safety.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS - GENERAL
CONTRACT NO. CL"-7 11.
It is the intention of the Contract that every reasonable effort shall be made to provide vehicular
access to homes and other properties within the limits of each phase at the end of each working
day. The Contract Administrator shall review road closures with the Contractor to ensure that
roadways are reopened to traffic at the earliest opportunity.
It is understood that implementation of traffic controls will require ongoing review and
adjustment to suit construction operations.
No deviation from the above procedure will be allowed except with the approval of the
Engineer.
Notwithstanding the preceding, the Contractor shall at all times maintain the roadway surface
within the contract limits in a condition satisfactory to the Engineer and such that any emergency
vehicles may have immediate access to any building located within the limits of this Contract.
The Contractor shall be responsible for all signing at the contract limits and within the contract
limits. The Contractor shall ensure the signing is properly maintained while in use. It shall be
the Contractor's responsibility to directly notify Police, Fire, Hospital and Ambulance services
of road closures at least 24 hours in advance of such closures and to notify these same
authorities when such closures are no longer in effect.
It is the Contractor's responsibility to advertise all road closures in local newspapers a minimum
of one week in advance of such closure. The newspaper advertisement shall indicate the date of
closing of the roadway and the length of time for which the road will be closed. This advertising
is in addition to the notification required for Police, Fire, Hospital and Ambulance as indicated
above.
The Contractor shall be responsible for all detour signing outside the contract limits.
17. EMERGENCY AND MAINTENANCE MEASURES
Whenever the construction site is unattended by the general superintendent, the name, address
and telephone number of a responsible official of the contracting firm, shall be given to the
Contract Administrator. This official shall be available at all times and have the necessary
authority to mobilize workmen and machinery and to take any action as directed by the Contract
Administrator in case emergency or maintenance measures are required regardless whether the
emergency or requirement for maintenance was caused by the Contractor's negligence, act of
God, or any cause whatsoever.
1 Should the Contractor be unable to carry out immediate remedial measures required, the
Authority will carry out the necessary repairs, the costs for which shall be charged to the
Contractor.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS - GENERAL
CONTRACT NO. CL99-7 12.
18. ENGINEERING FIELD OFFICE
The Contractor, shall, at no additional expense to the Authority, supply an office for the
exclusive use of the Contract Administrator. This office shall be located as directed by the
Engineer, but in no case shall be more than one kilometre from the Contract limit.
The Contract Administrator's office shall have a minimum of 17 m2 of floor area, with a clear
ceiling height of not less than 2.3 m, weatherproof, insulated walls and roof and a tight wooden
floor raised at least 0.3 in clear of the ground. The office shall be fitted with a minimum of two
glazed windows, both of which can be opened and are fitted with screens. The door shall have
a reliable lock, all keys for which shall be in the care of the Contract Administrator. The
Contractor shall supply electric light, heat when required, and an air conditioner of 8,000 BTU
minimum when required, to the Contract Administrator's satisfaction and shall furnish the office
with a minimum of one desk with drawers, one drafting table, five chairs. two drafting stools,
one filing cabinet, a waste paper basket and a broom.
Where the Contractor elects to supply a combination office for the use of the Contract
Administrator and his own staff, the minimum requirements for the Contract Administrator's
accommodation as outlined shall be met. In addition, separate outside access for each office
shall be provided and the Contract Administrator's office shall be partitioned off from that of the
Contractor, on the inside. Any inside connecting door between the two offices shall be fitted
with a lock or closer on the Contract Administrator's side.
Where the field office is situated remote from a built-up area and where alternate toilet facilities
are not available, the Contractor shall also supply an acceptable chemical or equivalent dry
toilet, in a location convenient to the Contract Administrator's office.
The field office and other facilities shall be provided at the site within 14 days of the Date of
Notification to Commence Work or on the date of the Contractor's actual commencement of
work, whichever date occurs first, and shall remain at the site, if the Contract Administrator so
requires, for a period of up to two months after the completed work is accepted by the
Authority.
Field office shall be equipped with a facsimile machine for the use of the Contract Administrator
With the office the Contractor shall also include the supply of two OKI Model 710 portable
cellular phones as supplied by Rogers Cantel or approved equal, complete with extra batteries,
charger, cigarette lighter adapter and operations manual, for the use of the Contract
Administrator preferably with 905 area code. Any alternate model must have the same features
as those on the noted model and must be approved by the Contract Administrator. The phone
shall remain with the Contract Administrator for the duration of the work. The Contractor shall
make all necessary applications and pay all charges and fees related to the Cellular phone.
Failure to supply a cellular phone may result in the Contract Administrator renting a phone and
charging all costs incurred back to the Contractor.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS - GENERAL
CONTRACT NO, CL99-7 13.
For the purpose of this tender, bidders shall assume an average monthly cost of$300.00 for air
time and long distance calls. The Contractor shall not be entitled to extra compensation nor
shall he be asked fora credit should the actual usage charges differ from this amount.
19. MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL OF EXCESS MATERIAL
The requirements of OPSS 180 shall apply to this Contract, revised as follows:
i1 Section 180.03, Definitions, shall be amended by the addition of the following:
Work area: means the road allowance, right-of-way, and property with a boundary common
' to the road allowance or right-of-way within the Contract limits.
.2 Subsection 180.07.02, Conditions on Management by Re-Use, shall be amended by the
addition of the following:
Recycled hot mix asphalt or excess bituminous pavement shall not be used as trench backfill
or bedding.
i
I
1
i
TAu norm to tx
used with Ontario Pro..+netal Standard Spear"t" 180
IPROPERTY OWNER'S RELEASE
Contract No.
Work Description:
being the owner(s) of Lot , Concession
I/Wc f
Township of and County/Region /District of
, verify that the Contractor for the above noted work has
placed excess material from the above noted Contract on ray/our property with my/our permission.
I/We have been advised by the Contractor of the 'Conditions on Management' descnbed in
otification for Management as Disposable Fill,or'Site
OPS Forms 1800 or 1801.' Site Selection N
Selection Notification for Materials Stockpiling'.respectively.or both,and have been assured by the
Contractor that these conditions have been met.
Where materials are managed as disposable fill, I/We agree to be responsible for any subsequent
• relocation and management of the material so placed.
Where materials are to be stockpiled,I/We agree that the stockpiles)w11 be removed by the date(s)
herein noted.
Dated thii day of 19_
Print Contractor's Name & Feld Representative's Name
Contractor's Field Representative signature
Property Owner(s)Signature(s)
Copies to: Contract Administrator.Properry Ownu(s).Contracts
OPSF 180
Ontario Provincial Standard form
December 1993
Uts form to be used with Ontario Provincial Standard Specification 180
SITE SELECTION NOTIFICATION FOR MATER.IAIS STOCKPILING
Contend lnjomwdon
Contract No. Owner.
The following describes the notification process between the Owner of the Contract and the Contractor.
wherein the Contractor formally notifies the Owner that agreement has been reached with a third party
property owner for the stockpiling of Contract generated excess material.Such excess material,stockpiled for
re-use, may be one of or a combination of: earth; aggregate; swamp material. rock concrete; masonry;
bituminous pavement; natural wood, metal, plastic,and polystyrene;wood which has been treated.coated or
glued and debris from open fires, provided the conditions on management are satisfied.
Site Information
Property Owner(s) Doc the subject property:
The subject property:
Lot .Concession .Township of
County/RegioNDistrict or Quantity and Type of Excess Material stockpitc&
This is to notify you, as Owner. that permission has been obtained from the property owner(s) named herein for the
management of excess materials from this Contract. The property owner has also beet provided with a copy of this form
and has been advised that a Property Owner's Release Form,OPSF 1803,will be required.The use of this management site
will comply with the following:
Conn fiom on Mdmg nzew
It is understood that materials are stockpiled to be reused or held for dis�at a certified wage disposal site.Stockpile
of natural wood,manufactured wood,debris from open fires and Swamp material may only be located.
a. a minimum of 2 m above the kvd of grouod.rater.
b. a minimum of 30 m from water bow
C. a minimum of 100 m from any water well,and
d. a minimum of 100 m from residencies.
Stockpile of bituminous pwvcment,eomme and masonry may only be Iocated:
S. a minimum of 30 m from winter bodice and
b. a minimum of 100 m from residencies unless
1. on property with a boundary eommot to a right-of-way.within the c ootraet limits,for a period tot exceeding
120 calendar days,or
2 such stockpiles arc located within a provincial or municipal works yard or in a cocnmerciany licensed pit or
quarry.
'[lest conditions do not supersede any coostrAnts imposed on this property by Federal, Provincial or Municipal statute
or retulations and bylaws made thereto.
Dated this day of 19
Print Contractor's?dame&Field Representative's Name
Contractor's Field Representative signature
Property Owner(s)Signature(s)
ee: Contract Administrator. Property Owner(s),Contractor OPSF 1801
December 1991 Ontario Provincial Standard Form
This form to be used with Ontario P(OVIr al Standard SpcaGcation 180
SITE SELECTION NOTIFICATION FOR MANAGEMENT AS DISPOSABLE FILL
Cznftct Information
Contract No. Owner.
The following describes the notification process between the Owner of the Contract and the Contractor.
wherein the Contractor formally notifies the Owner that agreement has been reached with a third party
property owner for the disposition.of Contract generated excess material. Such excess material, managed as
disposable fill shall be limited to one of or a combination of:earth;aggregate;swamp material; rock;natural
wood and debris from open fires, provided the conditions on management are satisfied.
site Information
Property Owner(s) for the subject property.
The subject property:
Lot .Concession .Township of
County/Region/District of .Quantity and Type of Excess Material used as
fill:
4 �
This is to notify you, as Owner, that permission has been obtained Fran the property owners) named herein for the
rmis
management of excess materials from this Contract. The property owner has also been provided with a copy of this form
and has been advised that a Property Owner's Release Form,OPSF 1803,,&iB be required.The use of this management site
Will comply with the following.
1 Conditiow on Mamgenzent
1 Bituminous pavement,cm=te,masonry.wood wWcb has bcea treated,coated or glued,and metal,plastic,and polystyrene
products will not be accepted for management as disposable 1111 Swamp material managed as disp=bk fig will be top
covered by a minimum of 300 mm of eartb or topsal.Swamp material managed as disposable fill may only be plaood:
a. a minimum of 2 m above the kvet of ground water.
b. a minimum of 30 m from water bodies;
C. a minimum of 100 m from any water wells;and
d. a minimum of 100 in from residences.
These conditions do not supersede any constraints imposed on this property by Federal,Pro-dndal or Municipal statute
or regulations and bylaws made thereto.
Dated this day of 19—
Print Contratta's Name & Field Representative's Name
Contractoc's Field Representative signature
Property Owner(s)Signature(s)
ee: Contract Administrator,Property Owner's),Contractor OPSF 1800
December 1993 Ontario Provincial Standard Form
Ats term to be used %ith Ontario Provincut Standard SpccnrKAtM 180
wASTE QUANTITY REPORT
For Solid Nonhazardous Industrial and Commercial Waste Contract No.
Contractor
{.ocation Of Disposal Site and Quantity of Materials
Material Description
jj
Certificate of Approval Number
I,
IP
OPSF 1805
Ontario provincial Standard Form
December 1993
i
SPECIAL PROVISIONS - GENERAL
CONTRACT NO, CL99-7 14.
' 20. OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY ACT 1991 - DESIGNATED SUBSTANCES
In accordance with the requirements of Section 18a(1) of the Occupational Health and Safety
Act, the Authority has determined that the designated substances as listed hereunder are present
on the site and within the limits of this Contract.
Designated Substance Identified on this Site Location
Acrylonitrile No
Arsenic No
' Asbestos No
Benzene No
Coke Oven Emissions No
Ethylene Oxide No
Isocynates No
Lead No
' Mercury No
Silica No
' Vinyl Chloride No
It is the responsibility of the Contractor to ensure that all sub-contractors performing work under
this Contract have received a copy of this specification, where Designated Substances are
identified as being present at the site of the work.
' The Contractor shall comply with the governing Ministry of Labour Regulations respecting
protection of workers, removal, handling and disposition of the Designated Substances
encountered on this Contract.
Prior to commencement of this work, the Contractor shall provide written notification to the
Ministry of the Environment at 7 Overlea Boulevard, Toronto, Ontario, M411 1A8, of the
location(s) proposed for disposal of Designated Substances. A copy of the notification shall be
provided to the Contract Administrator a minimum of two weeks in advance of work starting.
In the event that the Ministry of the Environment has concerns with any proposed disposal
location, further notification shall be provided until the Ministry of the Environment's concerns
have been addressed.
All costs associated with the removal and disposition of Designated Substances herein identified,
shall be deemed to be included in the appropriate tender items.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS - GENERAL
CONTRACT NO. CL99-7 15.
1
Should a Designated Substance not herein identified be encountered in the work, then ,
management of such substance shall be treated as Extra Work.
r
21. WORKPLACE HAZARDOUS MATERIAL INFORMATION SYSTEM (WHMIS)
Reporting
Prior to the commencement of work the Contractor shall provide, to the Contract Administrator,
a list of those products controlled under WHMIS which he expects to use on this Contract.
Related Material Safety Data Sheets shall accompany the submission. All containers used in the
application of products controlled under WHMIS shall be labelled.
The Contractor shall notify the Contract Administrator of changes to the list in writing and ,
provide the relevant Material Safety Data Sheets.
r
22. SPILLS REPORTING
Spills or discharges of pollutants or contaminants under the control of the Contractor, and spills r
or discharges of pollutants or contaminants that are a result of the Contractor's operations that
cause or are likely to cause adverse effects shall forthwith be reported to the Contract ,
Administrator. Such spills or discharges and their adverse effects shall be as defined in the
Environmental Protection Act R.S.O. 1980.
All spills or discharges of liquid, other than accumulated rain water, from luminaires, internally ,
illuminated signs, lamps, and liquid type transformers under the control of the Contractor, and
all spills or discharges from this equipment that are a result of the Contractor's operations shall, ,
unless otherwise indicated in the Contract, be assumed to contain PCB's and shall forthwith be
reported to the Contract Administrator.
This reporting will not relieve the Contractor of his legislated responsibilities regarding such ,
spills or discharges.
23. TRAFFIC AND STREET SIGNS
The Contractor will be responsible for the removal and salvage of existing traffic and street
signs, and their delivery to the Authority's Works Department Yard, for re-erection by the
Authority following completion of the work. Works yard is located on Taunton Road near
Hampton.
Scheduling for sign removal shall be as approved in advance by the Contract Administrator.
Regulatory signs such as "Stop" and "Yield" must be maintained throughout.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS - GENERAL
' CONTRACT NO. CL99-7 16.
24. GARBAGE COLLECTION
The Contractor will be responsible for ensuring that garbage collection, including recyclables, is
maintained and when necessary, the Contractor shall make arrangements directly with the
collecting agency, to permit and coordinate pick-up. Garbage pick-up is handled by Canadian
' Waste Services, at 1-800-789-8886. Recyclable material is handled by Miller Waste Systems at
905-723-8588.
25. ASPHALT MIX DESIGNS
' The Contractor shall be responsible for the provision of current mix designs for all hot mix
asphalt required for the work, or for having the necessary mix designs prepared by a certified
laboratory. The mix designs proposed for use by the Contractor shall be submitted in writing to
the Contract Administrator for his approval and no work shall commence until the design mixes
are approved.
All costs associated with the provision of approved mix designs shall be borne by the
Contractor.
Steel slag and blast furnace slag coarse and fine aggregates shall not be used in any hot mix
' required by this Contract.
26. CONCRETE MIX DESIGNS
The Contractor shall be responsible for the concrete mix design except for low slump concrete
' overlays and latex modified concrete overlays which the Authority will design, and for providing
concrete of the specified properties. Concrete shall conform to the requirements of OPSS 1350
except as noted below:
' (1) Sub-section 1350.07.07.01 is deleted and replaced by the following:
1350.07.07.01 Contractor Designed Mix
Mix proportions shall be selected in accordance with A.C.I. Standard 211.8-81 "Standard
' Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight and Mass Concretes" and the
requirements of this special provision.
The values given in Table 5.3.6 of the A.C.I. standard for the determination of the volume
of coarse aggregate in the concrete mix shall be increased by not less than 10 percent except
where the concrete is deposited using a pump.
At least three weeks prior to the placement of concrete the Contractor shall submit to the
Contract Administrator a statement indicating the source of coarse and fine aggregate to be
used in the concrete work.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS - GENERAL '
CONTRACT NO. CL99-7 17.
i
The mix proportions and the required test data, for each class of concrete, shall be submitted
to the Contract Administrator at least seven days prior to the placement of concrete. They
shall be submitted in the standard Form PH-CC-433. ,
Contractor Designed Concrete Mix
Mix Proportions shall be expressed as follows:
(i) Portland Cement - Type, Source and Content in kilograms per cubic
metre of concrete.
(ii) Cementitious - Percent Slag, Source and Content in
Hydraulic Slag kilograms per cubic metre of concrete. ,
(iii) Coarse Aggregate - Nominal maximum size, Relative Density (Dry) Source,
Content in kilograms per cubic metre of concrete and Dry
Rodded Density in kilograms per cubic metre of concrete.
(iv) Fine Aggregate - Fineness Modulus, Relative Density (Dry), Source and
Content in kilograms per cubic metre of concrete.
(v) Water - Content in kilograms per cubic metre of concrete. '
(vi) Chemical - Source, Type and Dosage per 100
Admixture kilograms cement.
(vii) Air Entraining- Source and Type.
Admixture ,
Mix proportions shall be based on an aggregate in an oven dry condition.
Strength Test Data
The contractor shall produce the following information with regard to the mix design.
The information shall consist of test data from a laboratory or field mixed batch of
concrete, or a summary of test data from previous work using similar concrete mix
proportions, as follows:
(i) Laboratory or Field Mixed Batch of Concrete
The test data shall include compressive strength tests consisting of at least one set
of standard cylinders tested at 7 days, and 1 set of standard cylinders tested at 28
days. For mixes with cementitious hydraulic slag, the compressive strength tests
shall also include one set of standard cylinders tested at 3 days. The air content,
temperature and slump of the samples of concrete used to fabricate the test
cylinders shall be stated.
' SPECIAL PROVISIONS - GE NERAL
' CONTRACT NO. CL99-7 18.
Note: The intent of the laboratory or field mixed batch of concrete is to
indicate the ability of the proposed mix proportions to produce concrete
' of the required properties.
(ii) Summary of Test Data
' The test data shall include at least ten consecutive 28 day strength tests from
previous work. The data shall report individual strength tests and the average of
' all groups of three consecutive strength tests. The air content and slump of the
samples of concrete used to fabricate the test cylinders shall be stated. The tests
shall have been carried out within a period of two years prior to the award of the
contract.
' (2) Sub-section 1350.08.01.02 is deleted and replaced by the following:
' 1350.08.01.02 Sampling of Mix Design Materials
For Contractor designed mixed samples of acceptable aggregates, cement, water, chemical
' admixtures and air entraining admixtures representative of the materials to be used in the
work shall be provided to the Contract Administrator when requested at the time the
proposed mix proportions are submitted to the Authority.
' (3) Sub-section 1350.07.07.03, Part (b), is deleted and replaced by the following:
' 1350.07.07.03 High Strength Concrete
(b) Contractor Design Mix
' The proposed mix proportions shall meet the requirements of revised Sub-section
1350.07.07.01 above and in addition shall be tested in a full size field trial batch of
concrete.
When the concrete is mixed within a ready mixed truck, the size of the trial batch shall
be that volume of concrete normally mixed in the truck.
' When the Contractor elects to use a source of ready mix concrete, the trial batch of
concrete shall originate from the same plant that will be used for the supply of high
' strength concrete and the trial batch shall be delivered to the site of the work and
tested. Where access to the site of the work is not possible the Contract Administrator
will designate a suitable location for testing.
The testing of the field trial batch of concrete shall be the responsibility of the
Contractor.
Strength test data from the field trial batch shall consist of at least one set of standard
cylinders tested at 7 days and one set of standard cylinders tested at 28 days. For
SPECIAL PROVISIONS - GENERAL
CONTRACT NO. CL99-7 19.
mixes with cementitious hydraulic slag the strength test data shall also include one set '
of standard cylinders tested at 3 days.
The air content, temperature and slump of the samples of concrete used to fabricate the ,
test cylinders shall be stated.
When approved by the Contract Administrator, the concrete from the trial batch may be ,
incorporated into parts of the structure.
Basis of Payment ,
All costs for the above work shall be included in the contract price for the appropriate concrete
item(s). '
27. APPLICABLE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS
Ontario Provincial Standard Specifications (OPSS) governing the work of this Contract shall be
as listed in the "Schedule of Tender Data", Section H, with the applicable date of issue as
indicated for each Specification.
With the exception of OPSS 127 and 128, these Specifications shall remain in effect throughout '
the duration of this Contract, whether or not they be modified or re-issued by the responsible
agency subsequent to the tender advertising date.
The issues of OPSS 127 and 128 which are current at the time the work is performed or '
material furnished, shall govern.
28. AMENDMENT TO OPSS 353 '
Air Content of Concrete
353.05.01 Concrete
Subsection 353.05.01 of OPSS 353, September 1996, is amended by the addition of the '
following:
The air content of concrete placed by extrusion methods shall not be less than 4.5% when tested ,
in place in a plastic state.
29. AMENDMENT TO OPSS 102
Scale Accuracy
Section 102.08.01 of OPSS 102, October 1992, is amended by the addition of the following:
' SPECIAL PROVISIONS - GENERAL
CONTRACT NO. CL99-7 20.
' Scale accuracy tolerances and Limits of Error are defined as 0.20% of the indicated load where
"Indicated" load refers to the weight of the vehicle used in conducting the performance test
when measured at the centre of the platform.
30. AMENDMENT TO OPSS 570
Sub-section 570.05.01 of OPSS 570, August 1990 is amended by the addition of the following.
The topsoil shall be analyzed to ensure there are no deficiencies with respect to fertility levels.
The soil shall consist-of a minimum 4% organic matter. The phosphorous level shall be 30
ppm, f 2 ppm. The potassium level shall be 235 ppm, f 30 ppm. The soil shall have a base
' saturation of calcium of 75%, f 10%. The base saturation of sodium shall be a maximum of
0.5%. The pH level shall be between 6.0 and 7.0. A copy of the topsoil testing report shall be
provided to the Contract Administrator.
' If the topsoil does not meet all of the fertility elements the soil shall be treated with the required
amendments as recommended by the topsoil analysis report.
31. AMENDMENT TO OPSS 1820; CONCRETE PIPE
' Section 1820.02, References, of OPSS 1820 is deleted and replaced by the following:
' 1820.02 References
This specification refers to the following standards, specifications, or publications:
' Ontario Provincial Standards Specifications (Material)
CSA Standard
A257-M1982 - Standards for Concrete Pipe
' Section 1820.07, Production, of OPSS 1820 is deleted and replaced by the following:
1820.07 Production
' 1820.07.01 General
Production methods shall conform to the requirements of CSA A257.1 and CSA A257.2.
1820.07.02 Pipe for Sewers Up to and Including 900 mm
Designated Internal Diameter
SPECIAL PROVISIONS - GENERAL
CONTRACT NO. CL99-7 21.
Pipe for use in sewers up to and including 900 mm designated internal diameter shall be pipe of '
the size and class required, and shall conform to the MOE Pre-qualification Requirements for
Concrete Sewer Pipe Plants.
The plant shall have a valid Pre-qualification Certificate at the time of production and delivery '
of the pipe.
1820.07.03 Marking
Marking shall conform to the requirements of CSA Standard A257.IM or A257.2M. ,
Pipe conforming to the MOE Pre-qualification Requirements for Concrete Sewer Pipe Plants
shall bear the letters "MOE". ,
Jacking Pipe shall be marked with the words "Jacking Quality".
32. DELIVERY OF TEST SAMPLES
The Contractor shall include in his tender prices for the cost of delivery of concrete test '
cylinders and asphalt samples to a designated testing laboratory.
For this contract test cylinders shall be delivered to 513 Division Street, Cobourg, Ontario, '
K9A 4W4.
33. PREPARATION AND POSTING OF REQUIREMENTS FOR WORK IN CONFINED '
SPACES
Clause GC7.01.06 of the OPS General Conditions of Contract is amended by the addition of the '
following:
Detailed written procedures addressing the confined space requirements of the Occupational
Health and Safety Act and Ontario Regulations for Construction Projects, Ontario Regulation
213/91, shall be clearly posted at the project site and available to all personnel, including the '
Contractor's workers, Authority staff, Contract Administrator, and Ministry of Labour
inspectors.
The procedures must include the rescue procedures to be followed during a rescue or evacuation '
of all personnel from an unsafe condition or in the event of personal injury.
The Contractor shall have personnel trained in rescue procedures readily available on site. '
' SPECIAL PROVISIONS - GENERAL
CONTRACT NO, CL99-7 22.
' 34. CONFINED SPACE ENTRY
' The Contractor shall be responsible for the supply of personal protective equipment for the use
of the Contract Administrator, in connection with confined space entry while the Contractor is
operating on site.
The following equipment shall be made available on request:
Mechanical Ventilation Equipment
' . Gloves
Gas Detector (C95-80)
Full body harness securely attached to a rope
Rope
Gas mask or dust, mist or fume respirator (optional)
30 minute self-contained breathing apparatus (need not be worn but, if required, be readily
' available to supply air for instant egress)
7 minute Escape Pack
Explosion-proof temporary lighting
Adequate clothing to ensure protection against abrasions and contamination.
In addition the Contractor shall provide a competent person who shall inspect all safety
' equipment prior to use to ensure that it is in good working order and appropriate for the task at
hand.
' 35. COMPLIANCE WITH THE OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY ACT
Clause GC7.01.06 of the OPS General Conditions of Contract is deleted and replaced by the
following:
06) The Contractor shall execute the terms of the Contract in strict compliance with the
requirements of the Occupational Health and Safety Act, RSO 1990, c.0.1 (the Act) and
Ontario Regulation 213/91 (Construction Projects) and any other regulations under the Act
(the Regulations) which may affect the performance of the Work, as the Constructor or
Employer, as the case may be. The Contractor shall ensure that:
' (a) worker safety is given first priority in planning, pricing and performing the Work;
' (b) its officers and supervisory employees have a working knowledge of the duties of a
Constructor and Employee under the Act and the provisions of the Regulations
applicable to the Work, and a personal commitment to comply with them;
(c) a copy of the most current version of the Act and the Regulations are available at the
Contractor's office within the Working Area, or, in the absence of an office, in the
possession of the supervisor responsible for the performance of the Work;
(d) workers employed to carry out the Work possess the knowledge, skills and protective
devices required by law or recommended for use by a recognized industry association
to allow them to work in safety;
SPECIAL PROVISIONS - GENERAL ,
CONTRACT NO. CL99-7 23.
(e) its supervisory employees carry out their duties in a diligent and responsible manner ,
with due consideration for the health and safety of the workers; and
(f) all subcontractors employed by the Contractor to perform part of the Work and their
employees are properly protected from injury while they are at the work place.
(g) In order to comply with the Municipality of Clarington's "Contractor Safety - Policy '
and Procedures" the successful bidder shall prior to the award of the Contract execute
the attached forms.
1. Contractor's Statement of Liability ,
2. Notification of Infraction
3. Health and Safety Practice Form - Schedule "A"'
4. Contractor Health and Safety Warning/Stop Work Order
(h) The Municipality will retain the right to document contractors for all health and safety
warnings and/or to stop any contractors' work if any of the previously mentioned items '
are not in compliance. Similarly, the Municipality or designate will have the right to
issue warnings and/or to stop work if there are any violations by the contractor of the
Occupational Health and Safety Act, Municipal Health and Safety programs, policies,
rules, and/or if the contractor creates an unacceptable health and safety hazard. Written
warnings and/or stop work orders can be given to contractors using Contractor Health
and Safety Warning/Stop Work Order Form (Schedule "B)".
The Contractor shall provide the Owner with a copy of its health and safety policy and program '
at the pre-start meeting, and shall respond promptly to requests from the Owner for confirmation
that its methods and procedures for carrying out the Work comply with the Act and Regulations. '
The Contractor shall cooperate with representatives of the Owner and inspectors appointed to
enforce the Act and the Regulations in any investigations of worker health and safety in the
performance of the Work. The Contractor shall indemnify and save the Owner harmless from '
any additional expense which the Owner may incur to have the Work performed as a result of
the Contractor's failure to comply with the requirements of the Act and the Regulations.
CONTRACTOR SAFETY
' POLICY AND PROCEDURE
CONTRACTOR'S STATEMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY
As a contractor working for the Municipality of Clarington,.y� ,Wifl comply with
all procedures and requirements of the Occupational Health and Safety Act,
' Municipal safety policies, department and site specific policies and procedures
and other applicable legislation or regulations. I/we will work safely with skill and
' care so as to prevent an accidental injury to ourselves, fellow employees and
members of the public.
' 1. The contractor/successful tenderer certifies that it, its employees, its
subcontractors and their employees,
a) are aware of their respective duties and obligations under the
Occupational Health and Safety Act, as amended from time to time,
and all Regulations thereunder (the "Act); and
' b) have sufficient knowledge and training to perform all matters
required pursuant to this contract/tender safely and in compliance
' with the Act.
2. In the performance of all matters required pursuant to this contract/tender,
' the contractor/successful tenderer shall,
a) act safely and comply in all respects to the Act, and
' b ensure that its employees, it subcontractors and their employees p yees act
safely and complying all respects with the Act.
3. The contractor/successful tenderer shall recd an unsafe act or practice
rectify Y P
and any non-compliance with the Act at its expense immediately upon
being notified by any person of the existence of such act, practice or non-
compliance.
4. The contractor/successful tenderer shall permit representatives of the
Municipality and the Health and Safety Committee on site at any time or
times for the purpose of inspection to determine compliance with this
contractor/tender.
i
CONTRACTOR SAFETY
f
POLICY AND PROCEDURE Continued...
' 5. -No act or omission by any representative of the Municipality shall be
deemed to be an assumption of any of the duties or_.obligations of the
contractor/successful tenderer or any of its subcontractors under the Act.
6. The contractor/successful tenderer shall indemnify and save harmless the �
Municipality,
' a) from any loss, inconvenience, damage or cost to the Municipality
which may result from the contractor/successful tenderer or any of
its employees, its subcontractors or their employees failing to act
safely or to comply in all respects with the Act in the performance
of any matters required pursuant to this contract/tender;
b) against any action or claim, and costs related thereto, brought
against the Municipality by any person arising out of any unsafe act
or practice or any non-compliance with the Act by the
contractor/successful tenderer or any of its employees, its
subcontractors or their employees in the performance of any matter
required pursuant to this contract/tender; and
c) from any and all charges, fines, penalties, and costs that may be
incurred or paid by the Municipality (or any of its council members
or employees) shall be made a party to any charge under the Act
in relation to any violation of the Act arising out of this
contract/tender.
i
..............................................................................................................................................
Contractor Name of Person Signing for Contractor
..............................................................................................................................................
Signature of Contractor Date
I '
i;
�I
' DATE & TIME OF INFRACTION:
DESCRIPTION OF INFRACTION INCLUDING LOCATION:
ORDER GIVEN BY MUNICIPALITY:
DID THE CONTRACTOR COMPLY WITH THIS ORDER?
DATE &TIME OF COMPLIANCE:
ISSUED TO:
CONTRACTOR'S EMPLOYEE TITLE
ISSUED BY:
MUNICIPAL EMPLOYEE DEPARTMENT TITLE
PART"C"-ADDITIONAL COMMENTS
THIS SECTION IS TO BE USED INTERNALLY TO RECORD ADDITIONAL COMMENTS SUBSEQUENT TO ISSUING THE
WARNING/STOP WORK ORDER,I.E.DATE AND TIME WORK RESUMED,FURTHER ACTION TAKEN,ETC.
to i
I
CONTRACTOR SAFETY
POLICY AND PROCEDURE Schedule NA"
HEALTH AND SAFETY PRACTICE FORM
To Contractor(s):
The Municipality of Clarington is committed to a healthy and safe working environment
for all workers. To ensure the Municipal workplace is a healthy and safe working
environment, contractors, constructors and subcontractors must have knowledge of and
operate in compliance with the Occupational Health and Safety Act and any other
legislation pertaining to employee health and safety.
In order to evaluate your company's health and safety experience, please provide the
accident/incident and/or Workers'Compensation (WCB) information noted below,where
applicable.
�' • The New Experimental Experience Rating (NEER)
- The WCB experience rating system for non-construction rate groups
�t • The Council Amended Draft #7 (CAD-7) Rating
- The WCB experience rating system for construction rate groups
11 ..................................................:...........................................
• Injury frequency performance for the last two years
This may be available from the contractor's trade association
.............................................................................................
• Has the contractor received an Ministry of Labour warnings or orders in the last
Y rY 9
two years? (If the answer is yes, please include the infraction).
• Confirmation of Independent Operator Status
The WCB independent operator number assigned:
(Bidders to include the letter confirming this status and number from WCB with
their bid submission.) '
t`
' CONTRACTOR SAFETY
POLICY AND PROCEDURE
Schedule "B"
' CONTRACTOR HEALTH AND SAFETY WARNING/STOP WORK-ORDER
The purpose of this form is to: (Issuer to check one of the following)
❑ Provide warning to the contractor to immediately discontinue the unsafe work
practice described below
❑ Direct the contractor to immediately cease all work being performed under this
contract due to the unsafe work practice described below.
FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THIS WARNING/STOP WORK ORDER SHALL CONSTITUTE A BREACH OF CONTRACT.
PART"A"- DETAILS OF CONTRACT
' CONTRACT/P.O. #
i
DESCRIPTION:
NAME OF FIRM:
PART'B"- DETAILS OF INFRACTION (TO BE COMPLETED BY ISSUER)
k
1 �
I
1 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - GENERAL
CONTRACT NO. CL99-7 24.
' 36. GOVERNMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
The Contractor shall obey all Federal, Provincial and Municipal laws, Acts, Ordinances,
Regulations, Orders-in-Council and By-laws, which could in any way pertain to the work
outlined in the Contract or to the Employees of the Contractor. Without limiting the generality
of the foregoing, the Contractor shall satisfy all statutory requirements imposed by the
Occupational Health and Safety Act and regulations made thereunder on a contractor, a
constructor and/or an employer with respect to or arising out of the performance of the
Contractor's obligations under this Contract.
37. ENGINEERING ARBITRATION
' The Contractor's attention is drawn to Clause GC3.15 of the General Conditions of Contract.
In the event that dispute cannot be resolved by negotiation, arbitration procedures will be
followed in this Contract. All parties shall agree to binding arbitration to resolve outstanding
claims.
38. ENTRY ONTO PRIVATE PROPERTY
The Contractor shall not enter private property or property which is to be acquired to construct
the works without the prior consent of the Contract Administrator. This requirement will be
strictly enforced.
39. STORAGE AREAS
Clause GC3.06.01 of the General Conditions of Contract is amended by the addition of the
following:
The use of the road right-of-way as a long term storage area is not allowed under this Contract.
The storage of materials and movement of equipment will only be allowed for normally accepted
construction practices.
40. GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE
Clause GC6.03.02.01 is amended by the addition of the following:
The Regional Municipality of Durham shall be added as an additional named insured.
41. CONSTRUCTION LIEN ACT
The Contractor shall give the Authority notice in writing, immediately, of all lien claims or
potential lien claims coming to the knowledge of the Contractor or his agents.
When a claim for lien is filed by a Subcontractor, labour or material supplier or equipment
renter acting under the Contractor, and proceedings are commenced by the Authority to vacate
the lien, the Contractor agrees and shall forthwith pay to the Authority, in addition to their
1
SPECIAL PROVISIONS - GENERAL
CONTRACT NO. CL99-7 25.
reasonable legal fees therefore, all interest costs and expenses incurred by the Authority and an ,
additional sum equal to ten percent (10%) of the sum found to be owing as liquidated damages,
and such remedy shall be in addition to any other remedy available to the Authority under the
Contract Documents.
Where any lien claimant asks from the Authority the production for inspection of the Contract
Documents or the state of the accounts between the Authority and the Contractor, the Contractor
shall be liable for an administration fee of Two Hundred Dollars ($200.00) for each request
made as compensation for the preparation of such accounting or for the preparation of the
Contract, or both, as the case may be, and the Contractor acknowledges that such administrative
fee shall be properly deductible, if the Authority should so choose, from monies otherwise
payable to the Contractor under the terms of the Contract Documents.
Where an application is brought to a judge of a competent jurisdiction to compel production of ,
any particular document to a lien claimant, the Contractor further agrees to indemnify the
Authority from reasonable legal fees incurred in appearing on such an application and in
addition agrees to pay to the Authority its reasonable costs incurred in producing such
documents to the extent that the same is made necessary under the disposition of the matter by
such judge, and the Contractor further agrees that such reasonable costs and fees incurred by the
Authority as stated herein may be properly deductible from monies otherwise payable to the
Contractor under the terms of the Contract Documents.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS - GENERAL
CONTRACT NO, CL99-7 26.
42. PROPERTY OWNER'S RELEASE OF PRIVATELY OWNED LAND
USED BY THE CONTRACTOR
Upon completion of the Contract, the Contractor shall provide the Authority with two (2) copies
of a form of release signed by each property owner, upon whose land he has entered for
purposes associated with the Contractor's operations but not for the purpose of undertaking
works stipulated in the Contract:
Date .......................
To: Mr. S.A. Vokes, P.Eng., Director of Public Works
Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington
Municipal Administration Centre, 40 Temperance Street
BOWMANVILLE, Ontario L1C 3A6
Re: Contract No. CL99-7
�I Dear Sir:
I hereby certify that
(Name of Contractor)
have fulfilled the terms of our agreement and have left my property in a satisfactory condition.
I have accepted their final payment and release
' (Name of Contractor)
and the Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington from further obligations.
Yours very truly,
Y,
r
..................................
Signature
Property Owner's Name............................Lot......Concession..:.......
Municipalityof ........................................
(Please complete above in printing)
Final payment will not be released to the Contractor until all the applicable forms of release
have been signed by the property owners and received by the Authority.
i
SPECIAL PROVISIONS - GENERAL
CONTRACT NO. CL99-7 27.
43. CONSTRUCTION PHASING
It is intended under this Contract that construction be phased to minimize disruption to traffic
and to control accesses to homes and businesses within the limits of the work. It is also
essential that works fronting the Bowmanville Central Public School at Elgin Street and
Wellington street and the Lord Elgin Public School on High Street, be completed while these
schools are closed for the summer break.
Works on the various streets shall be constructed in accordance with the following time frame:
• Work on Wellington street from Temperance Street to west of the Elgin Street intersection
and on Elgin Street shall be completed in full including sidewalk, boulevards and base
asphalt by the end of August 1999.
• Work on High Street must be completed by the end of August 1999.
• Due to the ongoing programme of summer events at the Bowmanville Museum fronting
Silver Street, no work shall commence on this street until after August 31, 1999.
• Work on Martin Road, High Street and Division Street can proceed at the same time as
works are underway on Wellington Street.
• Church Street construction shall not overlap with the works specified to be undertaken on
Wellington Street between Scugog and Silver Street.
• The works on Division Street shall be completed by Friday, September 17, 1999.
The need to complete the prescribed works by the specified date is dictated by the
commencement of the new school year at the two Public Schools.
44. WORKPLACE SAFETY AND INSURANCE BOARD ,
All references in the General Conditions of Contract to "Workers' Compensation Board" shall
now read "Workplace Safety and Insurance Board".
r
r
CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON
CONTRACT NO. CL99-7
r
r
i
SPECIAL PROVISIONS - TENDER ITEMS
r
17609/19/l/C
PAGE ONE
SPECIAL PROVISIONS - TENDER ITEMS
CONTRACT NO. CL99-7
T `A' PART `B' PART `C' PART `D' AND PART `E'
PAR , ,
ROAD RECONSTRUCTION
SECTION 1, ROADWORKS AND STORM SEWERS
SITE PREPARATION - ITEMS NO. 1, 41 and 70
Under these Items and for the lump sum bid, the Contractor shall undertake the following work:
Clearing and grubbing of 250 mm black walnut tree east of House No. 45, Wellington Street.
• Clearing and grubbing of 850 mm sugar maple tree, Bowmanville Central Public School,
Wellington Street.
• Clearing and grubbing of 800 mm sugar maple tree at House No. 110, Wellington Street.
Clearing and grubbing of 1000 mm sugar maple tree at House No. 106, Wellington Street.
Removal, salvage and storage on site of precast concrete parking curbs at Bowmanville Central
and Lord Elgin Public Schools.
Removal, salvage and storage on site of chain link fence at Bowmanville Central School.
Trimming of tree branches which overhang sidewalks at a level deemed to be hazardous to
pedestrians.
Removal and disposal of steel beam guiderail and posts on Martin Road and delivery to
Municipal Works Yard on Taunton Road.
Homeowners shall have first right to wood from tree removals. All wood not wanted by homeowners
shall be disposed of off the site by the Contractor.
EARTH EXCAVATION (GRADING) - ITEMS NO. 2, 42 AND 71
Payment under these items shall also include the following:
Removal and disposal of asphalt on all streets including sidestreets.
Removal and disposal of asphalt from entrances.
Removal and disposal of asphalt from boulevards and parking areas.
Removal and disposal of asphalt from paved gutters.
Excavation and disposal of deleterious material.
Proof rolling of subgrade.
Asphalt on Wellington Street and Silver Street lies directly on a concrete road base throughout the
length of each street.
The unit price bid under this Item shall also include for the following:
iProvision of measures to protect existing utility poles, markers and trees.
Disposal of all excavated material which is surplus to site requirements estimated as follows:
SPECIAL PROVISIONS -TENDER ITEMS
CONTRACT NO. CL99-7 2.
Item 2 3,416 m3
Item 42 1,251 m3
Item 71 995 m3
Under Item No. 2(b) of Part `A' the volume of earth excavated below subgrade will be measured and
paid for by the cubic metre. The extent of this sub-excavation will be agreed on site with the
Contract Administrator.
HOT MIX H.L.-3A, and H.L.4 - ITEMS NO. 3, 4, 32, 43, 44, 72 and 73
Asphalt shall be penetration grade 85/100. No surface course asphalt shall be laid on this contract.
The location of use of various asphalt mixes is defined on the Drawings.
Entrances shall be restored as follows:
a) Existing paved entrance with and without sidewalk:
Private entrance restored with 50 mm H.L.-3A to match existing.
b Existing gravel entrance with sidewalk:
Private entrance restored with 50 mm H.L.-3A to front face of sidewalk.
c) Existing gravel entrance without sidewalk.
Private entrance restored with 50 mm HL-3A to a point 2 metres from back of curb.
d) Commercial entrances:
Restored with 40 mm H.L.-3A and 50 mm H.L.4 to match existing.
e) Paved boulevard (for parking).
Constructed with 40 mm HL-3A and 50 mm HL-4.
Payment under Item No. 3, 43 and 72 shall also include for the following:
• Forming temporary curbs at catchbasin locations for a length of approximately 2 metres.
• Temporary ramping at limits of construction on all streets.
• Construction of 300 mm x 40 mm stepped joint at limits of full construction on all streets.
Forming asphalt gutters on Concession Street.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS -TENDER ITEMS
CONTRACT NO. CL"-7 3.
' Payment under Item No. 32(b) shall be made for infilling of 300 mm wide strip adjacent to new curb
and gutter on Church Street. With two lifts of asphalt for a total depth of 80 mm.
GRANULAR "A" AND GRANULAR "B" TYPE 1 - ITEMS NO. 5, 6, 33, 45, 46, 74 and 75
Payment shall be made under these Items for the supply, placing and compacting of Granular "A"
and Granular "B", Type 1 in entrances, Granular "A" in boulevards and as foundation to sidewalk
and interlocking brick pavers, Granular "B", Type 1 in subexcavated areas and as backfill to
subdrains.
The following construction standards shall apply:
Private entrances Granular "A" 200 nun
Commercial Entrances Granular "A" 100 mm, Granular "B", Type 1 200 mm
Sidewalks Granular "A" 100 mm
Paved Boulevards Granular "A" 100 mm Granular "B", Type 1200 mm
Granular "A" required for the construction of temporary walkways as directed shall be paid for under
the appropriate Granular "A" Item for that part of the Contract.
The quantity of Granular "B", Type 1, has been increased to allow for potential additional depth of
sub-base in certain areas of Wellington Street and sidestreets. The Contractor is advised that should
ground conditions not require this additional material, the Contractor will have no claim for additional
compensation under Clause GC8.01.02, 01 (a) and (b) of the General Conditions of Contract.
Granular "A" and Granular "B", Type 1, required for trench restoration on Martin Road will be paid
for under the Granular "A" and Granular "B" Items.
CONCRETE IN SIDEWALK - ITEMS NO. 7, 34, 47, 76 and 92
Areas of private sidewalk and private concrete entrances to be constructed to match new sidewalk will
be measured and paid for under this Item.
Sidewalk thickness shall be increased to 150 mm through commercial entrances.
Where new sidewalk abuts or connects to existing sidewalk or steps an expansion joint shall be
constructed at these locations.
Walkways constructed in concrete patio slabs shall be restored using salvaged patio slabs.
" i for sidewalk shall be aid
Section 351.07.01 of OPS 351 is amended m that Granular A foundation r e p
for under the Granular `A' Items.
The Contract Administrator shall contact individual homeowners with private walkways to determine
the extent and location of adjustment needed.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS -TENDER ITEMS
CONTRACT NO. CL99-7 4.
The construction of sidewalk on Church Street will include for costs related to excavation for
sidewalk and foundation and disposal of materials.
INTERLOCKING BRICK PAVERS - ITEMS NO. 8, 35 and 103
Under these Items and for the unit prices bid the Contractor shall supply and install brick pavers in
boulevard and sidewalk areas in accordance with the standard drawings.
Pavers shall be standard 100 mm x 200 mm x 60 mm size in colours to be decided by the Contract
Administrator.
The unit price bid under this Item shall also include:
• Removal and salvage of brick pavers at House No. 45, Wellington Street. Extra pavers will be
necessary to complete the entrance.
Removal and salvage of brick pavers in entrance to St. Paul's Church.
Placing of salvaged brick pavers at the above locations to match existing pattern and including
excavation as required for bedding.
CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER, ALL TYPES - ITEMS NO. 9, 36, 48, 77 and 95
A 2 metre length of curb and gutter shall be omitted at each catchbasin. Where sidewalk or concrete
entrance abuts curb, a 50 mm wide key shall be constructed at the back of the curb in accordance
with the standard.
The unit price bid under this Item shall include for the following:
• Construction of concrete curbs to match existing at House No. 135 Wellington Street, No. 30 (two
entrances), St. Paul's Church and Museum, Silver Street and No. 153 High Street.
• Protection and adjustment as needed of existing catchbasin on Church Street.
• Reinstatement of wooden curbs at Houses No. 45, 142, 154/156 and 162 Wellington Street
salvaged under Item No. 24.
• Excavation as required for construction of new curb and gutter on Church Street and disposal of
surplus materials.
150 mm DIA. PIPE SUB-DRAINS - ITEMS NO. 10, 49, 78 and 96
The Contractor shall supply and place perforated corrugated polyethylene pipe and steel pipe in the
locations indicated on the attached breakdown sheet. No new subdrains are required on Church
Street.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS -TENDER ITEMS
CONTRACT NO, CL99-7 5.
iBackfill shall be Granular "B", Type 1 paid for under the respective Granular "B" items.
The unit price bid shall include for connecting subdrain pipe at each catchbasin/manhole or to existing
subdrain where encountered.
Where storm sewers on any street are constructed along the gutter lines, no subdrain shall be
installed at these locations.
STORM SEWERS AND STORM LATERALS - ITEMS NO. 11 - 14, 50 - 52 and 79
Under these Items and for the unit prices bid the Contractor shall supply all materials including pipe
of the required type, size and class, other fittings, sand materials for cover and-crusher run limestone
for bedding in accordance with the standards. Backfill shall be Granular "B", Type 1 material or
selected native material as specified in the Itemized Bid.
Pipe materials shall be concrete throughout the project except that PVC SDR 28 will be used for
storm laterals on all streets except Martin Road, and corrugated polyethylene pipe, Boss 1000 and
2000 is specified for Martin Road. Concrete and PVC pipe shall be supplied with the rubber gasket
joints. Big `O' Boss 100 pipe shall be supplied with split coupler joints and Big `O' Boss 2000 shall
be bell and spigot.
Boss 2000 shall be used for storm catchbasin laterals on Martin Road.
The unit price bid under these Items shall include for connecting existing storm sewers to new where
directed including the supply of additional pipe required. Restoration of areas beyond the limits of
road reconstruction, which are disturbed by construction of new storm sewer, shall be paid for under
the items appropriate to such work.
Where existing storm sewers are encountered in trenching operations for the installation of new storm
sewers, the removal and disposal of the existing sewers shall be deemed to be included in the unit
rprices bid under these Items and no separate payment shall be made.
Connection of catchbasin leads to the new trunk sewer shall be made by an approved coring method.
The soils report for Wellington Street and side streets classifies the soil as Type 2 for the purposes of
selecting Class "B" bedding. High Street and Martin Road are also classified as Type 2.
The existing storm sewer will be removed. Where connection to the existing sewer are encountered
these will be reconnected to the new storm sewer and measured and paid for under the storm sewer
item appropriate to this work.
The unit prices bid under these items shall include for any temporary connection required to meet the
construction scheduling on Wellington Street and side streets. The Contractor will be paid for pipe
materials required for such connection. The unit price bid under Item No. 12 shall include for
placing a concrete plug at the north end of the sewer on Concession Street.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS -TENDER ITEMS
CONTRACT NO. CL99-7 6.
Restoration of areas disturbed by storm sewer installation beyond the limits of grading will be carried
out under the appropriate items.
r On Martin Road Boss 1000 will be used on 300 nun dia. trunk storm sewer, Boss 2000 on catchbasin
leads and 450 mm dia. trunk storm sewer.
On Elgin Street, the Contractor shall be paid for the installation of the temporary storm connection to
Horsey Street. The cost to bulkhead the west outlet of new storm manhole No. 12 will be paid under
Item 29. This will allow the completion of Elgin Street before the storm sewer on Wellington Street,
west of Elgin Street, is in place.
CATCHBASINS, DITCH INLETS AND MANHOLES - ITEMS NO 15 - 18, 53 - 56 and 80 -82
The unit prices bid under these Items shall include for placing of Granular "B" Type 1 material to a
lower limit of 300 mm below the floor slab and all around the structure. A 100 mm dia. drainage
opening shall be provided in the base of each new manhole and catchbasin. Filter fabric Terrafix
Type 270R or equal shall be placed at drainage openings. The unit prices bid under these Items shall
include for:
All catchbasins and manholes shall be fitted with sumps. Catchbasin frames and grates and manhole
frames and covers shall be constructed to the level of base course asphalt.
A number of storm structures and frames, grates and covers may be salvaged for reuse. The
Contractor's unit prices bid under these Items shall include for supply of all new materials where
salvaged materials can be reused, as agreed with the Contract Administrator, a credit shall be
negotiated with the Contractor.
ADJUSTING AND REBUILDING BELL CHAMBERS AND MANHOLES AND
CATCHBASINS - ITEM NO. 19, 57 AND 83
Payment shall be made under these Items for adjustment or rebuilding of structures as indicated in
charts on Drawings No. 13, 18 and 22.
RELOCATE WATER CHAMBER, WATERMAIN AND APPURTENANCES - ITEM NO. 58
The Contractor shall be paid on a lump sum basis for all labour, equipment and materials required to
remove, salvage and reconstruct water chamber, watermain and main bypass and valves on Martin
Road. The structure and watermain components will be relocated to the north to the new position
identified on Drawing No. 18.
The Contractor shall make a best effort to salvage all components of the existing concrete structure.
The work involves the following:
SPECIAL PROVISIONS - TENDER ITEMS
CONTRACT NO. CL99-7 7.
Remove and salvage existing valves, piping and fittings on the existing watermain.
Carry out excavation for new chamber position.
Cut out and remove existing watermain at new location.
Reinstall salvaged structure and watermain valves and piping.
Install 150 mm PVC storm outlet from water chamber to connect to storm Manhole No. 12
including excavation and backfill to subgrade level with selected native material.
Maintenance of supply to House No. 71 Martin Road.
Should additional fittings or piping be required to complete this work, this will be supplied by the
Contractor at agreed prices.
The lump sum bid shall include for all cleaning and testing of the new section of installed main and
fittings and for the supply, blocking and joint restraint to match that used in the existing valve and
pipe arrangement. The intent of this Item is to relocate the existing chamber and watermain valves
and to reconstruct the arrangement to match what is there now. The Contractor is advised that the
existing main on Martin Road is PVC while all the piping associated with the structure is ductile iron.
CUT IN VALVE - ITEM NO. 59
The work under this Item involves cutting in a new valve on the existing 150 mm watermain on
Prestonway Drive west of relocated water chamber.
The work shall include:
Excavation to grade and disposal of surplus materials.
• Supply and cut in sleeve with mechanical joint.
Supply and install 150 mm diameter resilient seat gate valve and box complete with cathodic
protection and mechanical joint gland rings and gaskets.
Blocking and backfill as per Standard No. 5-408.
Backfill shall be selected native material and compacted.
Adjustment to final grade on completion of work.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS - TENDER ITEMS
CONTRACT NO. CL99-7 8.
LOWER WATERMAIN - ITEM NO. 60
Payment shall be made under this Item for the supply of all labour, equipment and materials required
to remove existing watermain and supply and place new watermain on Martin Road. Existing
watermain shall be removed and disposed of by the Contractor. Price shall include for the supply of
a 19 mm test point and temporary flushing hydrant as required.
New watermain shall be PVC C-900, CL-150 constructed with Class `P' bedding and selected native
backfill.
All work shall be carried out in accordance with Region of Durham Standard Specifications, Revised
March 1999. Cover to lowered main shall be 1.8 metres minimum.
The Contractor shall make arrangements to maintain water supply to House No 71 at all times.
SAWCUTTING OF ASPHALT -ITEMS NO. 22, 63 and 86
Payment shall be made under these Items for sawcutting of all road and entrance asphalt, entrance
concrete or concrete road base at limits of construction and in trenching operations where directed.
The unit prices bid shall be deemed to cover all costs associated with sawcutting of asphalt or
concrete regardless of depth.
REMOVAL OF SIDEWALK - ITEMS NO. 23, 37, 87 and 98
Removal of private walkway concrete, patio slabs or entrance concrete shall be measured and paid for
under this Item. Extent of removal shall be agreed on site with the Contract Administrator. Some
section of sidewalk are asphalt capped. No extra payment will be made for the removal of these
walks.
Where patio slabs are removed these shall be salvaged for reuse. j
Concrete rubble resulting from sidewalk or entrance removal is not acceptable for use on site and
shall be disposed of off the site at a location arranged for by the Contractor.
The removal of asphalt boulevards on Church Street shall be measured and paid for under the
sidewalk item.
REMOVAL OF CURB AND GUTTER - ITEMS NO. 24, 38, 65, 88 and 97
Payment shall also be made for the removal of concrete and wooden curbs in private entrances.
Where directed, wooden curbs shall be salvaged for reuse. The removal of curb and gutter on
Church Street shall include for sawcutting asphalt and removal of a 300 mm wide strip of pavement
and road base parallel to the curb line.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS -TENDER ITEMS
CONTRACT NO. CL99-7 9.
Concrete rubble resulting from curb and gutter removal is not suitable for reuse on site and shall be
disposed of off the site at a location arranged for by the Contractor.
REMOVAL OF NON-REINFORCED AND REINFORCED CONCRETE BASE - ITEM NO. 25
Concrete base is directly overlain with asphalt and extends for the full length of Silver Street and
Wellington Street. The average base width is assumed to be 6.0 metres.
All concrete rubble resulting from base removal shall be disposed of off the site at a location arranged
for by the Contractor.
Where concrete base is known to exist, the Contractor has the option of removing concrete base as
one operation or removing the base in conjunction with trenching and road excavation. The concrete
base may be reinforced in some areas.
REMOVAL OF CULVERTS AND SEWERS - ITEMS NO. 26, 66 AND 89
Backfill to excavations resulting from storm sewer removal shall be selected native material.
Where storm sewers are designated for removal on wellington street, the contractor shall maintain any
connections to the existing storm sewer for hook up to the new storm system.
Where storm sewers are designated for removal on Wellington Street adjacent to existing sidewalk
which is to remain, the sidewalk shall be protected from damage.
' REMOVAL OF MANHOLES, CATCHBASINS AND DITCH INLETS - ITEMS NO. 27 and 67
' The unit prices bid under these Items shall include for the salvage of structures and frames and grates
for all catchbasins and catchbasin manholes.
All storm structures shall be inspected by the Contract Administrator and if deemed reusable they
shall be reinstalled under the appropriate storm sewer items. Structures not approved for salvage
shall be disposed of by the Contractor off the site of the works. Frames and grates shall be stored on
site for reuse where directed.
Backfill to voids left by structure removal shall consist of selected native site material.
TOPSOIL AND SOD - ITEMS NO. 28, 39, 68 and 90
Payment shall be made under this Item for the supply and placing of a minimum depth of 100 mm of
topsoil and nursery sod in disturbed grass areas. The Contractor shall include in the unit price bid
under this Item for topsoil testing as required by Clause 30 of the Special Provisions - General and
for treatment of topsoil as necessary to meet fertility requirements.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS -TENDER ITEMS ,
CONTRACT NO. CL99-7 10.
ABANDONED PIPE PLUGS - ITEM NO. 29
Payment shall be made under this Item for the plugging of ends of storm sewer pipe which is to be
abandoned. Plugs shall be in 20 MPa concrete and a minimum length 300 mm. Payment shall also
be made under this Item for the temporary bulkhead required at Manhole 12.
SUPPLY AND PLACE GEOTEXTILE - ITEM NO. 30 (Provisional)
Payment shall be made under this Item for the supply and placing of Terratrack 200 W woven
geotextile at subgrade level where directed by the Contract Administrator.
No work shall be undertaken under this Item without the prior approval of the Contract
Administrator.
MISCELLANEOUS LANDSCAPING - ITEM NO. 31
Payment shall be made under this Item for miscellaneous work required to restore private properties
disturbed by works under the Roadworks Section of the Contract. Without limiting the scope of work
under this Item works to be included are listed as follows:
• Relocation of trees on Silver Street on east side of St. Paul's Church. i
• Replacement of chainlink fencing at Bowmanville Central Public School salvaged under Item 1.
• Replacement of precast parking curbs at Bowmanville Central and Lord Elgin Public Schools.
• Relocation of historic horse hitching post at House No. 110 as directed by the homeowner.
• Reconstruction of retaining walls at entrances to Houses No. 139, 147, 149 and 155 on the High
Street portion of the Contract. '
The Contractor shall be paid on a time and material basis for any work authorized by the Contract
Administrator under this Item.
RIPRAP WITH GEOTEXTILE - ITEM NO. 69 (Provisional)
Payment shall be made under this Item for the placing of riprap with geotextile in ditching on the
west side of Martin Road where directed by the Contract Administrator. Riprap shall be placed to a
depth of 200 mm.
Geotextile shall be Terrafix 270R or approved equal.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS -TENDER ITEMS
CONTRACT NO. CL99-7 11.
CONCRETE STEPS - ITEMS NO. 93 and 94
' The length of concrete step at individual entrances shall be in accordance with the property owners
requirements. Steps at entrances shall be constructed in mass concrete with a 28 day strength of 20
MPa. height of riser may vary with site conditions.
The Contractor shall protect the doorway, entrance and face of building during step construction and
shall make good any damage caused as a result of his operations.
The unit prices bid shall include for supply of all labour, equipment and materials and for the supply
and installation of handrailing in accordance with the standard.
The Contractor shall maintain access to the property during construction of steps.
CONCRETE TOE WALL - ITEMS NO. 99 and 100
Under this Item and for the unit prices bid the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and
materials for the construction of concrete toe walls and the curing of the concrete.
This item shall include excavation and supplying, placing and compaction of the 100 mm granular `A'
foundation material and Granular `A' backfill. Should the sub-grade material encountered prove to be
unacceptable to the Engineer, the Contractor shall excavate as directed and shall backfill and compact
the resulting volume with earth or granular material acceptable to the Engineer. Payment for extra
granular material used as directed shall be paid for under Item No. 105.
Should the Contractor excavate beyond the lines and grades established by the Engineer, he shall
supply, place and compact earth or granular material, acceptable to the Engineer, and as required to
fill such excess volume, entirely at his own expense.
1 All work under this Item shall be done in accordance with Standard TSH-E3.
This Item shall include for the formation of dummy joints to the front face of the concrete toe wall as
detailed on Standard TSH-E3 as approved.
BLOCK CELLAR WINDOW OPENINGS -ITEM NO. 101 (Provisional)
Where existing sidewalk grates are to be eliminated, payment shall be made at the unit price bid for
bulkheading the opening and backfilling the void to a level 225 mm below the proposed top of
sidewalk elevation with Granular `A' material.
The Contractor shall undertake the following work:
• Clean out and dispose of all debris in the existing window well.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS - TENDER ITEMS
CONTRACT NO. CL99-7 12.
• Completely remove all frames, covers, etc., of whatever material. All materials removed shall
become the property of the Contractor to be disposed of outside the Contract Limits.
• True up the resulting opening as required.
• Block up the opening using concrete bricks or blocks.
• Dampproof the exterior surface of the brick or block wall using an approved dampproofing
material and backfill.
The Contractor shall be responsible to arrange for access to the interior of the cellars if so required to
permit the blocking of the openings. The Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless the
Municipality of Clarington from and against all claims, demands, loss, costs, damages or other
proceedings which may be attributed to such entry by the Contractor.
The areas for payment shall be calculated from the overall length and width of the openings.
SUPPLY AND INSTALL TREE PLANTINGS - ITEM 102
OPSS 570 applies to this Item.
Under this Item and for the unit price bid, the Contractor shall install the plant materials, root
barriers, drains, granulars and topsoil in accordance with the Contract Drawings and as specified
herein. This Item shall also cover removal and disposal of existing trees as noted in the contract
drawings.
All planting and related work shall be done by experienced, qualified personnel under the direction
and supervision of foremen with at least five (5) years of horticultural and planting experience.
The work shall be done to conform with best horticultural practice and the specifications.
Contractor must be a member of Landscape Ontario.
Excavate planting pit as shown on the contract drawings (see Standard Details). Contractor shall
measure rootball prior to excavation to ensure proper planting depth. Scarify base of planting pit to
allow for root penetration. All excavated materials to be removed from site.
Submit samples of accessories for tree guying, staking and root protection.
All work shall conform to approved samples.
Retain approved samples on site until all work has been inspected, approved and accepted.
Make all materials available for inspection at source of supply or upon arrival on site.
Give timely notice, in writing, to the Engineer when materials are available for inspection.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS -TENDER ITEMS
CONTRACT NO. CL99-7 13.
Approval of plant materials at source of supply does not impair the right of the Engineer to inspect
plants upon arrival on project site or during the course of construction.
Such inspection may result in rejection of plant materials which have been damaged or which, in any
way, do not conform to the specifications.
' Planting of plant materials;prior to inspection by the Engineer will be the Contractor's responsibility.
The Engineer reserves the right to reject any plants, whether planted or not, which do not conform to
the specifications and/or drawings. Remove all rejected materials from the site immediately.
Furnish all inspection certificates as may be required by federal, provincial, and other applicable
1 regulations.
Do not remove any labels from plants until plants have been inspected and approved by the Engineer.
Supply and deliver all materials, such as fertilizers, bonemeal, mulch, etc., in standard containers
clearly indicating contents, weight, analysis, and name of manufacturer.
Where such materials are supplied in bulk, written statements shall be submitted to the Engineer
indicating the same information as if supplied in standard containers.
Protect plants from damage and drying out from the time of digging until planting.
Plants with broken or abraded trunks or branches or with broken or cracked rootballs or plants which
are strongly desiccated-will be subject to rejection upon arrival on the project site.
All plant materials which cannot be planted immediately upon arrival on site shall be properly heeled
' in or well protected with soil or similar material to prevent drying out and shall be kept moist until
commencement of planting.
' Coordinate shipping of plants and excavation of holes to ensure minimum time lapse between digging
and planting.
Tie branches of trees securely and protect plant material against abrasion, exposure, and extreme
temperature change during transit.
Avoid binding of planting stock with rope or wire which would damage bark, break branches, or
destroy natural shape of plant. Give full support to root ball of large trees during lifting.
Maintain all plant materials and planting areas immediately after plants have been planted and
continue such maintenance until final acceptance of all project work.
Maintenance shall include all measures necessary to establish and maintain plant materials in a
vigorous, healthy, growing condition.
Maintain all plant and tree accessories, such as tree wrappings, tree guys, stakes, etc., from time of
1 installation until acceptance of work.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS -TENDER ITEMS
CONTRACT NO. CL99-7 ' 14.
Cultivate and keep planting beds and tree saucers free of weeds at all times. Remove all debris,
broken branches, etc., and maintain planting beds in neat condition at all times. Water, when
necessary with sufficient amounts to saturate root system.
Inspect plants and trees regularly for diseases and insect infestations, and take immediate measures
necessary to eliminate such diseases and infestations. '
Use chemicals for weed control, disease, and insect control in strict accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations. '
Assume full responsibility and repair, replace, or remedy otherwise all damages resulting from the
use of such chemicals at no extra cost.
At time of final inspection, all trees shall be completely free of diseases and/or insect infestations.
Tree guys shall be taut and all accessories in good condition as specified. All planting beds and tree
saucers shall be freshly cultivated and free of all weeds and debris.
All materials and workmanship to be guaranteed for 24 months after completion unless otherwise
noted.
Submit written guarantee to the effect that all:
• plants accepted during the period from January lst to July 15th shall be guaranteed until July 15th '
the following year;
• the guarantee periods, listed above, shall apply to all "nursery-grown plants".
Contractor to submit written guarantee before acceptance by Engineer.
Installation shall be performed to manufacturer's specifications and guaranteed.
Notify the Engineer, in writing, of any corrective or preventative measures necessary to safeguard
plants.
During the guarantee period, make periodic inspections and replace all plants which are dead, '
missing, or which are not in a healthy, vigorous growing condition, and do all maintenance.
All plant materials will be inspected by the Engineer at the end of the guarantee period.
At time of such inspection, all plants shall be in a healthy, vigorous growing condition as per
specifications.
Plants shall be completely free of diseases and insect infestations, and all accessories, such as guys,
stakes, wrappings, etc., shall be in place, in strict accordance with details, drawings, and
specifications.
t
SPECIAL PROVISIONS -TENDER ITEMS
CONTRACT NO. CL99-7 15.
Owner reserves the right to extend Contractor's warranty responsibilities for an additional year if, at
end of initial warranty period, leaf development and growth is not sufficient to ensure future survival.
During warranty period, remove from site any plant material that has died or failed to grow
satisfactorily as determined by Engineer and replace plant material immediately.
' Extend warranty on replacement plant material for a period equal to the original warranty period.
Continue such replacement and warranty until plant material is acceptable.
Notify Engineer of source of material at least 7 days in advance of shipment. No work under this
section is to proceed without approval.
All required replacements shall be plants of the same size and species as specified on the plant list and
shall be supplied and planted in accordance with the drawings and specifications as directed by the
Engineer.
Bonemeal: commercial, raw bonemeal, finely ground, and with a minimum analysis of 2% nitrogen
and 11% phosphoric acid.
Provide a corrugated PVC trunk guard for all deciduous trees. Fasten guard using plastic lock ties.
' Guards to extend a minimum 500 mm from base of tree and extend 200 in below finished grade.
Contractor to supply 2 metal `T' Bars. 40 mm x 40 mm x 2440. Contractor shall provide all
necessary galvanized fastening hardware to attach tree `T' Bars to tree guards. `T' Bars are to be
driven into ground to a depth of 1200 mm.
' Wires for fastening trees to `T' Bars shall be pliable#9 gauge minimum galvanized iron wire.
New black rubber hose, two-ply, reinforced and 13 mm in diameter, or approved equal shall be used
to encase wires where they circle the trunk branches.
Anti-desiccant, where required, shall be an emulsion "Wilt Pruf" or approved equal. it shall be
permeable enough to permit transpiration, and shall be delivered, mixed and applied in accordance
with manufacturer's recommendations.
Conform to the horticultural standards of Canadian Nursery Trades Association with respect to
grading and quality. Supplied in strict accordance with the Plant List.
Substitutions for the specified plants will not be accepted unless approved in writing by the Engineer.
All plants shall be No. 1 Grade, nursery grown, under proper cultural practices with respect to fertile
soil, ample spacing, regular cultivation, weed, pest and disease control, adequate moisture, and
pruning in accordance with good horticultural practices as advocated by the Canadian Nursery Trades
Association. All such plants shall have been transplanted and/or root pruned regularly, but not later
than nine (9) months prior to arrival on the site.
i
1
SPECIAL PROVISIONS -TENDER ITEMS
CONTRACT NO. CL99-7 16.
Nomenclature of specified plants shall conform to the International Code of Nomenclature for '
Cultivated plants and shall be in accordance with the approved scientific names given in the latest
edition of Standardized Plant Names. The names of varieties not named therein are generally in
conformity with the names accepted in the nursery trade.
Plants shall be freshly dug and shall be in a healthy, vigorous condition at arrival on the site.
Heeled-in plants or plants from cold storage will not be accepted. Whenever practical, trees shall be
supplied from nurseries located within the same plant hardiness zone and having the same soil
conditions and types of soils as the area of the project site. Plants, specified "B & B", shall be ,
moved with solid root balls, wrapped burlap, or approved equal. Root balls shall be not cracked or
broken at time of planting.
Use trees with strong fibrous root system free of disease, insects, defects, or injuries and structurally
sound. Use trees with straight trunks, well and characteristically branched for species.
Plants shall be sound, healthy, vigorous, well-branched and densely foliated when in leaf. They shall
be free of disease, insect pests, eggs, or larvae and shall have healthy, well-developed root systems.
All shrubs and trees shall possess all characteristics of the specified kind with all the leaders intact,
undamaged, and uncut, growing from an unmutilated root system. The stems shall be free from sun-
scalds, frost cracks, abrasions, fire and crust. All old injuries shall be completely calloused over.
Pruning wounds must be flush and show vigorous bark on all edges and all parts show live, green
cambium tissue when cut.
All plants shall conform to the measurements specified except that plants larger than specified may be
used if approved by the Engineer. use of such plants shall not increase the contract price. If larger
plants are approved, the ball of earth shall be increased in proportion to the size of the plant.
All plants shall be measured when the branches are in their normal position. Height and spread ,
dimensions specified refer to the main body of the plant and not from branch tip to root base or from
branch tip to branch tip. Where trees are measured by caliper (cal.) reference is made to the
diameter of the trunk measured 300 mm above ground as the tree stands in the nursery.
The location of trees and planting areas, where shown on drawings is approximate only and may
require adjustment due to site conditions.
prior planting. Ensure source of water is not round
Remove water which enters excavations port p g g
water.
Topsoil shall be screened and shredded and shall have all organic material and all granular material
greater than 50 mm diameter removed.
Backfill soil mixture in layers not exceeding 150 mm depth.
Tamp each layer firmly before placing subsequent layers. ,
i
SPECIAL PROVISIONS -TENDER ITEMS
' CONTRACT NO. CL99-7 17.
Planting shall be done during periods suitable with respect to weather conditions and locally accepted
practice and to the Engineer's approval. Plants shall be set plumb in the centre of the pit at the same
relation to grade as originally grown, after settlement has taken place.
Trees and other plant materials shall be faced to give the best appearance or relationship to adjacent
' structures, and to the approval of the Engineer.
Remove all ropes, wires, etc., and pull burlap away from top of root ball. Wire baskets must be
' completely removed at time of planting.
Constantly tamp soil around root ball to eliminate air pockets.
' Soak soil mixture thoroughly with water when hole is filled halfway.
Fill hole completely, leaving a shallow saucer directly over root ball, slightly smaller in diameter than
' the excavation.
Water trees thoroughly immediately after planting.
Planting shall be done in a continuous operation, completing total areas rather than individual species.
After planting and wrapping, support all trees as detailed on drawings.
Keep guy wires and cables taut at all times without subjecting tree to undue strain.
rDo pruning only as necessary to remove dead and broken branches and to compensate for the loss of
roots as a result of digging operations in the nursery.
rPreserve the natural form and character of plants and do not remove small twigs along tree trunks.
Keep all plants well watered from time of planting until acceptance.
Apply sufficient water to saturate root system, but do not overwater.
Immediately after planting, remove all debris and excess material from the site leaving the area neat
and tidy. Clean all areas which are contaminated as a result of planting operations.
Assume full responsibility of protection of all planted areas until all project work has been completed,
approved, and accepted.
Final inspection and acceptance of planting work shall coincide with final inspection and acceptance
of all work in the Contract.
At time of final inspection, all plants shall be in a healthy, vigorous, growing condition and planted in
full accordance with drawings and conditions.
Planting beds and tree saucers shall be freshly cultivated and free of all weeds and debris.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS -TENDER ITEMS
CONTRACT NO. CL99-7 18,
All plant material will be inspected by the Engineer at the end of the guarantee period.
Plants shall be completely free of diseases and insect infestations and all accessories, such as guys, '
stakes, etc., shall be in place, in strict accordance with details, drawings, and specifications.
Supply and install 2 drains as supplied by Zurn, (905) 795-8844. Drain strainers shall be brass. ,
Model No. 2B-415-B5. Attach drains to 150 mm perforated PVC pipes using 100 mm long
mechanical joint bands. PVC pipe shall be installed vertically as shown on the drawings and filled
with Granular `A'.
Supply and install a root barrier as supplied by Canadian Forestry Equipment Ltd., (800) 387-4940.
Root barrier shall be UB24-2 with six panels. Barrier to be installed with the vertical rot deflecting
ribs facing inward. When in position in the planting pit, the top edge of the barrier should be 20 mm ,
above the base of the tree trunks.
Provide Granular `A' in the corners of the planting pit as shown on Detail 4. Granular shall be ,
installed in 200 mm lifts and compacted to 95% SPD. Backfilling of planting soil and Granular `A'
shall be done simultaneously.
Measurement for payment will be by each plant installed in accordance with the unit price bid for the
particular species, excavation of tree pit, installation of root barrier, granulars, topsoil, PVC pipe and
drains as shown on contract drawings.
Payment shall be full compensation for all equipment labour and materials required to the work.
r
PART `A', PART `B' and PART `C', SECTIONS 2 AND 3
AND PART `D', SECTION 3
SANITARY SEWER AND WATERMAIN
SECTION 2: SANITARY SEWER AND APPURTENANCES '
Reference: 1 Construction of all sanitary sewers and appurtenances in accordance with
Standard Specifications for the Construction of Sanitary Sewers - Revised '
March 1999, Section 02530.
.2 Contract drawings and details for Contract No. CL99-7.
SANITARY SEWER PIPE - ITEMS NO. 2.01.01 -2.01.09 PART `A' and
2.01.01 - 2.01.03 PART `B'
Reference: Contract Drawings and S-401
Include: 1 Temporary connections as required to facilitate construction operations in Part
`A' of the Contract.
.2 Sawcutting of all trenching on Church Street in asphalt and concrete surfaces.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS -TENDER ITEMS
' CONTRACT NO, CL99-7 19.
.3 Removal of existing pipe as required.
.4 Permanent trench restoration on Church Street consisting of 80 mm of H.L.-4
' (2 courses), 150 mm of Granular `A' and 450 mm of Granular `B', Type 1.
Asphalt shall be restored to match existing asphalt surface.
.5 Removal of drop structure from Manhole No. 14-174 on Wellington Street.
.6 Temporary connection of sanitary sewers on Elgin Street and Wellington
Street to existing Manhole No. 14-70 to allow completion of initial works on
Wellington Street.
ABANDONED PIPE PLUGS (Including Excavation) - ITEM NO. 2.02.05 PART `A'
' Reference: Contract Drawings.
Include: .1 Excavation to expose pipe to be plugged and abandoned.
.2 Sawcutting, removal and disposal off site of existing pipe.
.3 Supply and placement of 20 MPa concrete plug in the ends of the pipe to be
abandoned. Minimum length of plug shall be 300 mm.
' Note: Basis of payment - each.
' SERVICE CONNECTIONS - ITEMS NO. 2.03.01 AND 2.03.02, PART `A' and
PART `B' and 2.03.01, PART `C'
Reference: Contract Drawings and S-301 and 5401
Include: .1 Connecting to existing sewer pipes with proper adaptors, sweep bends, `C'
clamps as required, etc.
' .2 Marking and recording of exact location and elevation of all plugged ends of
service connections to vacant lots.
.3 Dye testing of laterals.
.4 Excavation to confirm location of sanitary laterals on the north side of
Wellington Street between Temperance Street and Concession street. In this
area the new sanitary sewer is not located on the line of the existing sewer.
' Closed circuit TV inspection reports of the existing sewer are available to
assist the Contractor in locating the connection point of laterals to the existing
sanitary sewer.
.5 Permanent trench restoration on Church Street from the sewer to the back of
existing sidewalk. The road surface shall be restored with 80 mm H.L.4 (2
courses), 150 mm Granular `A' and 450 mm Granular `B'. Restoration of
1 sidewalk shall include for a 3 in length at each lateral location restored in
accordance with standards from Section 1 but paid under this Item.
Restoration for a 3 in length of curb shall also be included for payment under
this Item. Restoration beyond the back of sidewalk shall be paid under Items
2.07.02 and 2.07.03.
Note: 1 Measurement for payment shall be in metres in accordance with ROD Section
02530, 1.6.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS -TENDER ITEMS
CONTRACT NO. CL99-7 20.
.2 Service connections shall be made to existing laterals one metre from the '
building face on Wellington Street, Elgin Street and Silver Street and the
elevation shall be confirmed at point of connection by the Contractor. '
.3 Service connections on Church Street shall be made to existing laterals at
property line and the elevation shall be confirmed at the point of connection
by the Contractor.
.4 Basis of payment shall be in accordance with ROD section 02530, 1.7.
.5 Service connection stubs are not to be backfilled until the as-constructed
inverts and tees are surveyed by the Contract Administrator.
.6 The exact location of new service connections to vacant lots shall be field
confirmed by Contract Administrator.
CLEANOUTS - ITEM NO. 2.03.05, PART `A', PART 111' and PART `C' (Provisional) ,
Reference: Region of Durham Standard Detail S-303
Include: 1 Supply and installation of all materials necessary to construct cleanout as P er ,
Detail S-303.
.2 Supply and installation of Sand Fill cover for exposed pipe. Reference ROD
Section 02530, 2.10 for gradation requirements of the Sand Fill material.
.3 All miscellaneous items.
Note: .1 Measurement of Payment - each. ,
.2 Basis of Payment - unit price bid will include all labour, equipment and
materials to supply and install cleanout.
.3 Cleanouts shall be installed at locations to be determined on site by the
Contract Administrator.
.4 Cost of excavation, backfill and surface restoration shall be deemed to be
included in the unit prices for service connection pipe items. '
EXTRA OVER ITEM NO. 2.03.01 and 2.03.02 - BORE SERVICES - ITEM NO. 2.03.06, '
PART `A'
Reference: Item No. 2.03.01, 2.03.02 '
Include: .1 The unit price bid for this Item shall cover all costs extra over those which
would normally be incurred to install 19 mm and 25 mm dia. service
connections by open trench methods.
REMOVE EXISTING MANHOLE - COMPLETELY - ITEM NO. 2.04.01, PART `A' and
PART `B'
Reference: Contract Drawings, Manholes No. Rl, 13-6, 13-8, 13-25, 14-61, 14-62, 14-63,
14-64, 14-65 and 14-70.
Include: .1 Excavation and disposal of surplus materials.
' SPECIAL PROVISIONS - TENDER ITEMS
CONTRACT NO. CL99-7 21.
.2 Removal and disposal off site of existing structure.
.3 Existing frames and covers removed are to become the property of the
' Contractor and shall be disposed of at his expense.
.4 Backfill with selected native material and compaction.
Note: .1 Measurement for payment shall be by each.
REMOVE EXISTING MANHOLE - PARTIAL DEPTH - ITEM NO. 2.04.02, PART `A'
' Reference: Contract Drawings
Include: .1 Excavation to grade required and disposal of surplus materials.
.2 Removal and disposal off site of required portion of existing structure.
.3 Existing frames and covers removed are to become property of the Contractor
and disposed of at his expense.
.4 Supply and place 20 MPa concrete plugs, minimum length of 300 mm, in
abandoned pipes.
.5 Backfill remaining structure with sand fill material and compaction.
' Reference ROD Section 02530, 2.10 for gradation requirements of the sand
fill material.
.6 Backfill excavation with selected native materials and compaction.
' Note: 1 Measurement for Payment, each.
' BREAK INTO EXISTING MANHOLE - ITEM NO. 2.04.05, PART `A'
Reference: Manholes No. 13-7, 14-174
' Include: 1 Breaking into existing structure with removal and disposal of concrete and
reinforcing steel.
' Note: 1 Measurement for payment, each.
.2 Payment for connection to manhole to be included in the unit price for the
appropriate tender item.
' .3 Manhole #13-7 has a drop structure to be partially removed. Manhole 14-174
has a drop structure to be fully removed.
REBENCH EXISTING MANHOLE - ITEM NO. 2.04.06, PART `A'
' Reference: Manholes No. 13-7, 14-174 and S-113 and S-114
Include: .1 Removal of existing benching complete and disposal off site.
.2 Thorough cleanout of the structure.
.3 New benching as required, complete in a professional manner.
Note: 1 Measurement for payment, each.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS -TENDER ITEMS
CONTRACT NO. CL99-7 22.
SANITARY SEWER MANHOLES -ITEMS NO. 2.04.07 -2.04.15, PART `A'
and 2.04.07 -2.04.10; PART 111' ,
Reference: ROD Section 02631, Contract Drawings and Standards S-101, S-111, S-113 and S-
117.
Include: .1 Reconnection of existing pipes as required.
.2 Manhole steps as per S-111 (Type `C').
.3 Safety grates on Manhole #S2. ,
EXTRA OVER ITEMS NO. 2.03.01 and 2.03.02 - ITEMS NO. 2.07.02 and 2.07.03,
PART `A' and PART `B' '
Payment shall be made under these Items for the additional cost to restore service trenches on
Wellington Street, Silver Street, Elgin Street and Church Street as follows: ,
1 Permanent surface restoration of services trenches on Wellington, Elgin and Silver Streets
from the limits of grading to the point of connection at the building. Where a lateral falls '
within a private or commercial entrance, restoration costs shall be paid beyond the limit of
entrance reconstruction shown on the drawings.
.2 Permanent restoration of services trenches on Wellington street where service trenches cross '
concrete sidewalk which is to be maintained.
.3 Grassed, asphalt, concrete, concrete curb and gutter or brick paver surfaces shall be restored
in accordance with Ontario Provincial standard Specifications and the Special Provisions
governing these works as detailed under Part `A' of this Contract.
.4 Permanent surface restoration on Church Street from the back of sidewalk to property line. ,
MISCELLANEOUS LANDSCAPING -ITEM 2.07.04, PART `A' and PART `B' ,
Payment shall be made under this Item for any restoration work required on private property in
connection with installation of services not specifically covered elsewhere in the Contract. Work shall
be undertaken on a time and material basis when authorized by the Contract Administrator.
SECTION 3: WATERMAIN AND APPURTENANCES
Reference: 1 Construct all watermains and appurtenances in accordance with Standard
Specifications for the Construction of Watermains - revised March 1999,
Section 02511.
.2 Contract Drawings and Details for Contract No. CL99-7
' SPECIAL PROVISIONS - TENDER ITEMS
CONTRACT NO. CL99-7 23.
WATERMAIN PIPE - ITEMS NO. 3.01.01, 3.01.02, 3.01.03 and 3.01.04, PART `A' and
3.01.02 and 3.01.03, PART `B'
' Reference: Contract Drawings.
Include: 1 Temporary connections as required to facilitate construction operations in Part
`A' of the Contract.
.2 Sawcutting of all trenching on Church Street in asphalt and concrete surfaces.
.3 Removal of existing pipe as required.
' .4 Permanent trench restoration on Church Street for trenching in grassed areas
and paved areas behind sidewalks shall be paid under Items 3.08.01 and
3.08.02.
' .5 Surface restoration of Church Street with 80 mm of H.L.-4 (2 courses), 150
mm of Granular `A' and 450 mm of Granular `B', Type 1. Asphalt shall be
restored to match existing surface elevation.
' Note: 1 All joints to be mechanically restrained in combination with granular thrust blocks as
per details S-430, S-431 and S-433. Concrete thrust blocks are not permitted on PVC
watermain.
' .2 Abandon old watermain after new main has been passed and connected. It is intended
that the existing mains on Church Street, Silver Street and part of Wellington street be
maintained for supply purposes until the new main is in place. Existing main on
' Church Street is believed to be cast iron.
.3 Where existing storm sewer is encountered in trenching operations, this shall be
removed and paid for under Item No. 26.
.4 Cathodic protection of existing ferrous watermain at points of connection to new
watermains shall be as per Standard S-441.
.5 Asphalt shall be removed to face of gutter on north side of Church Street in trenching
operations.
.6 Maintenance of water supply to all homes including temporary supply system as may
be dictated.by the Contractor's operation.
REMOVE EXISTING VALVE CHAMBER - PARTIAL - ITEM NO. 3.02.03, PART `B'
Reference: Contract Drawings
Include: .1 Excavation to grade required and disposal of surplus materials.
.2 Removal and disposal off site of upper 1.2 m of existing structure.
.3 Salvaging, cleaning and transporting of existing frames and covers to the
Region's Orono Depot.
.4 Turn valve to off position.
REMOVE EXISTING VALVE BOX - ITEM NO. 3.02.04 PART `A' AND PART `B'
Reference: Contract Drawings
Include: 1 Excavation to grade and disposal of surplus material.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS -TENDER ITEMS '
CONTRACT NO. CL99-7 24.
.2 Removal and disposal off site of existing valve box.
.3 Backfill with selected native materials and compaction.
.4 Valve to be turned in the "off' position. '
Note: Basis of payment - each.
ABANDONED PIPE PLUGS (including excavation) - ITEM NO. 3.02.06 PART `A'
and PART `B'
Reference: .1 Sawcutting of existing pipe. ,
.2 Removal and disposal off site of existing pipe including fittings, valves, etc.,
as required.
.3 Supply and placement of 20 MPa concrete plug in the ends of the existing
watermain that is to be abandoned in place. The minimum length of concrete
plug shall be 300 mm.
Note: Basis of payment, each.
BORE AND JACK CASING - ITEM NO. 3.02.20 (Provisional) PART 'A' ,
Reference: Section 02319 and Detail S-424 '
Include: 1 Supply and installation of steel casing by jack and bore or other method
approved by the Contract Administrator.
.2 Preparation and installation of watermain pipe complete as per detail S-424.
Note: 1 The following locations are identified for possible boring, School Yard Sta. ,
1+090 to 1+098 and House No. 110 Sta. 1+107.2 to 1+117.2.
.2 Measurement for payment shall be as per Section 02319, Part 1.5.
VALVE AND VALVE BOXES - ITEMS NO. 3.03.01, 3.03.02, 3.03.03 and 3.03.04 PART `A'
and 3.03.03 PART `B'
Reference: Contract Drawings and Details S-408 and S-425 ,
Include: .1 Supply and Installation of resilient seat gate valve and valve box as per S-408.
.2 Excavation, blocking, backfilling and compaction.
.3 Supply and installation of cathodic protection as per S-438.
.4 Adjustment to level of surface or base asphalt as necessary.
Note: Basis of payment, each. t
i
i
' SPECIAL PROVISIONS - TENDER ITEMS
CONTRACT NO. CL99-7 25.
' NEW HYDRANT WITH STORZ PUMPER NOZZLE ASSEMBLY - ITEM NO. 3.04.02
PART `A' and PART `B'
' Reference: ROD Section 02511, Sub-section 2.12, S-432 and S-436.
Include: .1 Excavation to grade and disposal of surplus materials.
' .2 Supply and installation of hydrant, anchor tee and resilient seal gate valve and
box and including any hydrant extensions and/or valve box and rod extensions
as shown on the Contract Drawings.
' .3 Supply and installation of filler piece WM pipe regardless of length.
.4 Supply and installation of mechanical restrainers.
.5 Cathodic protection as per S-436.
' .6 Backfill with selected native materials and compaction.
.7 Restoration shall be as per Item 3.05.11 and 3.05.12.
Note: Basis of payment, each.
TEMPORARY FLUSHING HYDRANT - ITEM NO. 3.04.03, PART `A' and PART `B'
' Include: .1 Excavation to grade and disposal of surplus materials.
.2 Supply of temporary hydrant meeting requirements of C/D Section 02511,
' 2.12 except for storz pumper nozzle and inner workings of hydrant.
.3 Complete installation of piping, hydrant, blocking, tie rods as per S-409 and
removal upon completion.
.4 Supply and installation of all other materials as required.
' .5 Backfill with selected native material and compaction.
Note: 1 Contract allows for installation of temporary flushing hydrants on sidestreet
connections and at limits of watermain installation on Wellington street and
Church Street where directed.
.2 Hydrant shall remain the property of the Contractor.
' .3 Basis of payment, each.
REMOVE EXISTING HYDRANT COMPLETE - ITEM NO. 3.04.05, PART `A' and PART `B'
' Include: .1 Excavation.
.2 Removal and separation of valve and piping,cleaning, salvaging and
transporting existing hydrant and appurtenances complete to the Orono depot.
.3 Removal and disposal off site of existing secondary valve box.
.4 Supply and placement of 20 MPa concrete plug in the ends of the existing
' watermain that is to be abandoned in place. The minimum length of concrete
plug shall be 300 mm.
.5 Backfill with selected native material and compaction.
' Note: Basis of payment, each.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS -TENDER ITEMS '
CONTRACT NO. CL99-7 26.
CUT IN NEW HYDRANT - ITEM NO. 3.04.06, PART 'D' '
Reference: Detail S-432 '
Include: .1 Excavation to grade and disposal of surplus materials.
.2 Supply and cut-in of anchor tee complete with filler piece WM pipe and solid
sleeve. ,
.3 Supply and installation of hydrant and resilient-seat gate valve and box.
.4 Supply and installation of 150 mm PVC Cl. 150 C-900 filler piece WM pipe.
.5 Supply and installation of mechanical restrainers. ,
.6 Cathodic protection as per S-439.
.7 Backfill with select native materials and compaction.
Note: Basis of Payment - each. ,
WATER SERVICE CONNECTIONS - ITEMS NO. 3.05.11, PART `A', PART `B' AND PART ,
`C' and 3.05.12 PART `A' and PART `B' and 3.05.15 PART `B'
Reference: Contract Drawings and Detail S-414. ,
Include: .1 Cathodic protection as per S-414.
.2 Removal and disposal of box and road from existing service boxes to be
abandoned and turn stop to "off" position.
.3 Permanent surface restoration on Church Street beyond the sidewalk shall be
paid under Item 3.08.01 and 3.08.02.
.4 Permanent trench restorations on Church Street from the sewer to the back of '
existing sidewalk. The road surface shall be restored with 80 nun H.L.4 (2
courses), 150 mm Granular `A' and 450 mm Granular `B'. Restoration of
sidewalk shall include for a 3 m length at each service location restored in '
accordance with standards from Section 1 but paid under this item.
Restoration for a 3 m length of curb shall also be included for payment under
this Item. Restoration beyond the back of sidewalk shall be paid under Items '
2.07.02 and 2.07.03.
Note: 1 Water services shall be connected to existing services at street line on all ,
streets.
MAIN STOP - ITEMS NO. 3.05.01, PART 'A, PART 111' and PART `C' and 3.05.02, PART
'A' and PART 111' and 3.05.05, PART `B'
Reference: Detail S-414
Include: .1 Supply and installation complete with saddle union adapter, connectors, etc.
.2 Connection to new service pipe.
Note: Basis of payment, each.
i
i
SPECIAL PROVISIONS -TENDER ITEMS
CONTRACT NO. CL99-7 27.
' CURB STOP AND BOX - ITEMS NO. 3.05.06, PART `A, PART `B' and PART 60, 3.05.07,
PART `A' and 3.05.10, PART `B'
Reference: Detail S-414
Include: .1 Supply and installation complete.
.2 Supply of stainless steel rod with brass pin.
Note: Basis of payment - each.
EXTRA OVER ITEMS NO. 3.05.11 and 3.05.12 - BORE SERVICES -
' ITEM NO. 3.05.22 PART `A'
Include: 1 All extra costs over those which would normally be incurred to install 19 mm
and 25 mm dia. service connections by open trench methods.
19 mm TEST POINT - ITEM NO. 3.06.01, PART `A' AND PART `B'
' Reference: Detail S-429
' Include: 1 Supply and installation of all corporation main stops, valves, backflow
preventers, copper tubing, fittings, etc.
.2 Removal of all main stops upon completion of testing and flushing.
.3 Supply and installation of a brass plug in locations where main stops were
' removed.
.4 Backfill with selected native materials.
Note: Basis of payment - each.
1 EXTRA OVER ITEMS NO. 3.05.11 and 3.05.12 - ITEMS NO. 3.08-01 AND 3.08.02 PART `A'
AND PART IB'
Payment shall be made under these items for the additional cost to restore service trenches on
' Wellington street, Silver Street Elgin Street and Church Street as follows:
.1 Permanent surface restoration of service trenches on Wellington, Silver and Elgin Streets from
the limits of grading to the point of connection at the building. Where a service falls within a
private or commercial entrance, restoration costs shall be paid beyond the limit of entrance
reconstruction shown on the drawings.
' .2 Permanent restoration of services trenches on Wellington Street where service trenches cross
concrete sidewalk which is to be maintained.
' .3 Grassed, asphalt, concrete, concrete curb and gutter or brick paver surfaces shall be restored
in accordance with Ontario Provincial Standard Specifications and the Special Provisions
governing these works as detailed under Part `A' of this contract.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS -TENDER ITEMS '
CONTRACT NO. CL99-7 28.
.4 Where restoration costs are paid by the square metre, the Contractor's operations shall be ,
controlled so as to minimize disturbance to surfaces. Where a service falls within a driveway,
it may be necessary to restore the driveway in kind for the full width. This will only be done '
on the direction of the Contract Administrator.
.5 Permanent restoration on Church Street from the back of sidewalk to the property line.
1
1
1
' CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON
CONTRACT NO. CL99-7
1
1
1
1
iSTANDARD DRAWINGS
i
' PAGE ONE
STANDARD DRAWINGS
CONTRACT NO. CL99-7
'
STANDARD NO. DESCRIPTION
' DETAIL 1 EXISTING ZONE ISOLATION CHAMBER
DETAIL 2 STREETLIGHT DUCT DETAIL
DETAIL 3 SIDEWALK AND BOULEVARD DETAIL
' DETAIL 4 TREE PLANTING DETAIL
DETAIL 5 TREE PLANTING DETAIL
OPSD- 216.010 BOULEVARD TREATMENTS - URBAN SECTION
218.01 SODDING OF SIDE SLOPES
' 310.010 Mod. CONCRETE SIDEWALK
310.020 Mod. CONCRETE SIDEWALK ADJACENT TO CURB AND GUTTER
310.030 Mod. CONCRETE SIDEWALK RAMPS AT INTERSECTIONS
' 310.040 UTILITY ISOLATION IN SIDEWALKS
310.050 Mod. SIDEWALK DRIVEWAY ENTRANCE DETAILS
350.01 URBAN INDUSTRIAL, COMMERCIAL AND APARTMENT ENTRANCES
351.01 URBAN RESIDENTIAL ENTRANCE
' 400.01 CATCHBASIN GRATES
400.02 CATCHBASIN GRATES
401.01 MAINTENANCE HOLE COVER
561.010 INTERLOCKING CONCRETE PAVERS ON GRANULAR BASE
600.04 CONCRETE BARRIER CURB AND GUTTER
600.06 CONCRETE SEMI-MOUNTABLE WITH STANDARD GUTTER
608.01 METHOD OF TERMINATION
' 610.01 CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER OUTLET
701.021 MAINTENANCE HOLE BENCHING DETAILS
701.030 Mod. 1200 mm DIA. PRECAST CONCRETE MAINTENANCE HOLE
' 704.010 MAINTENANCE HOLE AND CATCHBASIN PRECAST ADJUSTMENT UNITS
705.010 Mod. 600 mm x 600 mm PRECAST CONCRETE CATCHBASIN
705.020 Mod. 600 x 1450 mm PRECAST CONCRETE TWIN INLET CATCHBASIN
705.030 Mod. 600 mm x 600 mm PRECAST CONCRETE DITCH INLET
' 708.01 CATCHBASIN CONNECTION
708.020 SUPPORT FOR PIPE AT CATCHBASIN OR MAINTENANCE HOLE
802.010 FLEXIBLE PIPE EMBEDMENT AND BACKFILL
' 802.030 RIGID PIPE BEDDING, COVER AND BACKFILL - TYPE 2 SOIL
S _ 101 1200 mm DIA. PRECAST MANHOLE
107 DROP STRUCTURES FOR MANHOLES
111 MANHOLE STEPS
113 TYPICAL BENCHING DETAILS
114 TYPICAL BENCHING DETAILS
117 ROUND MANHOLE FRAME AND COVER
301 SANITARY SEWER HOUSE CONNECTION
303 PVC SANITARY SEWER CLEANOUT
307 METHODS OF INSULATING SANITARY SEWERS AND WATERMAINS
401 SANITARY, STORM AND WATER (MAIN AND SERVICE) TRENCH
' BEDDING DETAIL
407 SUPPORTS FOR WATERMAINS AND SEWERS CROSSING TRENCH
408 100 mm TO 300 mm GATE VALVE AND VALVE BOX
' 409 HYDRANT ASSEMBLY WITH CONCRETE THRUST BLOCKS
414 19 mm AND 25 mm COPPER WATER SERVICE
423 TRACER WIRE ARRANGEMENT AT HYDRANTS FOR WATERMAIN PIPE
' STANDARD DRAWINGS
CONTRACT NO. CL99-7 2.
STANDARD NO. DESCRIPTION
' 424 P.V.C. PIPE ENCASING
425 TRACER WIRE AT VALVE BOX FOR P.V.C.
' 429 19 mm TEST POINT BY-PASS
430 RESTRAINED JOINT DETAIL FOR P.V.C. PIPE
431 JOINT RESTRAINING LENGTH FOR P.V.C. PIPE
' 432 HYDRANT ASSEMBLY WITH MECHANICALLY RESTRAINED JOINTS
433 THRUST BLOCKING FOR P.V.C. WATERMAINS
435 CATHODIC PROTECTION FOR TRACER WIRES ON P.V.C.
436 CATHODIC PROTECTION FOR HYDRANT ASSEMBLY
' 438 CATHODIC PROTECTION FOR VALVES AND FITTINGS
441 CATHODIC PROTECTION FOR EXISTING FERROUS WATERMAIN
CONNECTED TO PROPOSED NON-FERROUS WATERMAIN
' 501 Mod. PAVEMENT JOINT TREATMENT
' 20 MPo CONCRETE
THRUST BLOCK PER
STO. S-404 4TYP.I
'MECHAHOLDER'JOINT
RESTRAINTITYPICALSO Z90� 660 305 `290 - -
BOTH TEES(
AA * AAX
ADDITIONAL LENGTH - -
OF DUCTILE RON PIPE
' (TYPICAL EASIDEI
i
I
' PLAN BELOW . TOP. SLAB .
685 mm
OPENING
REINFORCED PRECAST 1800¢2400mm CONCRETE
VALVE CHAMBER(SEE DETAILS)
STD. MANHOLE STEPS AS PER
STD.S-1I1 TYPE C AT 300 c/c
WATERMAIN - PARGE OPENING IN WALL .
4TttP.EA.SIOE �. WITH NON-SHRINK GRDUTITYP.)
_ D.I�PVC.
PEN
OING FOR PIPE(TYPJ FLEX18Lf SEALANT REOUIRED
PIPE.0.0.+150 - - AROUND PIPE(TYP.).
MADE AT MFG.PLANT
' MIN.75 19mm ...r.. ....5:•.':.;.:.+'.. -
CRUSHED STONE
(COMPACTED)
SECTION 'A'—A'
' ROUND MANHOLE FRAME 8
FINN.GRADE CLOSED COVER AS PER STD.S=l IT
It tADJUST BRICK TO SUIT FIN.GRADE
OUTS S 8 PAINT WITH
k10US SEALER
MAW BY- BITUMINOUS SEAL ALL
315 1200 AROUND CHAMBER(TYPICAL)
' 2400 LG t 1800 W 4[BOON
REINF. PRECAST CONCRETE
VALVE CHAMBER c/r PRECAST ,I;
' BASE SLAB \ - �
E E.1.92.BELOW
(MIN.OL ROAD BELOW
O FIN. ROAD IT
290 SO x HEIGHT TO SUIT O
CONC.VALVE SUPPORT(TYP.1 '�
�I
r
SECTION '8'— B' .�
3
EXISTING ZONE ISOLATION CHAMBER
MAY 1999
J
PROJECT No. 12-10812 CONTRACT No. CL99-7 DETAIL 1 0
S
CONCRETE SIDEWALK AS REQUIRED
INTERLOCKING BRICK
OR CONCRETE SIDEWALK '
4'
600mm 75mm
75mm
75mm
50mm DUCT
SCREENED SAND
STREET LIGHTING DUCT DETAIL '
N.T.S.
MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON
CHURCH STREET
u
'BOWMANMLLE'
STREET LIGHT DUCT DETAIL N
J
APRIL 1999
PROJECT No. 12-10800 11CONTRACT No. CL99-7 DETAIL 2
VARIES VARIES
125mm CONCRETE
O.P.S.D.-600.04 ( 30 MPG )
100mm GRANULAR `A'
' 50mm ADDITIONAL WD
AS PER O.P.S.D.-600.04
60mm INTERLOCKING BRICK
PAVERS ON 10mm SAND BASE
50mm CONCRETE BASE
( 30 MPG )
TypICAL SIDEWALK WITH BRICK BOULEVARD CROSS-SECTION
N.T.S.
NOTES
1. 20mm DIA. DRAIN HOLES THROUGH THE CONCRETE BASE,
TO BE PLACED AT INTERVALS OF 750mm. HOLES TO BE
FILLED WITH SAND. GEOTEXTILE TO BE PLACED OVER HOLES.
MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON
CHURCH STREET
v
' 'BOWMANVILLE' 3
0
SIDEWALK & BOULEVARD DETAIL
ARRIL PROJECT o. 12-10800 CONTRACT No. CL99-7 DETAIL 3 0
2 DRAINS SUPPLIED BY ZURN, ZB-415-65 FLOOR
l DRAIN ATTACHED TO 150mmo PVC PERFORATED BIG
0' PIPE USING A 100mm LONG MECHANICAL JOINT
BAND — SEE PLAN ON SK-5A FOR LOCATION.
SEE PAVING DETAIL
III it
150mmO PVC BIG '0' PERFORATED PIPE
TO BE FILLED WITH GRANULAR 'A'
— _ , �� ����' ice► Il��,�ii,l ill�rlll
RO OT BARRIER AS SUPPLIED BY DEEP R00..
MODEL No. U8 24-2 WITH 6 PANELS.
i; li! s i i=L) DEFLECTING RIBS TO FACE INWARD.
I. .III---(II
1 i s j I=�I i— i i (i I—I I --YI I___ GRANULAR 'A' TO BE INSTALLED TO 95% SPD
AND COMPACTED IN 200mm LIFTS
_ TOPSOIL TO BE INSTALLED AND COMPACTED
TO 90% SPD IN 210mm LIFTS
SCARIFY BOTTOM OF TREE PIT TO ALLOW
FOR ROOT PENETRATION
ENLARGEMENT NOTE: BACKFILLING OF TOPSOIL AND GRANULAR
TO BE DONE SIMULTANEOUSLY SO ROOT GUARD
WILL NOT DEFLECT
MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON
DIVISION STREET 11
'BOWMANVILLE' 3
0
TREE PLANTING DETAIL
ARRIL J
PROJECT No. 12-10844 CONTRACT No. CL99-7 DETAIL 4 0
500
1500
TREE CROWN
1 > _ DRAIN WITH PVC PIPE
ROOT BARRIER
j .'
ROOTBALL
1500 TREE TRUNK
TOPSOIL
w: GRANULAR 'A' IN ALL CORNERS
a_ k
PROVIDE UNIT PAVERS, INSIDE DIAMETER
OF 500mm OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF 12200mm.
PLAN PAVERS BY UNILOCK OR APPROVED EQUAL
COLOUR TO MATCH EXISTING.
DO NOT CUT OR DAMAGE LEADER
PRUNE ONLY INJURED OR DEAD BRANCHES. RETAIN NATURAL SHAPE
v
v
TOP OF 'T' BAR
TREE GUY TO BE FASTENED AROUND THE TREE IN A FIGURE EIGHT
USING NO.9 GA. GALV. WIRE ENCASED IN 13mmO RUBBER HOSE.
O CORRUGATED PVC PIPE RODENT GUARD 200mm BELOW
04 _ GRADE TO 500mm ABOVE GRADE
TWO BLACK PAINTED METAL 'T' BAR STAKES 50 X 50 X 2440.
PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED GALVANIZED FASTENING HARDWARE TO
ATTACH TO TREE GUARD.
Ii
SEE ENLARGEMENT
3-
MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON
SECTION DIVISION STREET
'BOWM AN VI LLE' 3
0
TREE PLANTING DETAIL
ARRIL 1999
PROJECT No. 12-10844 ICIONTRACT No. CL99-7 DETAIL 5 0
r 1
Sidewalk 0.3m min
- Note 1
0.5 Criginai_grou^:_
Pavement Grarulor base Boulevard surface I or
2% 27.min 8%max
2%
•'�-• fir.~ •�. .� � Rounding
— , =' �,3x'= %.�_ `• ' breakpoint
0.3m
Granulor Subgrode Typ
suboase
SOmm min
Typ Pipe subdrain
Typ
• CUT AND FILL SECTION WITH BARRIER CURB
Sidewalk 0.3m min
Note 1
Granular base
Pavement surface 0.5 ^rigino� g _--�
rn —ro —
or
24%min 87max 2%
72% —
..: -.�. q,.—.,r •.�:3 :° ` :• Depth as �♦ 2.
P�Granuor pecified Rounding Subgrode A breakpoint
subbase
CUT AND FILL SECTION WITH MOUNTABLE CURB
NOTES:
1 Where steel beam guide rail" is indicated.
the minimum rounding shall be 1.0m.
with 0.5m required from edge of sidewalk
to rounding breakpoint.
A All dimensions are in millimetres or metres
unless otherwise shown.
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING 1994 05 16 1 Rev
OP
BOULEVARD TREATMENTS - -- - - - - - - -
URBAN SECTION OPSD - 216.010
M WMM ter► . . - �s �t . =S vn wpm
steeper)
. j
Cn Z•, s' desuofa�e lop A
lux
n rrP J, A „dlh sod • •i r •�
gtakl Oyen f . • i
and dry .� • !� �t�� /
• • . .04� . of• 0♦
100 100 - • r ' '• '�, - ��
mob
Opt
Unr • ,• Subgrode elevation
on roadway frOrttslope
I
NOTES:
A For application to designated areas.
B All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown.
I
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Date 1990 09 la Rev 2
Date
SODDING OF SIDE SLOPES -----•---
OPSD- 218.01
Varies m min)
NOFO-2 0.3m `
BOULEVARD rnm s\o0e
Concrete 2X tc 1076 gax
2R to 10 X Slope 2% to 47. sidewalk _ _________
•~ ^, .s /. •' � IOOmm Granular �A1```���
12—� R=5mm
Note 1
5 TYPICAL SECTION
s
ansion
DUMMY JOINT Curb and gutter Ex joint motarial
5 0.25 T BOULEVARD R-0.5m Nots I
TYp
o Typ Expansion ...
joints
CONTRACTION JOINT
• R=5mm
Typ 5 Dummy
• _ Loints
•.' _7 iyp
• ' :. c Contraction �.
in
-t .e ,•Y -,. Types
1•--12mm expansion
joint material JOINT LAYOUT
EXPANSION JOINT
NOTES:
i Sidewalk thickness at residential driveways A All dimensions are in millimetres or
and adjacent to curb shall t>eFI2--51 mm. metres unless otherwise shown.
At commercial and industrial driveways.
the thickness shall be 15o mm.
2 Sidewalk width shall .be increased to
2.4m of schools, bus'stops and other
high pedestrian areas.
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING 1993 10 01 Rev
MODIFIED 0P
S
CONCRETE SIDEWALK oats _MAR.�1994
OPSD - : 10.010
1.Sm
Note 2 .
Exponelon
joint material
Sloe 2% to 47.
Finished surface rood _ ; - :�. •t.. . e 125 mm
.r' .1 � �,• •� �• •. .` � / to 1
• - •' Concrete R=Smm
. . * .�' . •• R=5mm sidewalk
�. • . = • ` GRANULAR 'A' - 100mm
Curb and gutter
as specified TYPICAL SECTION
s--,f-- 5
. r i� •�` •i..ice .i a Exoonslon
•, c : joint material
•�a
••:, '�! '!.•• • ! ~ `o Curb and gutter
DUMMY JOINT
. ....... .......11....... ....... ........ ........
1.5m F--
5 0.25 T Typ
•.�`:• .,;' ;�: '' ` Y zontraction
-� .•V.• 3: 1 Expansion
;•.'• �• Y v joints
o
CONTRACTION JOINT
R 5mm
Typ 5 Dummy joints
7 Typ
4 Contraction
.��"•.'.� •. >r -a• � o joint ...
--! 1-12mm•expansion JOINT LAYOUT
joint matorial
EXPANSION JOINT
NOTES:
1 Sidewalk thickness at residential driveways A All dimensions are in millimetres or
and adjacent to curb shall be ff5 lmm. metres unless otherwise shown.
At commercial and industrial driveways.
the thickness shall be 150 mm.
2 Sidewalk width shall be increased to:
— 1.8m when adjacent to curb on
major roadways
— 2.4m at schools, bus stops and other
high pedestrian areas.
�- ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING 1993 10 01 F Rev
CONCRETE SIDEWALK _ _ _ MODIFIED _ _ SP
�.' ADJACENT TO Oct* ""R•L'1994
CURB AND GUTTER OPSD — 310.020
Stop or yield Stop or yield
street street
Expansion joints
2.5m Typ Ramp slopes
romp 8% max
--- 1.5mr ----� Typ
TYP 1 0
0 1.5m
TYP s
Expansion joint
Curb and gutter material , Typ Curb and gutter
Through street �— Through street-------- �.
UNSIGNALIZED INTERSECTIONS
r .
r
%• Back of sidewalk
Expansion joint Directional lines
Typ Directional lines
Crosswalk 0.3m apart and
Typ 1.5m long min
TYP .
Curb and
gutter -------- .0
L1.0 1.0
ZGulfter fine
RAMP ELEVATION hei ""b
height �
O �
i .01
• � 1 Curti and gutter
1 1
Finished road SIGNALIZED INTERSECTIONS
r surface Expansion joint material
2.5m Sack of
sidewalk
Slope 8EM=
x desirable j i .- • '. •t.
y . s . , ••
• ••%'•• 150mm min
v �•
Curti and gutter Sidewalk ramp
as specified TYPICAL RAMP SECTION .
NOTES: . -
A Directional lines shall be 10x10mm made B All dimensions are in millimetres or
with grooving tool having a 15mm radius. metres unless otherwise showni-
I-OPSD ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING 1993 10 01 Rev
.. CONCRETE SIDEWALK RAMPS - - - - - - - - - -Date _ _ _ _ _ _AT INTERSECTIONS - 310.030
Sidewalk
1
1
4 F� Typ
I Note 1 I
Curb
TYp Catch
basin Face of curb
Expansion joint Typ
material
CATCH BASIN
Expansion joint
Note 2
•y
Expansion joint material
Note 3
1
Maintenance hole
1
UTILITY APPURTENANCE
r Expansion joint
Note 2
L I ��l Provide a minimum
• of 100mm clearance
Pole Asphaltic concrete around pole
Note 4
UTILITY POLE
� NOTES:
4 For portland cement concrete alternative
1 Expansion joint through sidewalk is
required when curb and gutter is use expansion joint material around boxout.
poured integral with sidewalk. A All dimensions are in millimetres or metres
2 Adjust joints to coincide with centre of unless otherwise shown.
utility, with minimum slab length of 1m.
3 Expansion joint material shall be placed
around maintenance holes flush with
concrete surface.
r ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING 1993 10 011 Rev
OP
UTILITY ISOLATION pate— — — — — — — — S
-- IN SIDEWALKS T-OPSD - 310.040
41M on an so AM am qW M IM Ma 4M AM "M M 101111111111111 M
Driveway varies Drivewa varies ,
I I
E
E E
Ui
E ILE
C C
Boulevard
0.5m min
Curb and gutter A 1
�•— 1.5m min Sidewalk depressed B Curb and gutter
to match dropped curb
for driveway entrance Sidewalk depressed
FULLY DEPRESSED to match dropped curb
for driveway entrance PARTIALLY DEPRESSED
SIDEWALK AT DRIVEWAY ENTRANCE—PLAN Transition section
Sidewalk Dropped sidewalk Dropped sidewalk �� Sidewalk --
Transition l
section '
SIDEWALK WITHOUT BOULEVARD SIDEWALK WITH BOULEVARD
SECTION C—C SECTION D—D
Curb and gutter' 27. min r 150mm h'"
Varies 47. 2y min
1
f-.–
40 Note 1 r ,,. 1 �'• . , >
Varies SECTION B—B MOD.
SECTION A—A
NOTES: ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING 1993 10 01 Rev
1 At commercial and industrial
driveways the thickness shall 0
be 5omm. LK DRIVEWAY ENTRANCE - - - - - - " - - -
A All dimensions are in millimetres lcinrw A Date — — — — — —
or metres unless otherwise shown. DETAILS OPSD - 310.050
Deft turn)
3.4 3.0 4.4
Sidewalk for heavy industrial with left turn
0 0 7.8m entrance
Entrance for heavy industrial
u
W IQ4 Dropped curb
7.2m entrance
1 0 for commercial, right industrial, etc.
I I I bropped curb
DETAIL A
ROW
1.0
Sidewalk
Boulevard
Concret e'curb or R=5.Om for light industrial
curb and gutter. PLAN entrances, commercial and
For entrance without apartment entrances on
curb or curb and gutter 2 lone roads.
see Detail A /R= for all heavy industrial
entrances, and for commercial and
apartment entrances on 4 lane roads.
0.4
�. 0 3 0 4 Ft to curb or
0.3 curb and gutter
�tr°hce
Expansion
joint
Sidewalk 8g mQ
•,
Or°QPed cud' P°vemetit
NOTES:
A Minimum dimensions are indicated. Maximum dimensions as per Owner requirements.
B Pavement and sidewalk structure at entrances shall be constructed using materials and
thicknesses as specified elsewhere.
C All dimensions are in millimetres or metres unless otherwise shown.
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Date 1199205 01 jRevj
URBAN Date _ - - - - -
INDUSTRIAL, COMMERCIAL AND - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
APARTMENT ENTRANCES EOPSD - 350.01
A r+
4.Om !in Single
6.Om min, Oouble
T--
a ( Sidewalk
> 1.
I
`o E n t r a n c e Boulevard
Curb and gutter r Dropped S Note 4
-- I curb
0.4 0.4
0.3m A(� 0.3m
min -77 min
PLAN
Side rk 0.4
•i
-- ` - SAD
ISOMETRIC VIEW
3.0 3.0 Var
8y SW or SW and Blvd
'Vote
SAG I SW Blvd
g Note 3
it. Note l
�-Dropped curb
1 4Z. Note t 4Xmax Ma
8X x
CREST 69., Note 2 47. Note 2
ey- Nate 2 SECTION A—A
NOTES:
1 Maximum upgrade shall be 10%.
2 Maximum downgrade shall be 8%.
3 Where boulevard width is less than 3.0m, a steeper boulevard slope is permissible.
4 Increase nearside taper to 0.8m min on 4 lane roads or wider.
A All dimensions are in millimetres or metres unless otherwise shown.
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Date 1 1992 05 011 Rev
URBAN RESIDENTIAL Date
ENTRANCE - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Wm-I BOULEVARD OPSD - 351 .01
s , + 1W AN W, AM ' "S� ' 'No an * air 11�* Im Raw r on
825
25--I I-- 600 10 A
Ala I It- h 552
N 19mm d{o.rod 64
Q _ 32� M
�f
1HT T CD N
N44 I" — M
M
57 6
O
L _ -� X51 ,
A t• M .� '
N __ N N ,, Y'! g�tD 1 IP1 '�
co 102 �+i to �' NN
M 766 Q \ \ \ \
71 -
102 -•-+��51
19 2
B
t f to V.-32 *cj
70 GRATE PLAN SECTION C-C
�152 R=838 R=4.57m
MM
FRAME PLAN SECTION B-B "' ��-178 (yp)-1 f--- --1 r-'25mm
v (Typ)
657 �— -.i 9
17_j '- 623 —ry 17 R-25mm
R=25mm -�t•-13mm (Ty
Slot , I roe SECTION D-D SECTION E-E
detoil
below---� p' 1 t
-o
i:W 0 NOTE:
4�f�
A All dimensions are in milllmetres unless otherwise shown.
--105 615 1 105•-J T
SECTION A—A ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Date 1 19-87 03 31 Rev I
--472 CATCH BASIN , CAST IRON, Date
N R={4.Smm
29
-{- SLOT DETAIL FRAME S& DISHED SQUARE GRATE
10PSD- 400 . 01
820
A 1 —►�-25
1
604
�86
M
— x-16 mm Dio pin
1—• g
64�� N iW11
-T 1 O 1 1 M
0I I 1 M
O I tpl O 1 1
M f 1 e+1
m N LCI I
M M N � +M -R-I.5m '
Nom-
O
N
O I \ I
M i M �\ .` i M 1
to
1 _tj.51 '•� I as ili \\ "\ I n 1 1M1
,LLI: .n ,
57 F--
1 132 32— i
� See slot detail --L
q i 64 I-- GRATE PLAN SECTION B-B
rod 54 - FRAME PLAN SECTION A-A
I R=3mm 15mm 64
O TYP)- r-25mm(TYP) 32�
R=10mm
86' I 1 I�_86
mm I23 3�f--10
SLOT DETAIL +) 13mm(Typ) SECTION C-C
NOTE: SECTION D-D
A All dimensions are millimetres
unless otherwise shown. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Date 1987 03 31 1 Rev I
CATCH BASIN , CAST IRON , Date _-
FRAME AND FLAT SQUARE GRATE
10PSD - 4 00.02
i\I ■I III Elf,
u
/• —_\� _ \
., • . �I ICI in 101 I/I ICI I/I ♦ ♦ I: ,:I il■lii�.I � IG
-0 (optional) 'i I/I '.�I ■I ICI liil u. ICI u. u, _
0111 loll 'E 11 ■ ■ Ij'. ..
typical .� ,�I ,/I ICI I51 �t liil I�� ill ICI i�l ti _
Ia1 iil �I Iii ICI ICI It I■ I■
�I Ift if_1 Ifl IPI I_IU ICI ICI ICI I/I Iii - - - �
. A ■ ■
,� � �■I I■I :I I■t i■1 IIP I■I I■ � t■ 7
.• Ifs Ifs I/I fl Ifl 1111 Ifl Ifl I/I I/I I■. ■ ■ ■ ,11 ■ ■ ■
I■ I■I I■ ■I
I/t loll I/1 I/� I/I I/. if ■I �I ■1 I:I ■I 1111 I:
,' .� ■1.1.1■■I■IIII■I■■I.■I• I•
• ■I fl /I /I IIII I/1 Ifi If ■ - - ■ ■ " . ■
1011 rem ,mil,
MAINTENANCE HOLES
CAST IRONS
COVER AND SQUARE FRAME OPSD 401 .01
�■I ill ■I.�■I.� I. I.
,�� •• � t�l !�I ul IDI ICI ICI ul - _ - N
��y, _—��' ill ifl IIII I/_I ■I �� -
{
•
viii/ �:�\.•
am dw IM 41111111111111 4M low am a* .. M, MKI, am 4M 1W M 01M, am
Boulevard/Sidewalk
Curb and utter, Note 2 Concrete
g edge restraint
Concrete pavers, Note 1
Joint sbnd
TYP
T7777 ..............
25-40mm
�. . . . ..�' + • A ' a '' bedding sand A'
Y. . •t as specified ' ' ►
base
Granular 'o
and subbase '
:;'•;::::.' : as specified '
X%
i
Subgrade
Subdrain, Note 2
VEHICULAR NON-VEHICULAR
NOTES:
1 Concrete paver thickness:
— for vehicular traffic — 80mm min.
— for non—vehicular traffic — 60mm min.
2 This drawing is to be read in conjunction with OPSD 200
and 600 series drawings.
A All dimensions are in millimetres or metres unless otherwise
shown.
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING 1996 09 15 1 Rev
INTERLOCKING CONCRETE PAVERS - - - - - - - - - - OSP
Date _
ON GRANULAR BASE OPSD - 561 .010
0
Q Dropped curb at
0 entrances u Thickness
TO Thickness
of sidewalk
25 300 50 150--I 25
i of sidewalk — 300 --- 50 i- 150
Finished
I N_�?
road 'P EUrfaCe 0 ?J
N p
0 w
/ Z
N , •'I N JOj�. i 1
525 50 JJ_-- 525 L 5o
TANGENT Additional width where
• sidewalk IE adjacent to curb SUPERELEVATED
Typ
NOTES:
f Flexible pavement shall be 5mm above the adjacent
edge of gutter.
2 Where sidewalk is continuously adjacent, reduce the
dropped curb at entrances to 75mm.
3 For siipforming procedure, a 5% batter is acceptable.
A Treatment at entrances shall conform with OPSD-351.01: LEGEND:
B Outlet treatment shall conform with OPSD-610 Series. S _ Rate of pavement superelevation in percent, %.
C The length of transition from one
curb type to another shall be
3.0m, except in conjunction with ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Date 1990 09 14 Rev
guide rail, it shall conform to
OPSD-900 Series. CONCRETE BARRIER CURB Date
D All dimensions are in millimetres WITH STANDARD GUTTER - - - - - - - - - - - - -
unless otherwise shown.
-FOR nZ<IBLE PAVEMENT OPSD — 600.04
j
tact
Dropped curb
at entrances, Thickness of adjacent sidewalk,
. TYP TYP 1
275 � 225
275 225 /_R=5mm
25 /'PI\ r-R=5mm �3O
For flexible Note 2 j`sp 25�j Note 2 �'�y o
pavement, '� I R=5mm��
TYP-� �� voi —S
1 ��� \,sue f
i. R=5mm-... .. t -,
J_ s ' in ' o Cq C14
N Y�_ i .N '�'3 .� Y�� Note 3
r Note 3:. � i --S
� 25
25 5 50 Fes- tom-25 50
Additional width 525
For rigid pavement where sidewalk is
25x75mm keyway adjacent to curb,
centred in concrete Typ
base,
Typ
Notes 1 and 3
TANGENT SUPERELEVATED
NOTES: ,
1 When curb and gutter is adjacent to concrete pavement or base, this drawing is
to be used in conjunction with OPSD-552.01 and 552.02.
f� 2 Flexible and composite pavement shall be 5mm above the adjacent edge of gutter.
3 For slipforming procedure, a 5% batter is acceptable.
A Treatment at entrances shall conform with OPSD-351.01.
8 Outlet treatment shall conform with OPSD-610 Series.
C The length of transition from one curb type to another shall be 3.0m, except in
conjunction with quide rail, it shall conform to OPSD-900 Series.
D All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown.
LEGEND:
S — Rate of pavement superelevation in percent, %.
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Date 1991 12 16 Rev
CONCRETE SEMI-MOUNTABLE Date _ _ _ _ _ _
'l WITH STANDARD GUTTER - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
oPSD 600.06 -11
3.8m Termination 150mm
min
Curb and
gutter
t
1
Gutter line
PLAN in 225 1---
�` END VIEW
-------------------
ELEVATION
MOUNTABLE CURB AND GUTTER
Curb and
gutter 3.81n Termination 150mm
min
j I
� , I
O j
u �
Gutter or Z
curb One
PLAN Varies�--
i
N END VIEW
--. ------------
ELEVATION
BARRIER AND SEMI—MOUNTABLE CURB AND GUTTER
NOTES:
1 Slope to match existing shoulder.
A This drawing is to be read in conjunction with
OPSD-600 series curb and gutter drawings.
B All dimensions are in millimetres unless
otherwise shown.
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Date 1991 12 16 1 Rev 2
l Date
METHOD OF TERMINATION _
FOR CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER
FOPSD -- 608.0�
ow aft ' M& am as M on am a so no t so an M go we on
Saw cut Y r Saw cut
pavement Back of curb
curbs and gutter Half pavement width—� Top of curb o j
►- Pavement to `
1 See details p course
I
below 5 �, i -------------
Curb and gutter--I Gutter fine
Pavement ( 1
�' base course
Min go units me ` �. ------ __ 150
Max of three i I Edge of
f.— --I pavement
SECTION Y—Y I Ua i �►
X — �- X
4= .—L_ —l_ + —.L
150 Y 150
—125— Gutter line 9
I Frame and rote
..
1 t Omm PLAN Pavement top course-
All.
• , • .� �,, Sow cut Saw cut
i Varies 5-15mm -
l t
300 1-•-300 --i
BARRIER CURB SEMI—MOUNTABLE or MOUNTABLE ,
CURB AND GUTTER
DETAILS
25 SECTION X—X
:. . _ Gutter Tine NOTES:
j' tOmm A Hatched areas ® : pavement base course
• to be hand placed in 50mm' layers and compacted.
' B All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown.
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Date 11991 12 16 IROVI 1
CONCRETE CURB, AND GUTTER Date - - - - - -
BARRIER OUTLET - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
CURB AND GUTTER AT CATCH BASIN OPSD —' 610
1. Right angle bend 2. Tee connection 3. Three way junction
23
+ +
4. Four way junction 5. _Straight through 6. Dead end
\ /
As specift 1,
8:1 _4 min O12 -
•- Concrete° •. • 50mm
min
7. Wye connection 8. 45°bend Section
NOTES: -
A Concrete for benching to be 30MPa.
B Benching to be given wood float finish, channel to be given steel trowel finish.
C All dimensions are nominal.
D All dimensions are in milimetres or metres unless otherwise shown.
MAXIMUM SIZE HOLE IN THE WALL IN PRECAST RISER SECTIONS
Maintenance No.7
Hole Diameter No 4 No. mm 6 No.m Inlet Hole outlet Hole
1200 700 860 780 700 860
1500 1 860 1220 960 860 1220
1800 1220 1485 1220 1 1220 1485
2400 1485 2020 1760 1 1485 2020
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING 1996 09 15 Rev
O P {
MAINTENANCE HOLE - - - - - - - - - - S
Date _ _ _ _ _ _
BENCHING DETAILS nPqn -- 7n i .02 1
+1� as mom
2-15M O 150mm
—�� 2-15M O 75mm�
WW are $lift
�3-15M O 150mm 2-&nm2/m
++ 2-014 O 160mrn
A A
\�, _mil
Flat cap B `C B
Tapered O PLAN 15M
2-15M O 75mm �3-15M O 150mm
23o f"230 Ctro PLAN C C
1475mm dia
205 1+ew—j I `
L PLAN
125 200m, dia I` 125
SECTION A—A SECTION B—B
TAPERED TOP FLAT CAP
Ri.er sectJon I I 4-15M O 300mm oc 4-15M O 300mm OC
each *W each way 125 1200nxn ft� �125
-- 4 iI
MonoMie bass. + + E f E
r1�a°w D D E E i t "
15M bent bar
CIA
O
® Y1MIF CI� tt«t :very 3rd bar x '
PLAN 250mm /m PLAN o. ehann $ 4
I f
125 �1200mm dia
- --125 SECTION C—C
wwF .c«i:
vacs« hom —�
------ 25omm /m 1475mm aia 15M bent bar RISER SECTION
wftm to max 2400mm, 3000 every 3rd bar
NOTES: 150mm increments _ as shorm
1 Precast bases are available for depth ate E
of bury greater than 10.0m. ote E SECTION E—E
A All reinforcing steel shall have SECTION D BASE SLAB
25mm minimum cover. MONOLITHIC BASE 10.Om max
B Steps according to OPSD-405.010 and 10.Om max Note 1
OPSD-405.020. Note 1
C All dimensions are nominal. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING 1996 09 15 Rev
D All dimensions are in millimetres
or metres unless otherwise shown. PRECAST CONCRETE MODIFIED SP
E t OOmm Die. opening to be provided in — — — —
base. Terrofix 2708 to be placed between MAINTENANCE HOLE COMPONENTS Date _MAY 1997
bass opening.d granular bedding to cover '� Z001'1'i171 DIAMETER
FQ-P- SD - 70 1 .030
11W IM W IM M IM 401 M M aoft i. m it � some* w
i
Curb wit
Curb wit Grate reference elevation
--f-Pavt gu er "'°•Pavt gu er� �
_ Typ ---
V� 1� Frame to be Standard frame rr--- ---n
i rr i n set in a full
ri�_t__ 450mm ci�_j--_ice mortar bed and grate _ �_t5
maximum to Typ TO
first step
Typ Adjustment units.
Note 1 " minimum of one,
--—————— maximum of three
j
TO
v• _1 L a o
300mm
TO
SECTION THROUGH SECTION THROUGH
TAPER TOP SECTION THROUGH CATCH BASIN
FLAT CAP
Maintenance hole step
Note 1 --- -----------
Adjustment units
Adjustment units for — for catch basins
g
Frame and rate, or cover _�— with square
maintenance holes
with round openings. —_ —_-- openings.
Available in sections r-- —, Available in
or continuous units I I sections or
1 � continuous units
czi)
`✓i i —
Taper top \\ Flat cap III Catch basin
Riser section ( I I
NOTES:
1 If first step is in an adjustment unit, 8 All dimensions are in millimetres
the adjustment unit shall be of the or metres unless otherwise shown.
type manufactured with a step in place.
A Adjustment units shall not extend ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING 1996 09 15 lRev
beyond the outside edge of the OP
structure. MAINTENANCE HOLE AND S
CATCH BASIN PRECAST CONCRETE Date
ADJUSTMENT UNITS IOPSD — 704.010
150mm
B r* overlap
ALTERNATE STANDARD
HEIGHTS
A A A 1980mm
6 1830mm
WWF
1 185mm 2/m, C 1520mm
each way
B
PLAN
830 830
115 600 115 115 600 115
v
— o
I p p�
a J � o
j O
/ + 1 c
/ o Knockout
i Typ
Note 2 r:3 Note 2
250 I t
+
o '
i v I Co c
CL
E WWF a E Eo E Outlet hole
E 185mm z/m, o o Note 1
to each way ` . E m o to
LL XiOrmh
all sid
Typ
O
. . . !
f
— ote G Granular ote G
' NOTES:
SECTION A—A bedding SECTION B—B
1 Outlet hole size 525mm diameter maximum, C Frame, grate and adjustment units shall
location as required. be installed according to OPSD-704.010.
2 200mm diameter knockout to accommodate D Pipe support according to OPSD-708.02 .
subdrain. Knockout to be 60mm deep. E All dimensions are nominal.
A All reinforcing steel shall have 25mm F All dimensions are in millimetres
minimum cover. or metres unless otherwise shown.
8 Granular backfill to be placed to G 100mm Dia. opening to be provided in
a minimum thickness of 300mm all base. Terrafix 270R to be placed betwe
around the catch basin. base and granular bedding to cover
} opening
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING 1996 09 15 Rev
PRECAST CONCRETE _ _ MODIFIED_
CATCH BASIN Date MAY 1997
600mm x 600mm, DEPTH — 4.Om MAX 10PSD — 705.010
B 3-10M stirrups
WWF ® 300mm
185mm 2/m, each way
2-1 OM
2-15M ^ `
M
25
A A 115 600 ---4 115
H 150mm overlap
-r—T IT BEAM DETAIL
�
PLAN B ALTERNATE STANDARD
HEIGHTS
A 1980mm
1680 B 1830mm
115 600 250 600-1 115 C 1520mm
I � 830
C %
vaim Ec
v
M E vcv
+ ro v
� cN
Ia
"Knockout 'I 250 Note 2 i E
Note 2 e a
Outlet hole tO
Note 1 a° E ���
o O
wwF ' o •e .�. 0 aDi
300mm 185mm 2/m, each way
all sides 150mm overlap
TYP
` `-�-�+= �-r--.-. T �-r—.. . •� 150
ote G Granular-----� ote G
NOTES: SECTION A—A bedding SECTION B—B
1 Outlet hole size 525mm diameter maximum, location as required.
2 200mm diameter knockout to accommodate subdrain. Knockout to be 60mm deep.
A All reinforcing steel shall have 25mm minimum cover.
6 Granular backfill to be placed to a minimum thickness of 300mm all around
the catch basin.
C Frame, grate and adjustment units shall be installed according to OPSD-704.010.
D Pipe support according to OPSD-708.020.
E All dimensions are nominal.
F All dimensions are in millimetres or metres unless otherwise shown.
G 100mm Dia. opening to be provided in base. Terrafix 270R to be placed between
base and granular bedding to cover opening.
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING 1996 09 15 Rev
PRECAST CONCRETE _ _ MODIFIED_
TWIN INLET CATCH BASIN Date MAY 1997
600mm x 1450mm, DEPTH — 4.Om MAX DPSp — 705.020
Ar+
I
775mm
S' n� Grate
° reference
elevation
.6
1 I SS
I I ••°c
I
I
c:. 1 + I !
0
CL 1
t ! z
t i 150
600
TF,
Outlet hole I E Note i E 185mm 2/m.50 �_ 600'� 150 a each way °o 300mm
all sides
TYP
L------- — =---- I Granular (•— —�-----�- •—J�_
—� ote H bedding ate H
1 A I + SECTION A—A
FRONT VIEW
NOTES:
1 Outlet hole size 525mm maximum diameter, location
as required. Opening Dimensions
A Where inlet is placed across ditch and mm
is accessible to vehicular traffic, grating T Grrot to a b
slope is to be 6:1 or flatter.
8 All reinforcing steel shall have 25mm minimum cover. 2:1 670 52
C Granular backfill to be placed to a minimum 3:1 632 72
thickness of 300mm all around the ditch inlet. A 4:1 618 79
0 Grating according to OPSD--403.010. 6:1 sob 83
E Pipe support according to OPSD-708.020. 8:1 605 85
F All dimensions are nominal. 10:1 603 86
G All dimensions are in millimetres or metres unless [HOR 600 87
otherwise shown.
H 1 00m Dia. opening to be provided in base. Terrafix 270R to be
placed between base and granular bedding to cover opening.
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING 1996 09 15 Rev
PRECAST CONCRETE _ — MODIFIED_ _ — SP
DITCH INLET Date MAY 1997
600mm x 600mm, DEPTH 4-Om MAX OPSD - 705.030
Catch basin connection
e
22.5' or 45'
Pipe bend I
JI
\ I
• Granular bedding
.°, Undisturbed ground I ,
C p
O d /
., .a / .: -..o•• 1 00m min
Z I
Sewer main I/ •; Concrete bedding
• Min width 600mm
.• Tee
' Note 1 1
45'
max ,� • • Construction line
• -• ' -• 15(Ymm min
e
RISER DETAIL Catch basin connection
_ l
22.5•pipe
bend
Tee 1 _
Note 1 1
Sewer main
45• NOTES:
max 1 For sewers smaller than 450mm dia
connections must be made using approved
Bedding as factory made tees. For all other sizes,
specified either factory made tees or approved
saddles may be used.
A Concrete to be 20MPa at 28 days.
8 All dimensions are in millimetres or metres
unless otherwise shown. —d
CONNECTION WITHOUT RISER
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Cate F1992 12 15 1 Re-v-2
CATCH BASIN CONNECTION Date - -.— — — — I
- - - - - - - - - - - -
RIGID PIPE SEWER OPSD - 708.01
M40 moo on
CONCRETE CRADLE FLEXIBLE, WATERTIGHT CONNECTOR FLEXIBLE JOINT
RIGID PIPE RIGID AND FLEXIBLE PIPE RIGID AND FLEXIBLE PIPE
r,',;
+ cE
�► ! �• f y G
o "' • (---300mm min
o J
Flexible Dint to be
For installation of these connectors " ,
placed within 300mm
{•;•� �. refer to manufacturer's instructions. of wall of structure
A full length of pipe may be used
I
in conjunction with a flexible,
PLAN watertight connector. ,I
300mm min Catch basin or {
maintenance hole 4
' L—"'—
,•,•� I Granular backfill—
Granular backfill—rr 174,,E i Granular bedding-0—`"j�`"`"`�'
ELEVATION
0 ku •• t•--rr•s•+
X X X X X X Y X X X
300mm min Granular bedding
Note 1 g
ELEVATION
NOTEeS,to be supported with minimum ONTARIO PROVINCIAL' STANDARD DRAWING 1996 09 15 Rev
jointPa concrete to the first pipe SUPPORT FOR PIPE AT CATCH — — — — — — — — — — °S
A All dimensions are millimetres BASIN OR MAINTENANCE HOLE Date - - - - - -
pp
or metres unless ott herwise shown. OPSD 70C�.
020
PIPE IN SUPPORTED PIPE IN UNSUPPORTED PIPE IN SUPPORTED
EXCAVATION EXCAVATION EXCAVATION
D
Note 3, Typ Subgrade 2
Support system Q1 1
Typ ' 1
Backfill material. Clearance,
•• For culvert frost treatment 1• see table, Typ
• 300mm min. •• Note 2 1.5 ,
►' •Typ Clearance, • ,
see table 300mm min D
c >r , 150
E Ex '
TYPE 1 OR 2 'TYPE 3 •�
W
SOIL SOIL D
2
150 •• ••
• 0.5 D
0.50 Bedding grade Note 1
Note 1
PIPE IN SUPPORTED PIPE IN UNSUPPORTED
LEGEND:, EXCAVATION EXCAVATION
D Subgrade
D — Inside diameter 2
. .
NOTES: ;,4•_ • `': •'r 3
1 The pipe bed shall be shaped to receive the bottom of the pipe. •A D ' Bockfili material.
2 Pipe culvert frost treatment according to OPSD--803.030 and 803.031. •, ' For culvert frost treatment
Nate 2
3 Condition of trench is symmetrical about centreline of pipe.
A Granular material placed under the haunches must be compacted 150. 1` Bedding grade CLEARANCE TABLE
prior to continued placement and compaction of embedment material. 0.5 D I 2 TYPE 4 pipe Clearance
B Embedment material shall be homogeneous granular material, and Note 1 F-- SOIL Inside rDiameter mm
shall be placed and compacted uniformly around the pipe. 900 or less 300
C Soil types as defined in the Health & Safety Act and over 900 500
Regulations for Construction Projects.
D Protection against heavy ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING 1996 09 15 Rev
construction equipment according
to OPSD-808.010. FLEXIBLE PIPE _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ SP
E All dimensions are in millimetres EMBEDMENT AND BACKFlLL Date _ _ _ _
or metres unless otherwise shown.
EARTH EXCAVATION OPSD 802.010
PIPE IN SUPPORTED PIPE IN UNSUPPORTED PIPE IN UNSUPPORTED PIPE IN SUPPORTED
EXCAVATION EXCAVATION EXCAVATION EXCAVATION
Note 4, Typ Subgrade
Support system Q
TYP
•f ; Backfill material. .
300mm min, .Typ For culvert frost treatment
Clearance, Note 3
- •• Clearance
see table,
See table, Typ
Typ Cover material
1200mm
max, Typ D 0.1500
Compacted granular
L0 bedding material
Note 1
0.6OD 0.50
Note 2 Bedding grade Note 2
CLASS B — BEDDING CLASS C — BEDDING
NOTES:
1 The minimum bedding depth below the pipe shall be 0.150. CLEARANCE TABLE
In no case shall this dimension be less than 150mm or
Pipe Clearance
greater than 300mm.
Inside Diameter mm
2 The pipe bed shall be shaped to receive the bottom of the pipe. mm
3 Pipe culvert frost treatment according to OPSD-803.030 and 803.031. LEGEND: 900 or less 300
4 Condition of trench is symmetrical about centreline of pipe. D — Inside diameter
y P�P Over 900 500
A Soil types as defined in the Health & Safety Act OD— Outside diameter
and Regulations for Construction Projects.
B Protection against heavy
construction equipment according ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING 1996 09 15 Rev
to OPSD-808.010. SP
C All dimensions are in millimetres RIGID PIPE BEDDING, -. - - - - - - - -
or metres unless otherwise shown. COVER AND BACKFILL Date - - - - - -
TYPE 1 OR 2 SOIL - EARTH EXCAVATION OPSD -- 802.030
a
MANHOLE FRAME A: COVER
— 75 mm CLEARANCE FOR TOP TWO STEPS ONLY SEE
CONCRETE CAP
MAXIMUM 300 mm BRICKWORK
' a.-75
230-11.: 685 ;�: 230 CEMENT BRICK SET IN 3 PARTS ;•
SAND. 1 PART CEMENT MORTAR WITH 5 y 230
g 15 mm PARGED ON OUTSIDE, SEALED
WITH TWO COATS OF BITUMINOUS PAINT.SEE NOTE: 5
MANHOLE SECTION TO MEET A.S.T.M.
4 SPECIFICATIONS C-478 OR EQUIVALENT
i
2 130 1200 130 130 1200 < 130
ac
PARGE OUTSIDE OF JOINTS
E 1271-- PRESS SEAL OR EQUIVALENT RUBBER CASKET
n t
� g i
7
1 20 UP* CONCRETE BENCHING TO BE
o FORMED AFTER MANHOLE 6 ERECTER
SEE TABLE \� i MIN. OF 75 mm OF 19 mm CRUSHED It
CLEAR STONE COMPACTED
h-200 '
� 1460 1460
SECTION A—A SECTION B—B
sas ,
MANHOLE SECTION TO MEET AIS.T.M.
SPECIFICATION C-478 OR EQUIVALENT g HEIGHT OF BENCHING ABOVE INV. OF OUTLET PIPE 200 mm 130 1200 130 0 AYETER mm mm a
BENCHING 0.5 PIPE 175 0.5 PIPE 0.5 PIPE
REQUIRED OLA. mm 0�+,� mm DI&+75 mm
B A (LOWEST BENCHING SHALL GOVERN)
PRECAST FLAT TOP
23o NOTE
1. PRECAST CONCRETE BASES SHALL BE USED ONLY WHEN GROUND CONDITIONS
A - 1 A ARE DRY AND F1RM STRUCIURAU Y SOUND)).
2. TOP OF BENCHING T BE SLOPED AT 2X f0 GIIWNEL
3. � EES�ENTERING PRECAST SECTIONS. MUST NOT ENTER AT A
J 4. UFTING HOLES IN PRECAST SECTIONS TO BE COMPLETELY FILLED WITH 3 PARTS
SAND. 1 PART CEMENT MORTAR AND POINTED BEFORE BACKFILLING.
5. MANHOLE STEPS TO BE POSITIONED AS PER STANDARD S-111.
6. PRECAST FLAT TOP TO BE USED WHEN TOTAL HEIGHT OF PRECAST SECTION
IS LESS THAN 1.80 m.
7.8. OR 1MH DEPTHS GREATER THAN.MANUFACTURERS m A, MANHOLE GRATING IS REQUIRED
MAX. SPACING BETWEEN SAFETY GRATES IS 5.0 m.
PLAN I 9. FOR DEPTHS GREATER THAN 7.5 m. THE MANHOLE MUST BE INDIVIDUALLY DESIGNED.
I 10. 19 mm CRUSHED CLEAR STONE SHAD_ BE PLACED UNDER PIPE. AT THE MANHOLE.
TO THE FIRST JOINTS.
11. THE FIRST PIPE LENGTH OUT OF THE MANHOLE SHALL NOT EXCEED 1.80 m
B 12. FOR BENCHING DETAIL SEE STD. DWG. NO. S-113.
ALL DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETERS.EXCEPT WHERE NOTED.
THE REGIONAL MUNICIPALITY OF DURHAM WORKS DEPARTMENT
CHECKED: REVISION NO.: 5
APPROVED:
1200 mm PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLE DATE: 1986 05 08
DATE: 1978 03 10 (FOR SEWER SIZES UP TO 600 mm ON STRAIGHT RUNS) S-101
W
SEE NOTE 5 SEE NOTE 5
< l a L
J W
O
L° BEDDING MATERIAL AS < 1 „ BEDDING MATERIAL AS
z PER S-401 OR ° } PER 5-401
,a• STANDARD 'Y' FITTING TANDARD 'Y' FITTING
REVERSED v°-i REVERSED
SEE NOTE 5 ? STANDARD 45 ELBOW
STANDARD 45 ELBOW • .� SEE NOTE 5
20 MPG CONC. (150 mm) STANDARD 90• ELBOW
TO UNDISTURBED SOIL CONC. FILLET
20 MPG CONC. (150 mm) .
TYPE A TO UNDISTURBED SOIL
TYPE B
NO TEES SHALL BE USED (TYP.)
9 , ' L
� 1
SEE ;i:::'� /_•' i
BEDDING MATERIAL AS NOTE 3
PER S-401 OR •a�� /e REDOING MATERIAL AS
i SEE NOTE 5 ° PER S-401 OR
4 :',i�3'.•° 20 MPG CONC. (150 mm) ^ SEE NOTE 5
TO UNDISTURBED SOIL
a.. �� 1 20 MPG CONC. (150 mm),l
SECTION A—A TO UNDISTURBED SOIL
t
i
DROP STRUCTURE
A TYPE A OR a SECTION B-6
2 MANHOLE STEPS REQUIRED
WHERE '0' EXCEEDS 1800 mm
NOTES:
•— � — 1. FOR SEWER SIZES UP TO 450 mm DMA. THE
DROP PIPE SHALL BE THE SAME SIZE AS THE
INLET PIPE. FOR SEWER SIZES GREATER THAN
tea• DROP STRUCTURE 450,.mm THE.DROP.PIPE SHAD. BE ONE SIZE
TYPE A OR B SMALLER THAN INLET PIPE.
FOR MH SIZE I 2. OBVERT OF DROP PIPE TO BE LEVEL WITH OBVERT
AND BENCHING OF OUTLET PIPE AND BENCHED TO THE OBVERT
�� SEE SEE NOTE 3 OF THE OUTLET PIPE.
S—L13 3. DROP STRUCTURE TO BE ENCASED IN A MINIMUM
OF 150 mm OF 20 MPa CONCRETE. MANHOLE
STEPS TO BE PROVIDED ON OUTSIDE FACE OF
A OUTLET PIPE MH. DROP STRUCTURE TO BE STRAPPED TO
PLAN t�' STEPS WITH STAINLESS STEEL BANDS.
PLAN 4. MAXIMUM VELOCITIES SHOWN IN TABLE INDICATED
THE MAX• FLOW VELOCITY IN INCOMING PIPE
WITHOUT OVERSHOOTING .
ADJUSTMENT IN 'D' AND 'L' TO BE MADE
TABLE OF MINIMUM DIMENSIONS & MAXIMUM VELOCITIES 5. THROUGH THIS SECTION OF PIPE.
DROP. PIPE TYPE 'A' TYPE '8' MAX. VELOCITY GRADES NOT 6. ALL CONCRETE as DROP STRUCTURE TO BE
DIAMETER •O• L• p• L. MIS TO EXCEED 20 MPa AT 28 DAYS.
200 600• 750 - 1200 •1050 1 42 1.80% 7• MINIMUM DIMENSIONS BASED ON USE OF
STANDARD CONCRETE FITTINGS.
250 636 801 1275 1050 1 55 1.60%
300 699 900 1425 1125 1 70 1.50%
375 900 1125 1875 12001 1 92 1.42%
450 975 1200 2025 1275 2.16 1 1.427
GRADES BASED ON MANNING FORMULA AT 82% FLOW.
ALL DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETERS EXCEPT WHERE NOTED.
THE REGIONAL MUNICIPALITY OF OURHAM WORKS OEPARTME 1
CHECKED: REVISION NO.: 7
DATE:. 1995 02
APPROVED: DROP STRUCTURES FOR MANHOLES
DATE: S^104
1978 03 10
4
a ,
127
CLEARANCE • 'ARCS- •
N
• .• r"-CLEARANCE VARIES
A • - ----
t a •
n N
I
1►—MANHOLE WALL � � MANHOLE WALL I
N ------------------
1 VARIES I
---------°---- 19-� r--
N R�18
VARIES �-- n
n
^ R�16
19 N
--� N
R-16 ' I_
7 n FOR USE IN BRICKWORK ONLY
i
L I
R-16
N
N MIN 90
I--14 •A. MAX 100
TYPE
MIN 120
FOR POURED W PLACE MANHOLES I
MAX 130 '=• �
13
B B •, EXTRUDED HOLLOW
I .. CIRCULAR SECTION
WALL
20
NOTE i AR
1. MATERIAL FOR STEPS TO BE ALUMINUM ALLOY 65 ST 4 (ALUMINUM 1 140
CO. OF CANADA SPECIFICATIONS).
2. DISTANCE BETWEEN STEPS TO BE 300 mm. __ _ I
3. DISTANCE FROM STEP TO TOP OF BENCHING TO BE 300 mm MAX. A A
4. DISTANCE FROM BASE OF FRAME TO FIRST STEP TO BE 75 mm.
5. LAST STEP TO BE 300 mm ABOVE BENCHING OR 600 mm ABOVE 210
INVERT FOR PIPES LARGER THAN 600 mm OR 150 mm ABOVE
SPRINGLINE FOR PIPES 1200 mm AND LARGER.
6. TWO COATS OF STATIC ASPHALT PAINT OR APPROVED EQUAL. ON POLYETHYLENE ANCHOR I
EMBEDDED'SECTION. 04SULATING SLEEVE
7. HOOK TO BE PLACED UPR04T IN BRICKWORK OR CONCRETE AS
REQUIRED. �p�
6. RUN NK GS TO BE PLACED ON SLAW WALL. TYPE T
FOR PRECAST MANHOLE SECTIONS
ALL DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETERS EXCEPT WERE NOM
THE REGIONAL MUNICIPALITY OF DURHAM WORKS DEPARTMENT
CHECKED: REVISION NO.: 4
APPROVED: MANHOLE STEPS DATE: 1988 05 12
DATE: 19760310 S-111 I
I 1
NOTE: /
CHANNEL IN DEAD /
ENO MANHOLE TO
FINISH 225 mm T4 '
FROM UPSTREAM 1�+ °r• �. \ 4
WALL :'
I i 1 1
,STRAIGHT RUN 'Y' JUNCTION
/
J�`:
4 ' N 27 BEND
HEIGHT OF BENCHING ABOVE INVERT OF OUTLET PIPE
0
DIAMETER F.5PIPPE � 375 PTO LK
J< mm mm 600 mm
BENCHING 175 .5 PIPE 0.5 PIPE 0 REQUIRED mm Dw+50 mm DM.t75 m OF PIP£ ' i
(LOWEST BENCHING SHALL GOYD" I
MAX. PIPE SIZES ALLOWABLE FOR PRECAST MANHOLES '
MANHOLE DIA. 1200 1500 1800
STRAIGHT 1525 J525 INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET
a25 �75 1050 1050
45 BEND 750 0 900 900 W BEND 675 a25 a25 E Ir �:
NOTES:
1. 20 MP* CONC. BENCHING TO BE FORMED AFTER MANHOLE IS ERECTED. i 1
2. ALL BENCHING TO BE SLOPED AT 2% TO CHANNEL
3. BENCHING TO BE 225 mm MIN. WIDTH.
4. TO PROVIDE ADEQUATE BENCHING, THEE RADIUS OF THE.MANHOLE BENCHING SHALL
BE'EOUAL••TO OR GREATER 7TIAN THE-*aI0E DNA. OF THE LARGEST PIPE TOR 'T' JUNCTION
.!UNCTION OR TRANSITION MANHOLES WHERE THE CHANGE IN ALIGNMENT EXCEEDS 15'. Y
5. ALIGNMENT OF SEWER TO EXTEND A MIN. OF 150 mm INTO MANHOLE BEFORE A
CHANGE IN ALIGNMENT BEGINS.
6. THE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE PIPE SIZES FOR PRECAST MANHOLES PROVIDED IN THE
TABLE ARE TO BE USED FOR TRANSITION MANHOLES ONLY THE SIZE OF MANHOLE
REQUIRED FOR 'Y' AND T JUNCTION WILL BE DETERMINED AT THE TIME OF
ENGINEERING SUBMISSION.
ALL DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETERS EXCEPT WHERE NO
THE REGIONAL MUNICIPALITY OF DURHAM WORKS DEPARTMENT
CHECKED: REVISION NO.: 2
APPROVED TYPICAL BENCHING DETAILS DATE: 1995 o5 29
DATE- FOR PRECAST MANHOLES 5-113
197a 03 10
r
I
1 � 1
� I 1
NOTE: ��� 1,.' 'r•�'�•.1 i ���
:`�•H E o""M,Ew�H�'aE°o :ti's: •';a'';'''.•p'• ��
:� FINISH 225 mm \ ' � ��•�. /
w. FROM UPSTREAM ; \ ,�:i. y 4� •/
r ��. I ,• WALL y'
• i I I 1
I I I I I I
1 I i
STRAIGHT RUN 'Y' JUNCTION
r� ♦♦ ` \♦ MIN 4.
♦ \ 1 '$zI I
1
45 BEND 90' BEND I.
1 ' 1 NOTES: I
I ( I 1. 20 MPa CONC— BEl'K3ING TO BE FORMED AFTER MANHOLE IS ERECTED.
I 2. ALL BENCHING TO BE SLOPED AT 2% TO CHANNEL.
3. BENCHING TO BE 225 mm MIN. WIDTH.
I i 4. TO PROVIDE ADEQUATE BENCHNG• THE It. RADIUS OF THE MANHOLE
BENCHING SHALL BE EQUAL TO OR GREATER THAN THE INSIDE DIA. OF I
THE LARGEST PIPE FOR JUNCTION OR TRANSITION MANHOLES WHERE
THE CHANGE IN ALIGNMENT EXCEEDS 15'.
�i i q•c , 5. ALIGNMENT OF SEWER TO EXTEND A MIN. OF 150 mm INTO MANHOLE
BEFORE A CHANGE IN ALIGNMENT BEGINS.
:�i'r,�• ` 1 ���', HEIGHT OF BENCHING ABOVE INVERT OF OUTLET PIPE
• 4 •,� PIPE UP To 300 37 400 TO GREATER
DIAMETER INCLUS mm m & m N mm THAN I
INCLUSNE GOO mm
I I BENCHING 0.5 PIPE 17510.5 PIPE 0.5 PIPE BENCHING
REQUIRED OIA. mm DVL+SO mm Dk+75 TO TOP
1
(LOWEST BENCHING SHALL GOVERN) I
JUNCTION
ALL DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETERS EXCEPT WHERE NOTED.
THE REGIONAL MUNICIPALITY OF DURHAM WORKS DEPARTMENT
CHECKED: REVISION NO.: 3
APPROVED:
TYPICAL BENCHING DETAILS DATE: 1985 05 27
DATE FOR SEMI-PRECAST MANHOLES S-114 I
1978 03 10
LIFT HOLE
A AC ® ® ® ® ® ® ® ® ® C
ELP2
1919 ® ® ®
19 901 ® ® ® ®
® 9999 ® ® ® ®
9999999 �.
SEWER OR
WATER
COVER PLAN
FRAME PLAN 4.5 624
CLEARAN ,`114 N -t 2
CE --11-122 fO
� m
1-16 27
613
SECTION C-C
676
633
624
578
N N b
25
575
667
• 845
SECTION A-A NOTES:
1. ALLOWABLE TOLERANCE FOR DIMENSIONS OF 300 mm
OR LESS IS t 3 mm.
` 2. ALLOWABLE TOLERANCE FOR DIMENSIONS GREATER THAN
300 mm AND UP TO 900 mm INCLUSIVE IS t 6 mm.
3. THE INITIALS OR MARK OF THE MANUFACTURER ARE
TO BE DISTINCTLY CAST IN RAISED LETTERS ON BOTH
FRAME AND COVER AS WELL AS THE DESIGNATION
'SAN(TARY. 'STORM' OR 'WATER'.
ALL DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETERS EXCEPT WHERE NOTED.
THE REGIONAL MUNICIPALITY OF DURHAM WORKS DEPARTMENT
CHECKED: REVISION NO.: 3
A,PIPROVED: ROUND MANHOLE FRAME DATE: 1998 03 03
AND CLOSED COVER S-117
DALE:
11981 04 01
FINISHED SHOULDER GRADE PROPERTY LINE
OF ROAD ALLOWANCE
BELL END
SHORT LENGTH OF A.C. OR V.C. E E WITH PLUG OR
MIN. 2% GRADE OR P.V.C. SDR 28 N „°� COUPLING WITH
I MAX. 10% GRADE PLUG
1i �
E I I �
n
E n
'n SEE
~ {
NOTE 4
.A. PIPE COUPLING
MAX 3'
CONNECTION FULL LENGTH A.C. OR V.C. OR
INVERT CONNECTION BRANCH P.V.0 SDR 28
SEE NOTE 2 'A' - MIN. 75 mm. MAX. 125 mm OBVERT TO OBVERT
'B' - MAX. 300 mm OBVERT TO OBVERT
•e'
CONNECTION SANITARY SEWER HOUSE CONNECTIONS
INVERT SEWER MAIN
NOTE
J.E
.525 STUD k NUT 1. IN NEW SUBDIVISIONS THE SANITARY SEWER AND WATER SERVICE
9.525 CONNECTIONS ARE TO BE M(STALLED IN SEPARATE TRENCHES.
IN CASES WHERE THE SEPARATE TRENCH INSTALLATION IS
CEMENT MORTAR NOT PRACTICAL. SANITARY SEWER AND WATER SERVICE CONNECTIONS
MAY BE MISTALLED IN A COMMON TRENCH AS PER DETAIL K.
2. IN NEW SUBDIVISIONS ALL CONNECTIONS TO THE SEWERS ARE TO
BE MADE WITH A FACTORY MANUFACTURED 'T'. FOR CONNECTIONS
TO EXISTING SANITARY SEWERS. OTHER THAN P.V.C. OR A.B.S. TRUSS
�` •• 19.050 HOLE PIPE. A SADDLE CONNECTION MAY BE USED. MORTAR—ON SADDLES
`I° .• I= ='t 31.750 DEPTH TO BE USED ON CONCRETE PIPE GREATER THAN 450 mm DIAMETER.
CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING P.V.C. SEWERS ARE TO BE MADE WITH
A FACTORY MANUFACTURED TEE OR AN APPROVED SADDLE.
'TAMPIN' EXPANSION MACHINE INSIDE CIRCUMFERENCE CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING A.B.S. TRUSS PIPE ARE TO BE MADE WITH .
ANCHOR CUT OPENING OF PIPE A SOLVENT WELDED SADDLE
3. 45' STRAP ON SADDLE TO BE USED ON SEWERS OTHER THAN P.V.C.
OR TRUSS PIPE. WHEN LATERAL INTERSECTS SEWER MAIN AT AN
ACUTE ANGLE.
MORTAR-ON SADDLES FOR CONCRETE `' BEYONO�THE PROPERTY LINE LINEI NEW SUBDIVISIONS ONLY.o Y.T SEE5S-411
MAINS OVER 450 mm DIAMETER FOR WATER SERVICE CONNECTION DETAILS.
5. THE END OF ALL SEWER PIPE MUST BE MACHINED. ALL CUTTING AND
MACHINE TO BE DONE BY CONTRACTOR. 1
PIPE COUPLING 6. A COUPLING SWILL BE INSTALLED AT DEAD END AND SHALL BE
22.5' BEND PLUGGED USING A WATER TIGHT PLUG.
7. DEFLECTIONS OF PIPE AT JOINTS IS NOT TO EXCEED 75 mm
I.E.: 150 mm MAX. DEFLECTION FOR A 3 m LENGTH OF
ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE
75 mm MAX. DEFLECTION FOR 1.8 m LENGTH OF
1100 mmn 28 OR VC OR VETRIFlED CLAY PIPE
SADDLE BRANCH 8. PIPE COUPLING TO BE 'RING—TITS' OR EOUNALENT. P.V.C. TO BE
SEWER MAIN BELL AND, SPW*T JOINT.
BEDDING REQUIREMENTS FOR P.V.C.
r A A SERVICE CONNECLIONS AID CLASS 'B' BEDDING FOR A.C. AND V.C.
PIPE AS PER 5-401.
10. WHEN MORTAR—ON SADDLES ARE USED. A MACHINE CUT OPENING IS TO BE
®• MADE IN THE SANITARY SEWER WITH A CORING MACHINE.
FINISHED GRADE
d = MIN. 75. DEPTH Of REDOING
1 TOP VIEW 2E BELOW PIPE.
Bc = OUTSIDE DIAMETER
STAINLESS RING SEAL ACCORDING TO Bd = MINIMUM WIDTH OF
( STEEL NUT 7 MANUFACTURERS MIN. TRENCH
AND SPECIFlCATION 6� Bc + 600 WITH MIN. Of
900 OR 8c + WIDTH
L WASHER i o & OF SHORING + 600
o WATER SERVICE
�—STAINLESS STEEL SEINER SERVICE ~ z N
SECTION 'A-A' STRAP Bd
CAST-IRON SADDLE BRANCH F-0 DETAIL 'A'
N CONNECTION TO EXISTING MAINS OTHER COMMON TRENCH DETAIL
ALL DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETERS EXCEPT WHERE NOTED.
THE REGIONAL MUNICIPALITY OF DURHAM WORKS DEPARTMENT
CHECKED: SANITARY SEWER HOUSE CONNECTIONS DATE.�998 03 03
APPROVED:
DATE 1981 04 01 (150 mm & 100 mm PIPE) S-301
ROAD ALLOWANCE PRIVATE PROPERTY
FF-MAX. 3 m
1 I P.V.C. CAP
NOT GLUED
JI 135 mm SLIDE TYPE
VALVE BOX k COVER
CL s---�
22.5x RADIUS BENDS
�• CONC. CRADLE
Y BRANCH .!;• ,
100 mm OR 150 mm PIPE
w
�r
I SURFACE CLEANOUT
I
I
NOTES:
1.ALL FITTINGS TO BE CROWLE CAST IRON OR EQUIVALENT.
2.WHEN THE CLEANOUT IS LOCATED IN A DRNEWAY, A
STANDARD VALVE BOX IS REQUIRED.
3.CONCRETE CRADLE SHALL NOT BE USED FOR PVC PIPE.
ALL DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETERS EXCEPT WHERE NOTED.
THE REGIONAL MUNICIPALITY OF DURHAM WORKS DEPARTMENT
CHECKED:
REVISION NO,: 4
APPROVED:
VALVE BOX FOR P.V.C. DATE: 1996 11 01
DATE: 1978 03 10 SANITARY SEWER CLEANOUTS S-303
TRENCH WIDTH FINISHED GRADE
O.D. + MIN. 600
APPROVED EXCAVATED BACKFILL COMPACTED
gn o o TO 95 X PROCTOR DENSITY
0
SAND
EXTRUDED POLYSTYRENE INSULATION
(STYROFOAM HI 40 OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT)
WATERMAIN OR SANITARY SEWER
BEDDING MATERIAL AS PER S-401
INSULATION OF NEW SERVICES
APPROVED EXCAVATED
BACKFILL COMPACTED
TO 9571 PROCTOR DENSITY
FINISHED GRADE
SAND
o
gig W x gio x
0
n
hn, r
SAND BACKFILL COMPACTED
••.� TO 98% PROCTOR DENSITY `°}
EXTRUDED POLYSTYRENE INSULATION
(STYROFOAM HI 40 OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT)
EXISTING GROUND BELOW
SPRINGLINE OF THE PIPE
NOT TO BE DISTURBED
SAND BACKFILL COMPACTED
WATERMAIN OR SANITARY SEWER TO 98% PROCTOR DENSITY
H >= 1350 H < 1350
INSULATION OF EXISTING SERVICES
NOTES:
W O.D. + 2 (1500 - H) OR O.D. + 600 mm WHICHEVER IS GREATER
WHERE W - INSULATION WIDTH
O.D. - OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF PIPE TO BE INSULATED
H - DEPTH OF PIPE TO BE INSULATED.
(MINIMUM - 1200 mm)
ALL DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETERS EXCEPT WHERE NOTED.
THE REGIONAL MUNICIPALITY OF DURHAM WORKS DEPARTMENT
CHECKED: REVISION NO.: 6
METHODS OF INSULATING DATE: 1998 06
APPROVED. SANITARY SEWERS AND WATERMAINS
DATE S_3 0 7
1980 02 08
O.D. + 600
MIN 900
g SAND BACKFlLL COMPACTED 0.0. + 600
TO 98% PROCTOR DENSITY (MIN. 900)
•i'•..rt e •�. •N
�:•a'.�..i. PLAIN OR REINFORCED
���•' .��� CONCRETE MIN. 15 MPa
Op. DRY TRENCH '',v pp•
�— 19 mm CRUSHER RUN j' 7:
v�10 LIMESTONE COMPACTED ; «� in°
00 TO 98 X PROCTOR 0 0
DENSITY • ^::
100 WET TRENCH . .7:'•••:.�;':. ��'. .�:' 100
�— HLB BLEND OF —�
CONCRETE ARCH CRONE USHED C1 ,CONCRETE CRADLE
I CLASS A
REINFORCED As = 1.OX L1= 4.8
REINFORCED As = 0.4X L1= 3.4
(
PLAIN L{= 2.8
I
I
O.D. 90
MIN. 600 900) I (MIN. 0
v. .•}. •;``' is :,A•. �f �•
SAND BACKFlLL COMPACTED '': ::• "�� T°o
TO 98X PROCTOR DENSITY '• n
SAND BEDDING AND COVER ~
y` COMPACTED MI 150 mm LAYERS
TO 98% PROCTOR DENSITY
X ~ p0 00
DRY TRENCH
10
00 19 mm CRUSHER RUN
i LIMESTONE COMPACTED
TO 98 X PROCTOR
100 DENSITY .i.::-.:: �.:::<:.�;:. 100
�— WET TRENCH
HLB BLEND OF
CLASS R CRUSHED CLEAR CLASS D
CONCRETE AND C.P.P. PIPE BONE DUCTILE IRON PIPE '
` Lt = 1.9 I
J IFS
i O.D.= OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF PIPE `
Lt LOAD FACTOR
O.D. + 600 As = AREA OF STEEL
��`(101N. Sao)
NOTES:
SAND BACKFILL COMPACTED 1. BEDDING MATERIALS SHALL BE FULLY EXTENDED
TO 98X PROCTOR DENSITY
AND COMPACTED AGAINST TRENCH WALLS.
i BBED PACTTM IER ALS SHALL 1BE PLACED AND
2. NO MECHANICAL COMPACTION EQUIPMENT SHALL
° DRY TRENCH BE USED ON TOP OF PIPE PRIOR TO PLACING
19 mm CRUSHER RUN A MINIMUM OF 300 mm COVER.
LIMESTONE COMPACTED
TO 98 X PROCTOR 3. PIPE SHALL BE BEDDED TO PROPOSED LINE
DENSITY AND GRADE WITH UNIFORM AND CONTINUOUS
SUPPORT FROM BEDDING. BLOCKING WITH ANY
WET TRENCH HARD OBJECT SHALL NOT BE USED TO BRING
CRUSHED BLEND EA THE PIPE TO GRADE.
T sRON ED cLF�R
�Li�Oei>t P 4 WATER TABLE IS ABOVE THE USED RENCH BED
P.V.C. AND V.C. PIPE IF GROUND WATER IS FLOWING INTO TRENCH
THROUGH THE EMBEDMENT ZONE.
ALL DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETERS EXCEPT WHERE NOTED.
THE REGIONAL MUNICIPAUTY OF DURHAM WORKS DEPARTMENT
CHEF: SANITARY STORM AND DATE: 1998 03
REVISION NO.: 4
03
"P °"E°` WATER MAIN AND SERVICE) -
DATE: 1978 03 10 TRENCH BEDDING DETAIL S-401
TIMBER OR 7
WIDTH OF TRENCH OF ADEOUATE SIZE
1
GROUND
ELEVATION
TEMPORARY
HANGERS .• NOT REMOVE
r HANGERS UNTIL
. «•
—Jpoot— OPERATIONS REACH
TH(S POINT
GRANULAR C
OR WATERMAIN
Evr /
HLIB BLEND « •
CLEAR COMPACTED
:PROCTOR DENS"
CONCRETE SLAS • . .•
MIN, 15 UPo AT 28 DAYS
NEW SEWER OR
.:. :`•%.
•' ]. •.
SECTIO LONGITUDINAL •
CLEARANCE GREATER THAN • •
WIDTH OF M
TIMBER OR STEEL
OF ADEQUATE SIZE
GROUND ELEVATION
TEMPORARY HAF7'.
00 NOT REMOVE
F YS UNTIL
BACKFILLING
GRANULAR C OPERATIONS REA
THIS♦.• .. POINT
EXISTING ]
WATERMAIN � �
.:::. .:.::
BLEND CRUSHED
CLEAR
COMPACTED TO 95X
1-00� PROCTOR DENSITY
• . •.
• 1 �1
NEW SEWER •' '
SECTI LONGITUDINAL SECTIO
CLEARANCE NOT GREATER THAN ••
ALL D(MENSIONS IN MILLIMETERS EXCEPT WHERE NOTED.
SUPPORTS FOR WATERMAN, AND SEWERS
CROSSING TRENCHES ,
r ,
SOLID STEEL SLIDE TYPE
OR FIBERPLAS
EXTENSION
STEM
FINISHED GRADE FINISHED GRADE
135 mm SLIDE TYPE
VALVE BOX do COVER
00
n
lV Z
r o O
'
1 IRON CENTRE EXTENSION
111 (AS REQUIRED)
l
50 mm OPERATING NUT
OPEN TO LEFT
Jx GUIDE PLATE
fL/EXTENSION STEM TO BE NON-RISING STEM
FASTENED TO OPERATING
NUT MATH 2 SET SCREWS
RESILIENT SEAT
MECHANICAL JOINT
GATE VALVE ' m
WATERMAIN / \\
/� A.W.W.A. C-509 / \
j + O + `
/
ING
r I
/ GLAND R � •� I
GASKET
s6sswj§�m
S
19 mm CRUSH SOLID CONCRETE BLOCK O.D.
150 mm x 150 mm x 300 mm
RUN LIMESTONE
1 NOTE .
1. VALVE BOX TO BE ADEQUATELY BRACED WHILE BACKFIWNG
AND MUST REMAIN PLUMB
2. VALVE BOX EXTENSION TO BE USED ONLY IF REQUIRED.
3. REFER TO SCHEDULE V OF STANDARD WATERMAIN
SPECIFICATIONS FOR PLACEMENT OF MARKER STAKES.
4. VALVE TO BE COMPLETELY BACKFILLED MATH 19 mm
CRUSHER RUN LIMESTONE.
5. WHEN THE DEPTH OF THE OPERATING NUT IS GREATER
THAN 2.0 m BELOW FINISHED GRADE AN EXTENSION
STEM IS REQUIRED.
6. ALL INUNE VALVES INSTALLED ON PVC WATERMAIN TO BE
RESTRAINED AS PER S-430, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
ALL DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETERS EXCEPT WHERE NOTED.
THE REGIONAL MUNICIPALITY OF DURHAM WORKS DEPARTMENT
CHECKED: REVISION NO.: 11
APPROVED: 100 mm TO 400 mm GATE VALVE DATE: 1998 03 03
DATE 1991 tl 15 AND VALVE BOX S-4 08
HYDRANT
o
IT
°D I in
n r-
Z
� FINISHED GRADE
go
I -
� I
i I
� I
I �
I o
z
i I ADJUSTABLE VALVE BOX TO BE SET
�FLUSH WITH FINISHED GRADE
I' I BEDDING & BACKFlLL AS
' SPECIFIED ON CONTRACT DWGS.
CONCRETE ' I
Z
...iw
THRUST BLOCK MIN 600---�i CONCRETE
AS PER S-405 50 mm KATE VALVE WATERMAIN AS PER S-404
1
0.20 mm POLYETHYLENE 150 mm WATER MNN ANCHOR TEE
BOND BREAKER TYP.
SOLID CONCRETE BLOCK 0.20 mm POLYETHYLENE
CONCRETE BLOCK 300 mm x 200 mm x 200 mm BOND BREAKER TYP.
300 mm x 200 mm x 200 mm NOTE NOTE
S:
I. THRUST BLOCKS TO BE 20 MPa CONCRETE
2. DRAIN HOLES TO BE PLUGGED
3. HYDRANT EXTENSIONS TO BE INSTALLED AT BOTTOM OF BARREL
' 4. ANCHOR TEE. VALVE do HYDRANT TO BE COMPLETELY BACKFILLED
WITH 19 mm CRUSHER RUN LIMESTONE WHEN USING CLASS 'F' BEDDING
5. WATERMAIN TRACER WIRE TO BE INSTALLED IN VALVE BOX
AS PER STANDARD DRAWING S-425
6. F HYDRANT REQUIRES ACCESS ACROSS DITCH, IISULLATION
MUST BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH STANDARD DRAWING S-428
ALL DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETERS EXCEPT WHERE NOTED.
THE REGIONAL MUNICIPALITY OF DURHAM WORKS DEPARTMENT
CHECKED: REVISION NO.: 10
HYDRANT ASSEMBLY WITH CONCRETE DATE: 1998 03 03
APPROVED: THRUST BLOCKS
DATE 1978 03 10 (OTHER THAN P.V.C. WATERMAIN) S-409
VARIES
FINISHED GRADE
FINISHED ROAD GRADE
tRr'
1
ROD
~ SERVICE BOX : ECLIPSE PATTERN NO. 9
a 8
�z CURB STOP : MUELLER ORISEAL COMPRESSION �z
JOINT NO. H-15209 OR AN APPROVED -+
L z u+ EOUIVALENT.
z
COPPER TO COPPER COUPLING : MUELLER
COMPRESSION JOINT NO H-15403 OR
AN APPROVED EOUIVALENT (TO BE USED
TRACER WIRES CONNECTED WHERE REQUIRED).
TOGETHER USEING A SPLIT SERVICE GROUND CLAMP C/W I
BOLT / 10 CONNECTOR. ANODE WIRE CONNECTOR
' CRIMP END OF
COPPER SERVICE PIPES PIPE.
C .TYPE 'K'
X O
4�n
-150- 1
[ 9 5.4 k9 ZINC ANODE 50 mm x 150 mm x 300 mm
CEDAR BLOCK PLACED
NON-FERROUS ON UNDISTURBED GROUND
�. WATERMAIN
SERVICE GROUND CLAMP
C/W TRACER WIRE CONNECTOR
i TRACER WIRE COATED 7 STRAND,
12 GAUGE TW75, TWU75 OR RW 90-XLPE
i MARE RATED AT MINUS 40'C.
CORPORATION MAIN STOP
MUELLER COMPRESSION JOINT NO. H-15008
OR AN APPROVED EOUIVALENT AND BROAD BAND
STAINLESS STEEL SERVICE SADDLE
NOTES:
1. FOR CONNECTIONS LARGER THAN 25 mm, REFER TO
THE REGIONAL MUNICIPALITY OF DURHAM FOR THEIR
REQUIREMENTS FOR FITTINGS.
2. ALL MATERIALS TO BE SUPPLIED BY THE CONTRACTOR.
3. THE WATER CONNECTION SWILL BE WD FROM THE MAIN TO
1 1500 mm BEYOND THE PROPERTY LINE, IN NEW SUBDIVISIONS ONLY.
4. HORIZONTAL GOOSE NECK TO BE USED WHEN COVER LESS
THAN 1700 mm.
5. WATERMAN TO BE TAPPED UNDER PRESSURE.
6. SERVICE GROUND CLAMPS AND SPLIT BOLT SHALL BE
WRAPPED WITH ELECTRICAL PUTTY.
7. ANODE TO BE PLACED AT LEAST 1.0 m AWAY FROM THE SERVICE
AND AS DEEP AS THE BOTTOM OF THE SERVICE.
8. ANODE SHALL BE LOCATED BETWEEN THE MAIN STOP
AND CURB STOP.
ALL DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETERS EXCEPT WHERE NOTED.
THE REGIONAL MUNICIPALITY OF DURHAM WORKS DEPARTMENT
CHECKED:
LAYOUT OF PIPE AND FITTINGS FOR REVISION NO.: 5
APPROVED: DATE: 1998 03 03
1
mm AND 25 mm COPPER WATER
DATE: 1976 03 10 SERVICE ON NON - FERROUS WM S
fL HYDRANT
IT ATTACH TRACE WIRE
' ( RI THROUGH TEN RING AND FASTEN
0 o
� z
3 FINISHED GRADE
I I
WRAP TRACER WIRE I TRACER WIRE COATED I ADJUSTABLE VALVE BOX TO BE SET
ONCE AROUND 7 STRAND 12 GAUGE I FLUSH WITH FINISHED GRADE
HYDRANT BARREL i TW7S. TWU7S OR
RW 90 XLPE WIRE
RATED AT MINUS 4aC I
I c i
rn
z
� � II TRACER WIRES CONNECTED TOGETHER
19 mm CRUSHER RUN USING A SPLIT BOLT f 10 CONNECTOR
LIMESTONE COMPACTED i SPLIT BOLT SHALL BE WRAPPED IN
TO 98% PROCTOR ELECTRICAL PUTTY
DENSITY �
I �
00 0 150 mm GATE VALVE
660 600
150 mm D.I. ?°o
z c OR P.V.C. WM.
J0 °n
I - ---
F�---MIN 600
BONG BREAKER JOINTS TO BE MECHANICALLY RESTRAINED
REFER TO NOTE t FOR METHOD OF ANCHOR TEE 19 mm CRUSHER RUN
RESTRAINING JOINTS LIMESTONE COMPACTED
BOND BREAKER TO 98% PROCTOR
CONCRETE BLOCK CONCRETE BLOCK DENSITY
300 mm x 200 mm x 200 mm
1. TRACER WIRE COATED. 7 STRAND. 12 GAUGE TW75. TWU75 OR
RW 90 XLPE WIRE RATED AT MINUS 4aC.
2. TRACER WIRE TO BE INSTALLED AT ALL HYDRANT LOCATIONS.
ALL DIMENSIONS IN MILOMETERS EXCEPT WHERE NOTED.
THE REGIONAL MUNICIPALITY OF DURHAM WORKS DEPARTMENT
CHECKED: REVISION NO.:
APPROVED: TRACER WIRE ARRANGEMENT AT DATE:
DATE:
HYDRANTS FOR WATERMAIN PIPE S-423
1998 03 03
PVC WATERMAIN PIPE
TO BE INSERTED STEEL CASING PIPE
THROUGH CASING PIPE.
300 APPROVED CASING SPACERS 300
N•T.S.
APPROVED CASING
SPACERS
PVC PIPE ,:: ~•
MAX. O.D. PRESSURE GROUT WITH
(BELL ENO) 1:5 CEMENT/SAND RATIO
STEEL PIPE CASING
MIN. 150 i
REFER TO TABLE FOR CASING SIZE
NOTES: - 1
1. APPROVED CASING SPACERS SHALL BE USED SMOOTH WALL STEEL PIP
AND INSTALLED AS PER THE MANUFACTURERS
RECOMMENDED PROCEDURE. FOR DEPTH UP TO 10 m
2. MINIMUM 750 mm CASING PIPE REQUIRED FOR PIPE CASING SIZE MIN. CASING THICKNESS
CONFINED SPACE ENTRY. DIAMETER (SEE NOTE UNDER UNDER
3. CASING PIPE TO BE CATHODICALLY PROTECTED / 4) ROADWAY RAILWAY
AT BOTH ENDS.
4. STEEL CASING PIPE TO CONFORM TO REQUIREMENTS 150 mm 500 mm 6.350 mm 7.137 mm
OF GRADE 2 STEEL AS SPECIFIED IN ASTM
STANDARD A252. PIPE ENDS SHALL BE BEVEL 200 mm 600 mm 9.525 mm 8.737 mm
EDGED ON THE OUTSIDE TO AN ANGLE OF
30 DEGREES FOR BUTT WELD SPLICING. 300 mm 750 mm 9.525 mm 10.312 mm
400 mm 900 mm 12.700 m 1 11.913 mm
ALL DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETERS EXCEPT WHERE NOTED.
THE REGIONAL MUNICIPALITY OF DURHAM WORKS DEPARTMENT
CHECKED:
REVISION NO.: 6
APPROVED: DATE: 1998 03 03
P.V.C. PIPE ENCASING S-424
DATE:
1979 08 15
13 mm ROUND HOLE
MATH GROMMET
NOTES
1. TRACER WIRE COATED. 7 STRAND,
12 GUAGE TW75, TWJ75 OR
RW90XLPE MARE RATED AT MINUS
40'C.
2. TRACER WARE TO BE INSTALLED
OUTSIDE VALVE BOX AND BROUGHT
INTO UPPER SECTION THROUGH 13 mm
ROUND HOLE AND LOOPED AT TOP.
LOOP TO 8E MIN. 450 mm IN LENGTH.
3. TRACER WIRE TO BE INSTALLED IN
ALL MAIN LINE VALVE BOXES.
1
VALVE BOX AS
PER S-408
i
VALVE
TRACER WIRE CONNECTED TRACER WIRE
TOGETHER USING A SPLIT
SOLT / 10 CONNECTOR. WATERMAIN
SPLIT BOLT SHALL BE
WRAPPED IN ELECTRICAL
PUTTY.
L:
ALL DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETERS EXCEPT WHERE NOTED.
THE REGIONAL MUNICIPALITY OF DURHAM WORKS DEPARTMENT
APPROVED: TRACER WIRE ARRANGEMENT AT REVISION NO.:
GATE: 1998 03 3
03
APPROVED: VALVE BOX FOR P.V.C. OR C.P.P. W.M.
DATE 1979 08 15 (MAIN LINE VALVES ONLY) S-425
VALVE TO BE LOCKED AND
OPERATED BY REGIONAL
PERSONNEL ONLY
PROPOSED EXISTING DUCTILE IRON
PY.C. WATERMAIN OR P.V.C. WATERMAIN
O O
O
MIN. 600 mm MIN. 600 mm
O O
19 mm MAIN STOP TO BE -
REMOVED AND REPLACED C
WITH A 19 mm BRASS PLUG
AFTER TESTING HAS BEEN
COMPLETED I_ 19 mm TYPE 'K'
TCOPPER
COPPER COMPRESSION JOINT
TO MALE LP.T. COUPLING
FLOW
19 mm CORPORATION SERVICE TEE 19 mm 13ACKFLDW PREVENTER
MUELLER 12941, FORD T444-333, WATTS No. 90 OR APPROVED
CAMBRIDGE T-OT3TO OR EQUAL
1 APPROVED EQUAL.
19 mm CURB STOP MAY 13E
• OPERATED BY THE CONTRACTOR
1
NOTES
L TRENCH TO BE LEFT OPEN AND FENCED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH SAFETY REGULATIONS
2. INSULATION OF WATERMAIN BY-PASS REQUIRED
DURING FREEZING CONDITIONS
ALL DIMENSIONS IN MILUMdETRES EXCEPT WHERE
- THE REGIONAL MUNICIPALITY OF DURHAM WORKS DEPARTMENT
w 2
.clra�_ 19 mm TEST POINT BY—PASS 19/8w�1O^/O�
E: ...... n. �� 4 29
1
SERRATED SPLIT FLANGE
O O -
' O pQ O rm PLAIN ENO
PVC PIPE
SERRATIONS
i i
0 O
17 DUAL SEAL
X-"—GASKET
O 0
FLANGE JOINT
RESTRAINER
UNI--FLANGE SERIES 900 UNI-FLANGE SERIES 1300
RESTRAINER OR APPROVED NOTE:
ANY CONNECTION TO OTHER
EQUIVALENT IIO AL
ADDIT RESTRAINER TO
100 mm TO 300 mm THE P.V.C. PIPE.
SERRATED SPAT O SERRATED SPLIT
CLAMPING RING
CLAMPING RING
T-BOLTS
PVC PIPE
~ I GASKET
0
MECHANICAL JOINT
UNI-FLANGE SERIES 1300
RESTRAINER OR APPROVED
,EQUIVALENT
100 mm TO 400 mm
SERRATED SPLIT
1 _ CLAMPING RINGS
NOT . THREADED Roo
1. ALL BOLTS AND NUTS SHALL BE Alill
CORE-TEN STEEL OR EQUIVALENT.
' 2. REFER TO STANDARD DWG. S-431
FOR LENGTH OF JOINTS TO BE
RESTRAINED.
3. ONE 5.4kg ZINC ANODE IS TO BE
INSTALLED ON EACH RESTRAINER. PVC PIPE
4. ANODE WIRE TO BE FASTENED TO BELL JOINT
RESTRAINER WITH THERMRE WELD.
5. ALL THERMITE WELD CONNECTIONS
To BE COATED wtTH PRl ER'ANO ROYSTONI'HA DYD CAP"
UNI--FLANGE SERIES 1350
OR APPROVED EQUAL. RESTRAINER OR APPROVED
6. MINIMUM HORIZONTAL DISTANCE
BETWEEN ANODES 1.0 m. EQUIVALENT
100 mm TO 400 mm
ALL DIMENSIONS IN MILOMETERS EXCEPT WHERE NOTED.
THE REGIONAL MUNICIPALITY OF DURHAM WORKS DEPARTMEP
CHECKED: REVISION NO.: 5
APPROVED: RESTRAINED JOINT DETAIL DATE: 1995 04
FOR P.V.C. PIPE S-43(
DATE. 1982 05 31
Sff TRENC, H WIOTN,
RESTRAINED JOINT SEE
544 f! S-430 FOR OETAL.
' 19 mm CRUSHER RUN MIN. 300
' LIMESTONE COMPACTED
.�� TO 98 % OF PROCTOR p p-
\ DENSITY.
• MIN. 300
SECTION A-A
f�
HORIZONTAL DEFLECTION
SE f rqg 1 SEE
B TABLE l SfF
B RESTRAINED JOINT SEE r+,_• ;
S-430 FOR DETAIL
.��' :.:�:r_�•: ------ -mac
S F , ' �`� • TRENCH BED
A
.q�f TRENCH BED SFF
SEE C T,qe
ABL'E tt <f 2
TRENCH CH WIDTH TRENCH WIDTH
•:.w•• «; �., 51500 19 mm CRUSHER RUN
19 mm CRUSHER RUN '` �•' 300
LIMESTONE COMPACTED 4 7- LIMESTONE COMPACTED i:��•.'Y,:-.. MIN.
TO 98 X OF PROCTOR �•. op '` Oil, TO PROCfOR DENSITY ?
DENSITY :ice• 150 y` O.D.
•
•• •• �- CLEAR STONE FOUNDATION '-
• AS REQUIRED SEE NOTE No. 5
SECTION B-B -SECTION C-C .
DOWNWARD THRUST VERTICAL DEFLECTION UPWARD THRUST
TABLE NO. i
MINIMUM DIMENSION FOR
GRANULAR THRUST BLOCKS
NOTE S• DEFL. PIPE DIAMETER
ANG1E 100&150200 300 400
1. ALL JOINTS ENCOUNTERED WITHIN THE SPECIFIED 11.25 400 500 600 700
RESTRAINING LENGTH 'L SHALL BE RESTRAINED
ON EACH SIDE OF THE FITTING. 22.5 400 500 600 760
2. REFER TO STANDARD DWG. S-430 FOR JOINT
RESTRAINING DETAIL- 45 450 550 650 750
3. GRANULAR THRUST BLOCKS SHALL BE FULLY
EXTENDED AND COMPACTED AGAINST TRENCH WALLS. 90' 600 700 1 850 950
4. GRANULAR THRUST BLOCKS SHALL BE ENCLOSED
WITH FILTER FABRIC IF GROUND WATER TABLE TABLE NO. 2
IS ABOVE THE TRENCH BED OR IF GROUND WATER pI�
1S SEEPING THROUGH TRENCH WALLS L MINIMUM RESTRAINING LENGTH (m) Of N
5. IF THE BEARING CAPACITY -OF TRENCH BED VERTICAL. DEFLECTION
RESISTING DOWNWARD THRUST IS LESS THAN HORIZONTAL
100 KN/m2, CLEAR STONE FOUNDATION SHALL Ula DOWNWARD THRUST UPWARD THRUST DEFLECTION
BE PRONGED AS DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER.
6. WHEN FITTINGS ARE PARTIALLY OR FULLY EXPOSEQ (mm) 11.25' 22,5 -45 11.25-122.6 45 11.25 22.5' 45 90'
UNDER PRESSURE, ALL JOINTS MUST BE RESTRAINED. 100&150 1 5 2.8 4.9 4.9 7.5 10.1 1.5 2.8 4.9 8.1
7. ALL PIPE AND FITTING JOINTS SHALL BE RESTRAINED
IN EARTH FILL APPLICATIONS. 200 2.0 3.7 6.3 6.3 9.6 13.1 2.0 3.7 6.3 10.
8. ALL FERROUS FITTINGS AND RESTRAINERS TO BE
CATHODICALLY PROTECTED AS PER S-438. 300 2.8 5.2 9.0 8.8 13.4 18.3 2.8 5.2 9.0 14.
400 3.6 6.7 11.6 11.2 17.2 23.7 3.6 6.7 11.6 19.
ALL DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETERS EXCEPT WHERE NOTED.!
THE REGIONAL MUNICIPALITY OF DURHAM WORKS DEPARTM
CHECKED: REVISION N JOINT RESTRAINING LENGTH
GATE: 1999 2
5 02
APPROVED: FOR P.V.C. PIPE
DATE: 1991 11 15 (IN COMBINATION WITH GRANULAR THRUST BLOCK) S-431-
rE HYDRANT
b O 1
1 FINISHED GRADE
I
I '
Ir I I ADJUSTABLE VANE BOX TO BE SET
FLUSH WITH FINISHED GRADE
I '
o �
1
f S
19 mm CRUSHER RUN
LIMESTONE COMPACTED ' I
TO 98% PROCTOR
DENSITY
MAX
00
6
6600 ( 150 mm GATE VALVE
150 mm D.I. zlO
OR P.V.C. WM.
1 �lei) ` MIN 600
F0
�jro
' 80N0 BREAKER JOINTS TO BE MECHANICALLY RESTRAINED L REM TO NOTE I
RESTRAINING JOINTS OR METHOD OF ANCHOR TEE 19 mm CRUSHER RUN
BOND BREAKER LIMESTONE COMPACTED
CONCRETE BLOCK TO 98% PROCTOR
CONCRETE DENSITY mm x 200 mm x 200 mm LOCK DEESItY
1. WHEN PVC WM IS INSTALLED. JOINTS ARE TO BE RESTRAINED USING
UNI-FLANGE SERIES 1300 RESTRAINER (OR APPROVED EQUAL) AS
PER DWG. 5-430.
WHEN DI WM IS INSTALLED. JOINTS ARE TO BE RESTRAINED USING
RETAINER GLANDS AS PER DWG. S-417.
2. CLASS 0 BEDDING TO BE USED FOR 01 WATERMAINS (REFER TO DWG
T S-401). CLASS E OR F BEDDING TO BE USED FOR PVC WATERMANS
3. HYDRANT DRAIN HOLES TO BE PLUGGED.
4. HYDRANT EXTENSIONS TO BE INSTATED AT BOTTOM OF BARREL.
5. ANCHOR TEE. VALVE do HYDRANT TO BE COMPLETELY BACKFILLED
WITH 19 mm CRUSHER RUN LIMESTONE
6. WATERMAIN TRACER WIRE TO E INSTALLED IN VALVE BOX AS PER
STANDARD DRAWING S-425.
�.
7. F HYDRANT
E I ACCORREQUIRES
DANCE WITH STANDARD RAWING SNS2AUTION MUST
ALL DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETERS EXCEPT WHERE NOTED.
THE REGIONAL MUNICIPAUTY OF DURHAM WORKS DEPARTMENT '
CHECKED: REVISION NO.: 5
APPROVED:
HYDRANT ASSEMBLY WITH DAM 1998 03 03
_
MECHANICALLY RESTRAINED JOINTS S-432
DATE 1982 05 31
VALVE
L L L MAX GRANULAR THRUST BLOCK
19 mm CRUSHER RUN L
600 LIMESTONE COMPACTED TO
• 98 x PROCTOR DENSITY.
~ e i 300
o •;•.. MECHANICAL JOINT CAS •'
iF
■wawiwawaw 300
.. AM wawa
RESTRAINED --•• 150 wiww UNDISTURBED GROUND ELEVATION
JOINT
PLAN VALVES AND DEAD ENDS
TRENCH WIDTH L
a a GRANULAR THRUST BLOCK • • '•• • 300
$i 19 mm CRUSHER RUN '
L LIMESTONE COMPACTED TO
98 x PROCTOR DENSITY. 0
1 x wf,iva:r 5'
•'r, UWWURBED ELEVATION
• i GROUND
.:. •
14
dTlp
RMS%NNE &I A"
RESTRAINED TEE
? WHERE PIPE IS TWO SIZES LARGER OR
MORE TO REDUCED PIPE.
i.e. 300 0 TO 150
TRENCH MOTH 200 0 TO 100 0 '
PLAN RESTRAINED REDUCER
TRENCH WIDTH
L
..
AV
L % w GRANULAR THRUST BLOCK •.• :..
I :• 19 mm CRUSHER RUN :. • •: t 300
FE •• UMESTONE COMPACTED TO
98 R PROCTOR DENSITY.
�. O.D.
MIN : ..
- N
150 _ 300
• UNDISTURBED GROUND -
. ELEVATION
REST7 MN TRENCH WIDTH
NOTES: PLAN PLUGGED CROSS
1.ALL JOINTS ENCOUNTERED WITHIN THE SPECIFIED 4.GRANULAR THRUST BLOCKS SHALL BE ENCLOSED WITH PIPE 1• MIN. RESTRAINING
1 RESTRAINING LENGTH (L) SHALL BE RESTRAINED FROM FILTER FABRIC IF GROUND WATER TABLE IS ABOVE THE
I THE FIRST JOINT ON FITTING. TRENCH BED OR IF GROUND WATER IS SEEPING OIA. LENGTH (m)
2.REFER To STANDARD DWG. S-430 FOR JOINT THROUGH TRENCH WALLS.
RESTRAINING DETAIL AND TYPE. 5-WHEN FITTINGS ARE PARTIALLY OR FULLY EXPOSED 100&&50 15.2 '
3.GRANULAR THRUST BLOCKS SWILL BE FULLY EXTENDED UNDER PRESSURE, ALL JOINTS MUST BE RESTRAINED. 200 12.6
j AND COMPACTED AGAINST TRENCH WALLS. ff TRENCH 6 ALL PIPE AND FITTING JOINTS SHALL BE RESTRAINED
i
IN EARTH FILL APPLICATIONS.
WALL ARE SATURATED OR DISTURBED. SPECIAL DESIGN 7,ALL FERROUS FITTINGS AND RESTRAINERS TO BE 300 27.7
DETAILS OF THRUST RESTRAINT SHALL BE PROVIDED BY CATHODICA.LY PROTECTED AS PER 5-438.
THE ENGINEER FOR REVIEW BY THE REGION. 8•ALL SIDES TO BE RESTRAINED FOR IN LINE TEES. 400 36.3
ALL DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETERS EXCEPT WHERE NOTED,
THE REGIONAL MUNICIPALITY OF DURHAM WORKS DEPARTMENT
CHECKED:. REVISION NO.: 3
THRUST BLOCK FOR P.V.C. WATERMAINS DATE: 1998 03 03
APPROVED: FOR HYDRANT RUNOUTS, VALVES, TEES
DATE: 1"1 11 15 AND DEAD ENDS 5-433
i
MASTIC MATERIAL (SEE NOTE 4) A-n SERVICE CONNECTOR (SEE NOTE 3)
TRACER WIRE (SEE NOTE 1)
1,
P.V.C. OR C.P.P. 5.4 k9 ZINC ANODE (SEE NOTE 2) 1
WATERMAIN
A
ELEVATION
)
MASTIC MATERIAL (SEE NOTE 4 SERVICE CONNECTOR (SEE NOTE 3)
TRACER WIRE (SEE NOTE 1)
COATED COPPER WIRE P.Y.C. OR C.P.P. WATERMMN
5.4 kg ZINC ANODE j
(SEE NOTE 2) ^-10.0 mm MINIMUM t
1000 mm MIN.
NOTES
1.TRACER WIRE TO BE COATED
7 STRAND, GUAG£
TW75. TWU75 OR
RW90XLK WIRE
RATED AT MINUS
40 C.
SECTION A-A 2. 5.4 k ZINC ANODE TO BE SUPPLIED AND
INS TALIFD IN A MANNER APPROVED BY
THE REGION FOR EVERY 1000 m Of ,
TRACER WIRE INSTALLED.
3. SERVICE CONNECTOR TO BE A 'BURNDY
SERVII". TYPE K.S. MODEL KS20 +
COPPER OR APPROV1pD QUAL.
4. CONNECTOR SPLICE O BE WRAPPED
WITH 'SCOTCH FILL ELECTRICAL PUTTY
OR APPROVED EQUAL.
_1 ALL DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETERS EXCEPT WHERE NOTED.
THE REGIONAL `
MUNICIPALITY OF DURHAM WORKS DEPARTMENT t
CHMKW CATHODIC PROTECTION FOR TRACER '°"' NO `
WIRES ON P.V.C. OR C.P.P.
UAIL W ATERMAINS S-435
waa
r
A
r
rk HYDRANT CE HYDRANT
I
� � 1
FINISHED GRADE E VALVE
MMOW
CABLE
I
I
r
� i I
• I I
I THERMITE WELD (CADWELD) ' (EE BONDING
NOTE 4 do 5)
I 1000 mm i (SEE NOTE 4) I
MIN.
r
150 mm GATE VALVE WATERMAIN
' 150 mm WATERMAIN ANCHOR TEE
5.4 kg ZINC ANODE 5.4 kg ZINC ANODE
SECTION A-A L A ELF A/ TiON
I NOTES:
I. ANODE TO BE PLACED AT LEAST 1.0 m AWAY FROM THE FITTINGS 4. ALL THERMITE WELD CONNECTIONS TO BE COATED WITH 'ROYBOND
AND AS DEEP AS THE BOTTOM OF THE FITTINGS MINIMUM 747' PRIMER AND.ROYSTON `HANDY CAP' OR APPROVED EQUAL
DISTANCE BETWEEN ANODES TO BE 1.0 m.
j 5. BONDING CABLE TO BE NO. 6, SEVEN STRAND COATED COPPER
i 2. ALL FITTINGS TO BE COATED WITH BITUMINOUS SEALER ON SITE. WIRE, CADWELDED TO FITTINGS.
3. PROVIDE 0.20 mm POLYETHYLENE BOND BREAKER BETWEEN 6. WATERMAIN TRACER WIRE TO BE INSTALLED IN VALVE BOX
CONCRETE AND FITTINGS. AS PER STD. DWG. 5-425.
ALL DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETERS EXCEPT WHERE NOTED.
THE REGIONAL MUNICIPALITY OF DURHAM WORKS DEPARTMENT
CHECKED: REVISION NO.: 5
APPROVED:
CATHODIC PROTECTION FOR HYDRANT DATE: 1998 03 03
DATE:
ASSEMBLY ON NON--FERROUS PIPE 5-436
1985 OS 21
A fE VALVE
• 1
I 1
I I
1 (
I I
I
{ i
i
THERMITE WELD
(CADWELD) ( 1000 mm
SEE NOTE 4 1 1 MIN.
— + --- t
5.4 kg ZINC ANODE
5.4 kg ZINC ANODE Avi
I
A SECTION A—A
CATHODIC PROTECTION FOR VALVES (TYPICAL)
GRANULAR
THERMITE WELD .;
SECE NOTTE 4 P 1i4:,••��'•,ir �
eS �'Yrq e'
1000 e_ ;V.'_yt'y.•• � ��at:
MIN. -•,�. :`�.•:! i''��' �_� •a1'�;
5.4 kg ZINC ANODE �V/ w•,
' SECTION B—B 5.4 kg ZINC ANODE
NOTE s;ATHODIC PROTECTION FOR__FITTINGS_ (TYPICAL)
1.MODE TO BE PLACED AT LEAST 1.0 m AWAY FROM THE FITTING AND AS DEEP AS
THE BOTTOM OF THE FITTING MINIMUM DISTANCE BETWEEN ANODES TO BE 1.0 m.
2.ALL VALVES AND FITTINGS TO BE COATED WITH BITUMINOUS SEALER PRIOR TO
INSTALLATION ON SITE.
3.ALL TH£RMITE WELD CONNECTIONS TO BE COATED WITH 'ROYBOND 747' PRIMER
AND ROYSTON 'HANDY CAP' OR APPROVED EQUAL.
4.RESTRAIN FITTINGS AS PER S-433 AND S-404.
ALL DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETERS EXCEPT WHERE NOTED.
' THE REGIONAL MUNICIPALITY OF DURHAM WORKS DEPARTMENT
CHECKED: REVISION NO.: 3
APPROVED:
CATHODIC PROTECTION FOR VALVES DATE: 1998 03 03
DATE: 1985 05 23 & FITTINGS ON NON-FERROUS PIPE S-4_38
r
BONDING CABLE
ISEE NOTE 4 6 51
EXISTING C:1.OR
Wm
D.I.D.L WM. PROPOSED C.L SOLID SLEEVE
JLJ I
Li 1000 mm MINIMUM
PROPOSED=N.ON.FEwO.US ,
Li
WATERMAIN"
14.5 kd.MAGNESIUM ANODE
NOTES
1. ANODE TO BE PLACED AT LEAST IA m AWAY FROM
THE FITTING AND AS DEEP AS THE BOTTOM OF
THE FITTINGS. MINIMUM DISTANCE BETWEEN ANODES
TO BE 1.0 m.
2. ALL THERMITE WELD CONNECTIONS TO BE COATED
WITH 'ROYBONO 747' PRIMER AND ROYSTON
'HANDY CAP' OR APPROVED EQUAL.
O. BONDING CABLE TO BE NO 6. SEVEN STRAND COATED '
COPPER WIRE, CADWELDED TO FITTINGS.
ALL DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETERS EXCEPT WHERE NOTED
THE REGIONAL MUNICIPALITY OF DURHAM WORKS DEPARTMENT
CATHODIC PROTECTION FOR EXISTING
FERROUS WM. CONNECTED TO
WIWI 0. 04 03 PROPOSED NON-FERROUS WM. S- 441
LONGITUDINAL LAP JOINT TREATMENT
FOR PROPOSED LANE WIDENINGS
NOTES
-------------- ---- VERTICAL FACE AND BOTTOM
OF KEY TO BE SWEPT CLEAN
AND PAINTED WITH BITUMINOUS
EMULSION.
0.3 m WIDE
DEPTH (MIN)
0.3 m WIDE pROP. WIDENING
KEY (MIN.)
EXISTING SURFACE COURSE
__ BINDER ASPHALT
ROAD 40 mm DEPTH (2 LIB)
MIN.
END TREATMENTS
RECONSTRUCTION REQUIRES FINAL LIFT OF ASPHALT IN FOLLOWING YEAR
EXISTING EXISTING NOTES:
' ROAD 1.0 m WIDTH 1.0 m WIDTH RDAD ALL VERTICAL FACES OF JOINTS
MIN MIN TO BE SWEPT CLEAN AND PAINTED
If WITH BITUMINOUS EMULSION PRIOR
TO PAVING.
ASPHALT RAMP
80 mm DEPTH WIDTH VARIES
MIN '
EXISTING PROP. BINDER ASPHALT
ROAD (2 LIFTS)
2.5 m DIAGONAL LAP JO{NT$
' CUT (MIN) TYPICAL END TREATMENT - FINAL OVERLAY
600 mm WIDTH (MIN) NOTE
l�1ClL.�.2
EXISTING I 1 I I EXISTING ALL VERTICAL FACES OF JOINTS
--44- -- TO BE SWEPT CLEAN AND PAINTED
ROAD I I 1 1 ROAD WITH BITUMINOUS EMULSION PRIOR
TO PAVING.
600 mm WIDTH (MIN)
' 2.5 m DIAGONAL
2.5 m ASPHALT RAMP REMOVED I CUT (MIN)
40 mm OEP1Ii DIAGONAL CUT
- (MIN)
' EXISTING
EXISTING
ASPHALT N BINDER
(2 LIFTS)
' END TREATMENTS
ASPHALT OVERLAY SECTIONS NOTE NOTE
S
EXISTING EXISTING 1. ALL VERTICAL FACES OF END
JOINTS TO BE SWEPT CLEAN AND
ROAD ROAD PAINTED WITH BITUMINOUS EMULSION
PRIOR TO PAVING.
2.5 m DIAGONAL-tF-' 2.5 m DIAGONAL 2. DIAGONAL CUTS TO BE MIN. OF
CUT (MIN) CUT (MIN) 2.5 m. AS DIRECTED BY THE
40 mm DEPTH ENGINEER
(MIN) 12.5 m DIAGONAL CUT (MIN)
EXISTING ROAD T
I ALL DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETERS EXCEPT WHERE NOTED.
THE REGIONAL MUNICIPALITY OF DURHAM WORKS DEPARTMENT
CHECKED: REVISION NO.: 3
APPROVED. PAVEMENT JOINT TREATMENT DATE: 1998 03 03
DATE: S-5
01
1986 04 08
i
1
1
1
1
MUNICIPALITY CORPORATION OF THE M UN OF CLARINGTON
CONTRACT NO. CL99-7
BREAKDOWN SHEETS
QUANTITIES - MISCELLANEOUS
Station to Position Station to Position �
Station and Reference Station and ` Reference
Location 4 h Location q h
Sub-Totals Brou ht Forward Sub-Totals Brought Forward X93,
i
2 8 i o 2.8
caS 9.7 t i.s-- C13/4— t: 66.5
C •f Z t /y. 7 t 63.q
cA7 At 61. 2 CaI6 - 1 rod t 27./
ca S, - t 6/.2 t 31.3
q - At g8.3 1 t /x It A-,& o.o
sy. f 3.o
o f 4s y- c B t 3S.3 5 'Q
ca — c A. yo.S C-ILZ6
c zs . 7
- Ikoffgg A C826 - cRzt t S
t 'et.9 1.4 1/2. A It 6f.L s -eft z 8 6
JEuz. - CaZ3 A 6 L c - 1.9P7 ft 36.7
C5Z3, Iflor,! It CAZZ lP S .l
r3 t - if 68.o
4- 10# o VV.o P6 ZRA
N
Sub-Totals Carried Forward 157q,.y I pt 3S 1 Sub-Totals Carried Forward
i
Totals Totals 88S' �fb
Unit Unit y,
Item No. Rem No. o a b
Reference Reference
CHKD SHEET
APPR
DATE
MUNICIPALITY OF L
CORPORATION OF THE C ARINGTON
CONTRACT NO. CL99-7
OPS GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
' (August 1990)
' ONTARIO
Ontario PROVINCIAL
aSTANDARDS August 1990
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
MEA TABLF OF CONTENTS
Section Title Page Section Title Page
GC 1 INTERPRETATION 1 GC 3.10 Subcontracting by the
Contractor 11
GC1 .01 Captions .11 Changes in the Work, Extra
.02 Abbreviations Work, and Additional Work 12
.03 Gender and Singular References
.04 Definitions GC 3.11.01 Changes in the Work
05 Substantial Performance 4 .02 Extra Work
.06 Completion .03 Additional Work
.07 Final Acceptance 5
.08 Interpretation of Certain Words GC 3..1 Notices
.13 Use and Occupancy of the
Work Prior to Substantial
GC 2 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 7 Performance
.14 Claims, Negotiations
GC 2.01 Reliance on Contract Disputes 13
Documents
.02 Order of Precedence
GC 3.14.01 Claims Procedure
.02 Negotiations
GC 3 ADMINISTRATION OF .03 Continuance of the Work
THE CONTRACT 9 .04 Record Keeping
.05 Disputes
GC 3.01 Contract Administrator's .06 Payment
Authority .07 Rights of Both Parties
.02 Working Drawings 10
.03 Right of the Contract GC 3.15 Engineering Arbitration 14
Administrator to Modify
Methods and Equipment GC 3.15.01 The Conditions for
04 Emergency Situations Engineering Arbitration
.05 layout .02 Arbitration Procedure
.06 Working Area .03 Form and Appointment of
.07 Extension of Contract Arbitration Board
Time 11 .04 Costs
.08 Delays .05 The Award
.09 Assignment of Contract .06 Hearing
Section Tittle Page Section Title Pago '
GC 4 OWNER'S RIGHTS AND GC 6.03.05.01 Property Insurance 20
RESPONSIBILITIES 15 .02 Boiler Insurance
.03 Use and Occupancy of
GC 4 .01 Working Area the Work Prior to
.02 Disposal of Materials Completion 21
.03 Construction Affectina .04 Payment for Loss or
Railway Property Damage
.04 Default by the Contractor
.05 Notification of Default GC 6.03.06 Contractors' Equipment
.06 Contractor's Right to Insurance
Correct a Default .07 Insurance Requirements
.07 Owner's Right to Correct and Duration
Default
.08 Termination of GC 6.04 Bonding 22
Contractor's Right to
Continue the Work GC 7 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSI-
.09 Final Payment to BILITTES AND CONTROL
Contractor 16 OF THE WORK 23 '
.10 Termination of the
Contract GC 7.01 General
.11 Continuation of .02 Layout
Contractor's Obligations .03 Damage by Vehicles or
.12 Use of Performance Bond Other Equipment 24
.04 Excess Loading of Motor
GC 5 MATERIAL 17 Vehicles
.05 Condition of the Working
GC 5.01 Supply of Material Area
.02 Quality of Material .06 Maintaining Roadways and
.03 Rejected Material Detours
.04 Substitutions .07 Access to Properties
.05 Owner Supplied Material Adjoining the Work and
Interruption of Utility
GC 5.05.01 Ordering of Excess Services 25
Material .08 Approvals and Permits
.02 Care of Material 18 .09 Suspension of Work
.10 Contractor's Right to
GC 6 INSURANCE, PROTECTION Stop the Work or
AND DAMAGE 19 Terminate the Contract
.11 Notices by the Contractor 26
GC 6.01 Protection of Work, .12 Obstructions
Persons and Property .13 Limitations of Operations
.02 Indemnification .14 Cleaning Up Before
.03 Contractor's Insurance Acceptance
.15 Warranty 27
GC 6.03.01 General
.02 General Liability
Insurance 20 GC 8 MEASUREMENT AND
.03 Automobile Liability PAYMENT 29
Insurance
.04 Aircraft and Watercraft GC 8.01 Measurement
Liability Insurance
.05 Property and Boiler GC 8.01.01 Quantities
Insurance .02 Variations in Tender Quantities
ii
Section Title Page Section Tithe PUe
GC 8.02 Payment 29 .10 Interest for Negotiations
GC 8.0201 Price for Work and Claims
.02 Advance Payments for .11 Owner's Setoff 33
Material .12 Delay in Payment
.03 Certification and Payment 30
GC 8.02.04 Payment on a Time and
Material Basis
GC 8.02.03.01 Progress Payment
Certificate GC 8.02.04.01 Definitions
.02 Certification of Sub- .02 _ Daily Work Records 34
contract Completion .03 Payment for Work
.03 Subcontract Statutory .04 Payment for labour
Holdback Release .05 Payment for Material
Certificate and Payment .06 Payment for Equipment
.04 Certification of
Substantial Performance 31 GC 8.02.04.06.01 Working Time
.05 Substantial Performance .02 Standby Time
Payment and Statutory
Holdback Release Payment GC 8.02.04.07 Payment for Hand Tools 35
Certificates .08 Payment for Work by
.06 Certification of Subcontractors
Completion 32 .09 Submission of Invoices
.07 Completion Payment and
Statutory Holdback GC 8.02.05 Final Acceptance
Release Payment Certificate
Certificates .06 Payment of Workers
.08 Interest .07 Records
.09 Interest for Late .08 Taxes and Duties 36
Payment .09 Liquidated Damages
1
Ontario August 1990
Ontario Provincial 1
Standard
MEA GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
SECTION GC1 INTERPRETATION
GC1.01 Captions GC1.04 Definitions
The captions appearing in these general conditions For the purposes of this Contract the following
have been Inserted as a matter of convenience and for definitions apply:
ease of reference only and in no way define, limit or
enlarge the scope or meaning of the general conditions 'Access Road" means a private road built or existing
or any provision hereof. road used by the Contractor to gain access to the
Work or to a source of material.
GC7.02 Abbreviations
"Adjusted Plan Quantity" means a Plan Quantity which
The abbreviations listed on the left below are has been adjusted=for any-or all of the following: a
commonly found in the Contract Documents and mistake in calculation, approved addition, or an
represent the organizations and phrases listed on the approved deletion.
right:
'Actual Measurement' means the field measurement of
"AASHTO"� -American Association of that quantity within the approved limits of the Work.
"AASHO' State Highway Transportation Officials
"ANSI" - American National Standards Institute "Additional Work" means work not provided for in the
"APED" - Association of Professional Engineers Contract and not considered by the Contract
Ontario Administrator to be essential to the satisfactory
"ASTM" - American Society for Testing and completion of the Contract within its intended scope.
Materials
'AWG' - American Wire Gauge "Base" means a layer of material of speed type and
"AWWA" - American Water Works Association thickness laced•P -below the Pavement;...
'CESA' - Canadian Engineering Standards driving surface, finished grade, curb and gutter or
Association sidewalk.
"CGSB" - Canadian General Standards Board
"CSA" - Canadian Standards Association
"CWB" - Canadian Welding Bureau "Change in the Work" means the deletion, extension,
"GC - General Conditions increase, decrease or alteration of lines, grades,
lops" - Ontario Provincial Standard dimensions,quantities,methods,drawings,changes in
"OPSS" - Ontario Provincial Standard the character of the work to be done or materials of the
Specification Work or part thereof,within the intended scope of the
"OPSD' - Ontario Provincial Standard Drawing Contract.
"MOE' - Ministry of the Environment (Ontario)
"MTO"l - Ministry of Transportation (Ontario) "Change Order' means a written order to the
"MTC'1 Contractor covering contingencies, Extra Work,
"MUTCD" - Manual of Uniform Traffic Control increase or decrease in Contract quantities and
Devices, published by MTO additions or alterations to the plans or specifications,
'SAE" - Society of Automotive Engineers within the scope of the Contract and establishing the
"SSPC - Structural Steel Painting Council basis of payment and the time allowed for the
"UL" - Underwriters Laboratories adjustment of the Contract Time. Means also, written
"ULC" - Underwriters Laboratories Canada authorization covering Additional Work.
GC1.03 Gender and Singular References "Completion Certificate' means the certificate issued
by the Contract Administrator at completion.
References to the masculine or singular throughout the
Contract Documents shall be considered to include the "Construction Signs' mean all traffic control devices
feminine and the plural and vice versa as the context and signs, including vehicles, trailers, and the like,
requires. provided to support signs, and equipment to supply
OPS General Conditions of Contract
2
I
sign lighting,but excluding Contract identification signs and description and quantities of material utilized.
and highway number markers,all as may be described
in the MUTCD. "Day" means a calendar day.
"Constructor" means, for the purposes of, and within "Drawings"or"Plans" mean any Contract Drawings or
the meaning of the Occupational Health and Safety Act, Contract Plans or any Working Drawings or Working
R.S.O. 1980, c. 321 and amendments thereto, the Plans, or any reproductions of drawings or plans
Contractor who executes the Contract. pertaining to the Work.
'Contract Administrator"means the person,partnership "Earth Grade' means the earth surface,whether in cut
or corporation designated by the Owner to be the or fill, as prepared for the Base orSubbase.
Owner's representative• for the purposes of the
Contract. "Engineer" means a professional engineer licensed by
the Association of Professional Engineers of Ontario to
"Contract" means the undertaking by the Owner and practice in the Province of Ontario.
the Contractor to perform their respective duties,
responsibilities and obtigatiotas,,as.;prescribed:;in the ; 'Equipment' means all machinery,and equipment used
Contract Documents. for preparing, fabricating;.conveying-or erecting the
Work and normally referred to as construction
'Contract Documents" mean the executed Agreement machinery and equipment.
between the Owner and the Contractor,the Tender,the
General Conditions of Contract, the Supplemental "Estimate" means a calculation of the quantity or cost
General Conditions of Contract, Standard of the Work or part of it depending on the context.
Specifications,Special Provisions, Contract Drawings,
addenda incorporated in a Contract Document before *Extra Work" means work not provided for in the
the execution of the Agreement,such other documents Contract-as awarded but considered by the Contract
as may be listed in the Agreement and subsequent Administrator essential to the satisfactory completion of
amendments to the Contract Documents made the Contract within its intended scope.
pursuant to the provisions of the Agreement.
"Final Acceptance Certificate" means the certificate
'Contract Drawings" or 'Contract Plans" mean issued by the Contract Administrator at Final
drawings or plans provided by the Owner for the Work Acceptance.
and without limiting the generality thereof may include
soil profiles, foundation investigation reports, "Final Detailed Statement" means a complete
reinforcing steel schedules, aggregate sources lists, evaluation prepared by the Contract Administrator
quantity sheets,cross-sections and standard drawings. showing the quantities, unit prices and final dollar
amounts of all items of work completed under the
'Contractor" means the person, partnership or Contract,including variations in tender items and Extra
corporation undertaking the Work as identified in the Work, and set out in the same general form as the
Agreement. monthly estimates.
"Contract Time" means the; time stipulated.in the "Final Quantity" means that quantity used in the Final
Contract Documents for Substantial Performance of the Detailed Statement.
Work, including any extension of Contract Time made
pursuant to the Contract Documents. 'Force Account" See'Time and Material".
"Controlling Operation" means any component of the "Grade" means the required elevation of work.
Work,which,if delayed,will delay the completion of the
Work. "Grade Line" means a reference line representing the
Grade in profile or longitudinal section established for
'Cost Plus' See'Time and Material". the control of work.
"Cut-off Date" means the date up to which payment "Hand Tools" means tools that are commonly called
will be made for work performed. tools or implements of the trade and include small
power tools. Individually a tool will be considered as
-Daily Work Records" mean daily records kept a Hand Tool where the maximum cost is$250.
detailing the number and categories of workers and
hours worked or on standby; types and quantities of "Haul Road" means any public road exc(txring the j
equipment and number of hours in use or on standby; road under contract, which forms part of a materials
OPS General Conditions of Contract
3
haul route. Profile Grade means the required elevation of the
surface of the Base.
'Highway" means a common and public highway any
part of which is intended for or used by the general 'Quantity Sheet' means a list of the quantities of work
public for the passage of vehicles and includes the to be done.
area between the lateral property lines thereof.
"Rate(s) of Interest' means the rate(s) determined by
"Inspector' means any person, partnership or the Treasurer of Ontario and issued by, and available
corporation appointed by the Contract Administrator to from,the Owner.
participate in the inspection of the Work and the
Material to be used in the Work. 'Records' mean any books, payrolls, accounts or
other Information which relate to the Work or any
"Labour and Material Payment Bond' means the type Change in the Work or claims arising therefrom.
of security fumished to the Owner to guarantee
payment of prescribed debts of the Contractor covered "Road Allowance' means the lands acquired at any
by the bond. time for use as a Highway.
"Lump Sum Item means..a.tender.item:indicating a 'Roadbed" means thato•part of the Work which is
portion of the Work forwhich.payment will be made at designed to support the wearing surface and shoulders
a single tendered price. Payment is not based on a of the Roadway.
measured quantity, although a quantity may be given
in the Contract Documents. 'Roadway" means that part of the Highway designed
or intended for use by vehicular traffic and includes the
shoulders.
`Major Item' means any tender item that has a value,
calculated on the basis of its actual or estimated tender "Rock Grade" means the rock surface,whether In cut
quantity whichever is the larger,multiplied by its tender or fill, which has been prepared for the Base or
unit price, which is equal to or greater than the lesser Subbase.
Of
`Shoulder' means that portion of the Roadway
a) $100,000, or between the edge of the wearing surface and the top
inside edge of the ditch or fill slope.
b) 5% of the total tender value calculated on the
basis of the total of all the estimated tender `Special Provisions" mean special directions
quantities and the tender unit prices. containing requirements peculiar to the Work.
"Standard Specification" means a standard practice
"Matedar means material, machinery, equipment and required and stipulated by the Owner for performance
fixtures forming part of the Work. of the work.
"Owner" means the party to the Contract for whom the 'Subbase' means a.layer.of material of specified type
Work Is being performed, as identified in. the and thickness between the Subgrade and the Base.
Agreement,and includes,with the same meaning and
Import "Authority'. 'Subcontractor" means a person, partnership or
corporation undertaking the execution of a part of the
"Pavement means a wearing course or courses Work by virtue of an agreement with the Contractor.
placed on the Roadway and consisting of asphaltic
concrete, hydraulic cement concrete, or plant or road "Subgrade" means the Earth Grade or Rock Grade.
mixed mulch.
"Substructure" means all of that part of a structure
"Performance Bond" means the type of security below: the bearings of single and continuous spans,
fumished to the Owner to guarantee completion of the skewbacks of arches and tops of footings of rigid
Work in accordance with the Contract and to the extent frames, including backwalls, wingwalis and wing
provided in the bond. protection railings.
"Plan Quantity" means that quantity as computed from
within the boundary lines of the Work as shown in the "Superintendent" means the Contractor's authorized
Contract Documents. representative in responsible charge of the Work.
OPS General Conditions of Contract
4
'Superstructure' means all that part of a structure (ii) non-delivery of Owner supplied materials,
above: the bearing seat of single and continuous
spans, skewbacks of arches and tops of footings of (ri) any cause beyond the reasonable control
rigid frames, excluding backwalls,wingwatls and wing of the Contractor which can be
protection railings. substantiated by the Contractor to the
satisfaction of the Contract Administrator.
"Surety" means the person,partnership or corporation,
other than the Contractor, executing a bond provided 'Working Drawings" or "Working Plans' means any
by the Contractor. Drawings or Plans prepared by the Contractor for the
execution of the Work and may, without limiting the
"Time and Material" means costs calculated according generality thereof, include falsework plans, roadway
to clause GC8.02.04, Payment on a Time and Material protection plans, shop drawings, shop plans or
Basis. Where "Cost Plus" and "Force Account" are erection diagrams.
used they shall have the same meaning.
"utility' means a facility maintained by a municipality, GC1.05 Substantial Performance
public .utility authority or regulated .authority and. 01)_ The Work-is°substantially:;performed,::.
includes sanitary sewer, storm sewer, water, electric,
gas, steam, telephone and cable television services. (a) when the Work to be performed under the
Contract or a substantial part thereof is ready
"Warranty Period" means the period of 12 months from for use or is being used for the purpose
the date of substantial performance or such longer intended; and
period as may be specked for certain materials or
work. Where a date of substantial performance is not (b) when the Work to be performed under the
established, the warranty period shall commence on Contract is capable of completion or, where
the date of completion, there is a known defect,correction,at a cost of
not more than
"Work" means the total construction and related
services required by the Contract Documents. () 3 0/. of the first $500,000 of the contract
price,
'Working Area" means all the lands and easements
owned or acquired by the Owner for the construction (it) 2% of the next $500,000 of the contract
of the Work. price, and
"Working Day" means any Day (ii) 1% of the balance of the contract price.
(a) except Saturdays, Sundays and statutory 02) For the purposes of this Contract where the
holidays; Work or a substantial part thereof is ready for use or is
being used for. the purposes.-intended and the
(b) except a Day as determined by the Contract remainder of the Work cannot be completed
Administrator, on which the Contractor is expeditiously for reasons beyond the control of the
prevented by inclement weather or conditions Contractor or, where the Owner'and ahe=contractor
resulting immediatelytherefrom,from proceeding agree not to complete the Work expeditiously,the price
with a Controlling Operation. For the purposes of the services or materials remaining to be supplied
of this definition,this will be a Day during which and required to complete the Work shall be deducted
the Contractor cannot proceed with at least 60% from the contract price in determining substantial
of the normal labour and equipment force performance.
effectively engaged on the Controlling Operation
for at least 5 hours; GC1.06 Compleiorl
(c) except a Day on which the Contractor is 01) The Work shall be deemed to be completed
prevented from proceeding with the Controlling and services or materials shall be deemed to be last
Operation, as determined by the Contract supplied to the Work when the price of completion,
Administrator by reason of: correction of a known defect or last supply is not more
than the lesser of
() any breach of Contract or prevention by
the Owner,by any other Contractor of the (a) 1% of the contract price; or
Owner or by any employee of any one of
them, (b) $1.000.
OPS General Conditions of Contract
J
5
kit
GC1.07 Final Acceptance GC1.08 erpretabon of Certain Words
01) Thewords•acceptable','approval",•auUxxized'.
01) Final Acceptance shall be deemed to occur 'considered necessary', 'directed', 'required',
when the Contract Administrator is satisfied that,to the 'satisfactory', or words of Ike import, shall mean
best of the Contract Administrator's knowledge at that approval of,directed, required, considered necessary
time,the Contractor has rectified all imperfect work and or authorized by and acceptable or satisfactory to the
has discharged all of the Contractor's obligations under Contract Administrator unless the context clearly
the Contract indicates otherwise.
OPS General Conditions of Contract
6
F
OPS General Conditions of Contract
7
SECTION GCS CONTRACT DOCUMENTS August 1990
GC201 Reliance on Contract @ Working Drawings
Doaurner>ts
Later dates shall govern within each of the above
01) The Owner warrants that the information categories of documents.
furnished in the Contract Documents can be relied
L upon with the following limitations or exceptions: 02) In the event of any conflict among or
inconsistency in the information shown on Drawings,
(a) The location of all mainline underground utilities the following rules shall apply:
which will affect the Work will be shown to a
tolerance of (a) Dimensions shown in figures on a Drawing
1 m horizontal and shall govern where they differ from dimensions
0.3 m vertical; scaled from the same Drawing;
(b) The Owner does:not warrant-interpretations of. (b) Drawings^.:df- larger-scale-shall-govern-over
data or opinions expressed In any-subsurface those of smaller scale;
report available for the perusal of the Contractor
and excluded from the Contract Documents;and (c) Detailed Drawings shall govern over general
Drawings; and
(c) other information specifically excluded from this
warranty. (d) Drawings of a later date shall govern over those
of an earlier date in the same series.
GC2.02 Order of Precedence
03) In the event of any conflict in the contents of
01) In the event of any inconsistency or conflict in Standard Specifications the following order of
the contents of the following documents, such precedence shall govern:
documents shall take precedence and govern in the
following order: (a) Ontario Provincial Standard Specifications;then
(a) Agreement (b) other standard specifications, such as those
(b) Addenda produced by CSA, CGSB, ASTM and ANSI,
(c) Special Provisions and referenced in the Ontario Provincial
(d) Contract Drawings Standard Specifications.
(e) Standard Specifications
(f) Tender 04) The Contract Documents are complementary,
(g) Supplemental General Conditions and what is required by any one shall be as binding as
(h) General Conditions N required by ail.
OPS General Conditions of Contract
8
1
OPS General Conditions of Contract
9
SECTION GC3 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT August 1990
GC3.01 Contract Administrator's 09) The Contract Administrator will be, in the first
Authority instance,the interpreter of the Contract Documents and
the judge of the performance thereunder by both
01) The Contract Administrator will be the Owners parties to the Contract.Interpretations and decisions of
representative during construction and until the the Contract Administrator shall be consistent with the
issuance of the Completion Certificate.or the issuance intent of the Contract Documents and In making these
of the Final Acceptance Certificate whichever is later. decisions the Contract Administrator will not show
All instructions to the Contractor including instructions partiality to either party.
from the Owner will be issued by the Contract
Administrator. The Contract Administrator will have the 10) The Contract Administrator will have the
authority to act on behalf of the Owner only to the authority to reject work or Material which does not
extent provided in the Contract Documents. conform to the Contract Documents.
02) All claims,disputes and other matters in question 11) Defective work,.:.whether the::result of poor
relating to the performance-and.the.quality,•of the Work workmanship; use of defective',material,,oc damage
or the interpretation of the Contract Documents shall be through carelessness or other act ov omission of the
initially referred to the Contract Administrator in writing Contractor and whether"Incorporated"in the Work or
by the Contractor. The Contract Administrator will give not, which has been rejected by the Contract
a decision in writing within a reasonable time. Administrator as failing to conform to the Contract
Documents shall be removed promptly from the Work
03) The Contract Administrator will inspect the Work by the Contractor and replaced or re-executed
for its conformity with the plans and specifications,and promptly in accordance with the Contract Documents
to record the necessary data to establish payment at no additional cost to the Owner.
quantities under the schedule of tender quantities and
' unit prices or to make an assessment of the value of. 12) Any part of the Work destroyed or damaged by
the work completed in the case of a lump sum price such removals,replacements or re-executions shall be
contract. made good, promptly, at no additional cost to the
Owner.
04) The Contract Administrator will determine the
amounts owing to the Contractor under the Contract
and will issue certificates for payment in such amounts 13) If, in the opinion of the Contract Administrator,
as provided for in Section GC8, Measurement and it is not expedient to correct defective work or work not
Payment. performed in accordance with the Contract Documents,
the Owner may deduct from monies otherwise due to
05) The Contract Administrator will with reasonable the Contractor the difference in value between the work
promptness review and take appropriate action upon as performed and that called for by the Contract
the Contractor's submissions such as shop drawings, Documents,the:amount-of_whlch will be determined In
product data, and samples in accordance with the the first instance by the Contract Administrator.
Contract Documents.
14) Notwithstanding any,Inspections made by the
06) The Contract Administrator Will investigate all Contract Administrator or •the issuance of any
allegations of a change in the character of the Work certificates or the making of any payment by the
made by the Contractor and issue appropriate Owner, the failure of the Contract Administrator to
instructions. reject any defective work or Material shall not constitute
acceptance of defective work or Material.
07) The Contract Administrator will prepare Change
Orders for the Contractor's signature and the Owners
approval. 15) The Contract Administrator will have the
authority to temporarily suspend the Work for such
08) Upon written application by the Contractor, the reasonable time as may be necessary to facilitate the
Contract Administrator and the Contractor will jointly checking of any portion of the Contractors
conduct an inspection of the Work to establish the date construction layout or the inspection of any portion of
of substantial performance of the Work and/or the date the Work. There shall not be any extra compensation
of Completion of the Work. for this suspension of work.
OPS General Conditions of Contract
10
GC3.02 Working Drawings make alterations in the method, Equipment or work
force at any time the Contract Administrator considers
01) The Contractor shall arrange for the preparation the Contractor's actions to be unsafe,or damaging to
of clearly identified and dated Working Drawings as either the Work or existing facilities or the environment.
called for by the Contract Documents.
The Contractor shall after the sequence of operations
02) The Contractor shall submit Working Drawings on the Contract, when requested in writing, so as to
to the Contract Administrator with reasonable avoid interference with other work.
promptness and in orderly sequence so as to not
cause delay in the Work. If either the Contractor or the 02) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Contractor
Contract Administrator so requests they shall jointly shall ensure that all necessary safety precautions and
prepare a schedule fixing the dates for submission and protection are maintained throughout the Work.
return of Working Drawings. Working Drawings shall
be submitted in the form of prints. At the time of GC3.04 Emergency Situations
submission the Contractor shall notify the Contract
Administrator in writing of.any deviations from the - 01) The:Contract Administrator'has°ahe 'right to
Contract requirements_ that exist in. the: Working determine the existence of`an emergency situation,and
Drawings. when such an emergencTsituation Is:deemed to exist,
the Contract-Administrator may instruct the Contractor
03) The Contract Administrator will review and return to take action to remedy the situation.If the Contractor
Working Drawings in accordance with an agreed upon does not take timely action, or if the Contractor is not
schedule,or otherwise,with reasonable promptness so available,the Contract Administrator may direct others
as not to cause delay. to remedy the situation.
04) The Contract Admin'istrator's review will be to 02) If the emergency situation was the fault of the
check for conformity to the design concept and for Contractor, the remedial work shall be done at the
general arrangement only and such review shall not Contractor's expense. If the emergency situation was
relieve the Contractor of responsibility for errors or not the fault of the Contractor, the Owner will pay for
omissions In the Working Drawings or of responsibility the remedial work.
for meeting all requirements of the Contract Documents
unless a deviation on the Working Drawings has been GC3.05 layout
approved in writing by the Contract Administrator.
01) The Contract Administrator * will provide
05) The Contractor shall make any changes in baselines and benchmarks for the general location,
Working Drawings which the Contract Administrator alignment and elevation of the Work. The Owner will
may require consistent with the Contract Documents be responsible only for the correctness of the
and resubmit unless otherwise directed by the Contract information provided by the Contract Administrator.
Administrator. When resubmitting,the Contractor shall
notify the Contract Administrator in writing of any
revisions other than those requested by the Contract GC3.06 Working Area
Administrator.
01) The Contractor's sheds, site offices, toilets,
06) Work related to the Working Drawings shall not other temporary structures and storage areas for
proceed until the Working Drawings have been signed material and equipment shall be grouped in a compact
and dated by the Contract Administrator and marked manner and maintained in a neat and orderly condition
with the words *Reviewed. Permission to construct at all times.
granted'.
02) The Contractor shall confine his construction
07) The Contractor shall keep one set of the operations to the Working Area. Should the Contractor
reviewed Working Drawings, marked as above, at the require more space than that shown on the Contract
site at all times. Drawings,the Contractor shall obtain such space at no
GC3.03 Right of the CorKract additional cost to the Owner.
Administrator to Modify Methods 03) The Contractor shall not enter upon or occupy
and Equipment any private property for any purpose, unless the
Contractor has received prior written permission from
01) The Contractor shall,when requested in writing, the property owner.
OPS General Conditions of Contract
l
11
Extension of Contract Time weather, the Contractor shall with the
GC3.07 Ext Contractor's
application,submit evidence from Environment Canada
01) An application for an extension of Contract Time in support of such application. Extension of Contract
shall be made in writing by the Contractor to the Time will be granted in accordance with subsection
Contract Administrator as soon as the need for such GC3.07, Extension of Contract Time.
extension becomes evident and at least 15 days prior
to the expiration of the Contract Time. The application 02) if the Work is delayed by labour disputes,
for an extension of Contract Time shall enumerate the strikes or lock-outs - Including kick-outs decreed or
reasons, and state the length of extension required. recommended to its members by a recognized
contractor's association, of which the Contractor Is a
02) Circumstances suitable for consideration include member or to which the Contractor is otherwise bound
the following: -which are beyond the Contractor's control, then the
Contract Time shall be extended in accordance with
(a) Delays; See subsection GC3.08. subsection GC3.07,Extension of Contract Time. In no
(b) Changes in the Work; See clause GC3.11.01. case shall the extension of Contract Time be less than
(c) Extra Work; See clause GC3.11.02. the time lost as the result of the event causing the
(d) Additional Work; See clause GC3.11.03. delay, unless a shorter extension:is agreed to by the
Contractor. The Contractor shall not be entitled to
03) The Contract Administrator,will,in considering an paymentfor costs incurred,as the result of-such delays
application for an extension to the Contract Time,take unless such-delays,are-,the result 'of-actions of the
Into account whether the delays,Changes in the Work, Owner.
Extra Work or Additional Work involve a Controlling
Operation. GC3.09 Assignment of Contract
04) The Contract Time shall be extended for such 01) The Contractor shall not assign the Contract,
additional time as may be recommended by the either in whole or in part,without the written consent of
Contract Administrator and deemed fair and reasonable the Owner.
by the Owner.
05) The terms and conditions of the Contract shall GC3.10 Subcontracting by the
continue for such extension of Contract Time. Contractor
GC3.08 Delays 01) The Contractor may subcontract any part of the
Work, subject to these General Conditions and any
01) If the Contractor is delayed in the performance limitations established by the Owner.
of the Work by
02) The Contractor shall notify the Contract
(a) war, blockades, and civil commotion, errors in Administrator,in writing,of the intention to subcontract.
the Contract Documents; an act or omission of Such notification shall identify the part of the Work,and
the Owner, Contract Administrator, other the Subcontractor.with whom:-it 4s.irtended.
contractors,or anyone employed or engaged by
them directly or indirectly, contrary to the 03) The Contract Administrator will, within 10 days
provisions of the Contract.Documents; or of receipt of such notification, acceptor reject the
intended Subcontractor. The rejection will be in writing
(b) a stop work order issued by a court or public and will include the reasons for the rejection.
authority, provided that such order was not
issued as the result of an act or omission of the 04) The Contractor shall not, without the written
Contractor or anyone employed or engaged by consent of the Owner, change a Subcontractor who
the Contractor directly or indirectly; or has been engaged in accordance with this General
Condition.
(c) the Contract Administrator giving notice under
subsection GC7.09, Suspension of Work; or 05) The Contractor shall preserve and protect the
rights of the parties under the Contract with respect to
(d) abnormal inclement weather; the work to be performed under subcontract and shall
then the Contractor shall be reimbursed by the Owner (a) enter into agreements with the intended
for reasonable costs incurred by the Contractor as the Subcontractors to require them to perform their
result of such delay, provided that in the case of an work in accordance with the Contract
application for an extension due to abnormal inclement Documents; and
OPS General Conditions of Contract
i
,2 :
(b) be as fully responsible to the Owner for acts and Disputes or payment may be made according to the
omissions of the Contractor's Subcontractors conditions contained in clause GC8.02.04,Payment on
and of persons directly or indirectly employed a Time and Material Basis.
by them as for acts and omissions of persons
directly employed by the Contractor. GC3.11.03 Additional Work
06) Neither a subcontracting, nor the Owner's 01) The Owner,or Contract Administrator where so
consent to a subcontracting by Contractor,shall be authorized, may request the Contractor to perform
construed to relieve the Contractor from any obligation Additional Work without invalidating the Contract. If the
under the Contract or to impose any liability upon the Contractor agrees to perform Additional Work, the
Owner. Nothing contained in the Contract Documents Cnntractor shall proceed with such work upon receipt
shall create a contractual relationship between a of a Change Order.
Subcontractor and the Owner.
02) The Contractor may apply for an extension of
GC3.11 Changes in the Work, Extra Contract Time according to the terms of subsection
Work and Additional Work GC3.07, Extension of Contract Time.
GC3.11.01 Changes In the Work D3). :.Payment :for-:the-.Additional.-Work may be
negotiated pursuant to subsection GC3.14, Claims,
01) The Owner,or the Contract Administrator where Negotiations, Disputes, or payment may be made
so authorized,may,by order in writing,make Changes according to the conditions contained in clause
in the Work without invalidating the Contract. The GC8.02.04, Payment on a Time and Material Basis.
Contractor shall not be required to proceed with a
change in the Work until in receipt of a Change Order. GC3.12 Notices
Upon the receipt of such written order the Contractor
shall proceed with the work. 01) Any notice permitted or required to be given to
the Contract Administrator or the Superintendent in
02) The Contractor may apply for an extension of respect of the Work shall be deemed to have been
Contract Time according to the terms of subsection given to and received by the addressee on the date of
GC3.07. Extension of Contract Time. delivery if delivered by hand or by facsimile
transmission and on the fifth day after the date of
03) if the Changes in the Work relate solely to mailing if sent by mail.
quantities, payment for the work will be made
according to the conditions specified in clause 02) The Contractor and the Owner shall provide
GC8.01.02, Variations in Tender Ouantities. If the each other with the mailing addresses, telephone
Changes in the Work do not solely relate to quantities, numbers and facsimile terminal numbers for the
payment may be negotiated pursuant to subsection Contract Administrator and the Superintendent at the
GC3.14, Claims, Negotiations, Disputes or payment commencement of the Work.
may be made according to the conditions contained in
clause GC8.02.04, Payment on a Time and Material 03) In the event of an emergency situation or other
Basis• urgent matter the Contract Administrator or the
Superintendent may give a verbal notice,provided that
GC3.11.02 Extra Work such notice is confirmed in writing.
04) Any notice permitted or required to be given to
01) The Owner, or Contract Administrator where so the Owner or the Contractor shall be given in
authorized, may instruct the Contractor to perform accordance with the notice provision of the Agreement.
Extra Work without invalidating the Contract. The
Contractor shall not be required to proceed with the GC3.13 Use and Occupancy of the Work
Extra Work until in receipt of a Change Order. Upon Prior to Substantial Performance
receipt of the written order the Contractor shall proceed
with the Work. 01) Where it is not contemplated elsewhere in the
Contract Documents, the Owner may use or occupy
02) The Contractor may apply for an extension of the Work or any part thereof prior to substantial
Contract Time according to the terms of subsection performance, provided that at least 30 days written
GC3.07, Extension of Contract Time. notice has been given to the Contractor.
03) Payment for the Extra Work may be negotiated 02) The use or occupancy of the Work or any part
Pursuant to subsection GC3.14, Claims, Negotiations, thereof by the Owner prior to substantial performance
OPS General Conditions of Contract
13
shall not constitute an acceptance of the Work or Material basis in accordance with clause GC8.02o4
<n P�
r so occupied. In addition,the use or occupancy of the Payment on a Tune and Material Basis, the dispute
Work shall not relieve the Contractor or the may be resolved as described in clause GC3.14.05,
Contractor's Surety from any liability that has arisen,or Disputes.
may arise, from the performance of the Work in
accordance with the Contract Documents. The Owner GC3.14.03 Corrtinuanoe of the Work
will be responsible for any damage that occurs
because of the Owner's use or occupancy. Such use 01) The Contract Administrator will give such
or occupancy of any part of the Work by the Owner instructions as are necessary for continuation of the
does not waive the Owner's right to charge the Work to prevent any delays. It Is understood that by
Contractor liquidated damages in accordance with the so doing neither party to the Contract will jeopardize
terms of the Contram any claim it may have.
' GC3.14 Claims, Negotiations, Disputes
GC3.14.04 Record Keeping
GC3.14.01 Claims Procedure
01) . Immediately..upon•commencing work which
01) The Contractor--shall..give..-oral-notice-of.any :.may result in a claim,the Contractor,shall keep-
Dally-situation which may:lead-to a•claim-tor•additional -.Work Records,,duringthe course of-the-work;sufficient
payment immediately upon becoming aware of the to substantiate'lhe Contractor's claim;and the Contract
' situation. Administrator will keep Daily Work Records to be used
in assessing the Contractor's claim, all in accordance
02) The Contractor shall provide written notice in the with clause GC8.02-07, Records.
standard form'Notice of Intent to(Aaim'within 7 days
of the commencement of any work which may be 02) The Contractor and the Contract Administrator
affected by the situation. shall reconcile their respective Daily Work Records on
a weekly basis, to simplify review of the claim, when
03) The Contractor shall submit claims not later than submitted.
30 days-in exceptional cases this may be increased
to a maximum of 180 days, but subject to approval in 03) The keeping of Daily Work Records by the
writing from the Contract Administrator-after.the date Contract Administrator or the reconciling of such Daily
of substantial performance,identifying the item or items Work Records with those of the Contractor shall not be.
in respect of which the claim arises, stating the construed to be acceptance of the claim.
grounds upon which the claim is made and submitting
the records maintained by the Contractor supporting GC3.14.05 Disputes
such claim.
01) Disputes may be settled by procedures already
04) The Contract Administrator may request the established by the Owner or where both parties agree,
Contractor to submit such further and other particulars a dispute may be submitted to arbitration in
as the Contract Administrator considers necessary to -accordance with the provislons.of subsection GC3.15,
assess the claim and the Contractor shall submit the Engineering Arbitration:.Where both"parties cannot
requested information within 30 days. agree,.then.the appropriate.Judicial tribunal may be
used.
' 05) Within 60 days of receipt of the detailed claim,
and all supporting documentation, the Contract GC3.14.06 Payment
Administrator will advise the Contractor, in writing, of
the Contract Administrator's opinion with regard to the 01) Payment of the claim will be made not later than
validity of the claim. 30 days after the date of resolution'of the claim or
dispute. Such payment will be made according to the
GC3.14.02 Negotiations terms of Section.GC8, Measurement and Payment.
01) Should the Contractor disagree with the opinion GC3.14.07 Rights of Botts Parties
given in paragraph 05) of clause GC3.14.01, Claims
Procedure, with respect to arty part of the claim, the 01) It is agreed that no action taken under this
Contract Administrator will enter into negotiations with subsection by either party shall be construed as a
the Contractor to resolve the matters in dispute. Where renunciation or waiver of any of the rights or recourses
a negotiated settlement cannot be reached and it is available to the parties,provided that the requirements
agreed that payment cannot be made on a Time and set out in this subsection are fulfilled.
OPS General Conditions of Contract
14
I
GC3.15 Engineering Arbitration the Contract nor in either party's business and shall not
be employed by ether party.
GC3.15.01 The Conditions for Engineering
Arbitration 04) The decisions of two arbitrators shall bind the
third. Where there is no agreement between two
01) The following conditions must be established arbitrators the decision of the chairman will be final.
before an arbitration can proceed:
05) The board may appoint experts to assist it.
(a) A dispute between the parties must exist;
06) The board is not bound by the rules of
(b) The parties must agree to refer the dispute for evidence which govern the trial of cases in court but
decision according to the procedure following; may hear and consider any evidence which it ,
and considers relevant.
(c) The parties must.agree to be.bound by the GC3.15.04 Costs
award of the arbitrators.
01) Each.party shall t_pay..th&cost of its.appointee.
GC3.15.02 Arbitration Procedure
01) The following provisions are to be included in
02) The fee for the chairman will be shared equally.
r�the agreement to arbitrate and are subject only to such 03) The fees of any experts appointed to assist the
right of appeal as exist where the arbitrators have board shall be shared equally.
exceeded their jurisdiction or have otherwise
disqualified themselves: 04) The fees of any other person(s) appointed to
(a) All existing actions in respect of the matters assist the board will be shared equally.
under arbitration will be stayed pending 05) The Owner will provide accommodation for the
arbitration; hearing In the Owner's facilities, and where this is not
possible,will share in the cost of obtaining appropriate
(b) All outstanding claims and matters to be settled facilities.
are to be set out in a schedule to the agreement. ?
Only such claims and matters as are in the 06) The board will have no power to award costs
schedule will be arbitrated; and except where one of the parties fails to attend a
hearing and it is necessary to adjourn until another
(c) Before proceeding with the arbitration, the date. In such case,the board may require the absent
Contractor shall confirm that all matters in party to bear the costs of the adjourned hearing.
dispute are set out in the schedule.
GC3.15.03 Form and Appointment of GC3.15.05 The Award
Arbitration Board
01) The award will be made within 90 days of the
01) The board shall .be...composed.. of three conclusion of the hearing unless the board extends the ,
arbitrators: time for making the award. The time shall not be
extended beyond 180 days from the date of the
(a) one appointed by the Contractor; appointment without the consent of both parties.
(b) one appointed by the Owner; and Where the award is not made within these time limits
(c) one to be appointed by the first two and who the parties may proceed to court or continue their
shall act as chairman. existing actions.
02) A sole arbitrator may adjudicate the dispute
where expressly agreed by the Contractor and Owner. GC3.15.06 Hearing
01) The hearing will commence within 90 days of
03) Appointees shall not be interested financially in the appointment of the chairman.
OPS General Conditions of Contract
15
OWNER'S RESPONSIBWTIES AND RIGHTS 1990
SECTION GC4 WNER ��
f
GC4.011 Working Area the default within 5 Working Days.
01) The Owner will acquire all property rights which GC4.06 Contractors Right to correct a
are deemed necessary by the Owner for the Default
construction of the Work including temporary working
easements and will indicate the full extent of the 01) The Contractor shall have the right within the 5
Working Area on the Contract Drawings. full Working Days following the receipt of a notice of
default to correct the default and provide the Owner
GC4.02 Management and Disposition of with satisfactory proof that appropriate corrective
Materials measures have been taken.
01) The Owner will identify in the Contract Document 02) If the correction of the default cannot be
the materials to be moved within or-removed from the completed within..the.5 Dull Working.-Days following
Working Area, and '.-.any characteristics:of those - receipt of the notice"the Contractor shall not-be in
materials which will necessitate special materials default.0 the Contractor
management and disposition.
(a) commences the correction of the default within
02) The Owner will be responsible for any additional the 5 full Working Days following receipt of the
costs of removing,management and disposition of any notice;
material not identified in the Contract Documents, or
where conditions exist that could not have been (b) provides the Owner with an acceptable
reasonably foreseen at the time of tendering. schedule for the progress of such correction;
and
GC4.03 Corsstnxxion Affecting Railway
' Property (c) completes the correction in accordance with
such schedule.
01) The Owner will pay the costs of all flagging and
other traffic control measures required and provided by GC4.07 Owners Right to Correct Default
the railway company.
01) If the Contractor fails to correct the default
within the time specked in subsection GC4.06,
GC4.04 Default by the Contractor Contractor's Right to Correct a Default,or subsequently
agreed upon,the Ownei,without prejudice to any other
01) The Contractor shall be in default of the Contract right or remedy the Owner may have,may correct such
if default and deduct the cost thereof,as certified by the .
Contract Administrator.; #rorn-any payment then or
(a) the Contractor fails to commence the Work or thereafter due to the Contractor.
execute the Work properly or otherwise fails to
' comply with the requirements of the Contract to
a substantial degree; or GC4.08 Termination of Contractors
Right to Continue the Work
(b) if the.Contractor is adjudged bankrupt or makes
' a general assignment for the benefit of creditors 01) Where the Contractor fails to correct a default
because of insolvency or if a receiver is within the time specked in subsection GC4.06,
appointed because of insolvency. Contractor's Right to Correct a Default,or subsequently
agreed upon,the Owner,without prejudice to any other
GC4.05 Notification of Default right or remedy the Owner may have, may terminate
the Contractor's right to continue the Work in whole or
01) The Owner will give written notice of a default to in part by giving written notice to the Contractor.
the Contractor as soon as the Owner becomes aware
of the alleged default but failure to give such notice in 02) If the Owner terminates the Contractors right to
a timely way shall not constitute condonation of the continue with the Work in whole or in part, the Owner
default. The notice will include instructions to correct will be entitled to
OPS General Conditions of Contract
16
(a) take possession of the Working Area or that withheld from the Contractor under subsection GC4.08,
portion of the Working Area devoted to that part Termination of the Contractor's Right to Continue the ;r
of the Work terminated; Work,the Owner will pay the balance to the Contractor
as soon as the final accounting for the Contract is
(b) utilize the Contractor's Equipment and any complete.
Material within the Working Area which is
intended to be incorporated into the Work, the
whole subject to the right of third parties; GC4.10 Termination of the Contract
(c) withhold further payments to the Contractor with 01) Where the Contractor is in default of the
respect to the Work or the portion of the Work Contract the Owner may,without prejudice to any other
withdrawn from the Contractor until the Work or right or remedy the Owner may have, terminate the
portion thereof withdrawn is completed; Contract by giving written notice of termination to the
Contractor, the Surety and any trustee or receiver
(d) charge the Contractor_the.additional.cost over . . acting on behalf of the Contractor's estate or creditors.
the contract price of completing the Work or
portion thereof withdrawn from the Contractor,
as certified by the Contract Administrator and 02) If the Owner elects to terminate the Contract the
any additional compensation paid to the Owner will provide the Contractor and the trustee or
Contract Administrator for such additional receiver with a complete accounting to the date of
service arising from the correction of the default; termination.
(e) charge the Contractor a reasonable allowance,
as determined by the Contract Administrator,to GC4.11 Continuation or COrrifactoes
cover correction to the Work performed by the Obligatioris that may be required under
subsection GC7.15, Warranty; 01) The Contractor's obligation under the Contract ,
as to quality, correction and warranty of the Work
(f) charge the Contractor for any damages the performed prior to the time of termination of the
Owner may have sustained as a result of the Contract or termination of the Contractor's right to
default; and continue with the Work in whole or in part shall
continue to be in force after such termination.
(g) charge the Contractor the amount by which the
cost of corrections to the Work under
subsection GC7.15, Warranty, exceeds the GC4.12 Use of ftforrnance Bond
allowance provided for such corrections.
01) If the Contractor is in default of the Contract and
GC4.09 Final Payment to Contractor the Contractor•has provided aPerformance Bond,the
provisions of this .-Section shall be exercised in
01) If the Owner's cost to correct and complete the accordance with the conditions of the Performance
Work in whole or In part is less than the amount Bond. }
OPS General Conditions of Contract
17
SECTION GC5 MATERIAL August 1990
i
Of Material work site expeditiously after the notification to that
GC5.01 Supply expect usy
effect from the Contract Administrator. Where the
01) All Material necessary for the proper completion Contractor fails to comply with such notice the
of the Work,except that listed as being supplied by the Contract Administrator may cause the rejected Material
Owner, shall be supplied by the Contractor. The to be removed from the site and disposed of in what
contract prices for the appropriate tender items shall be the Contract Administrator considers to be the most
deemed to Include full compensation for the supply of appropriate manner and the Contractor shall pay the
such Material. costs of disposal and the appropriate. overhead
charges.
GC5.02 Quality of Material
GC5.04 Substitutions
01) All Material provided by the Contractor shall be
new. 01) Where thespecifications require the Contractor
to supply a Material designated by a trade or other
02) Material supplied. by .the..:Contractor...shall name, the tender shall be based only upon supply of
conform to the requirements of the Contract. :the Materialwdesignated which-shall be regarded as
the standard of quality required by the specification.
03) As specified or as requested by the Contract After the acceptance of a tender, the Contractor may
Administrator, the Contractor shall make available for apply to the Contract Administrator to substitute
Inspection or testing a sample of any Material to be another Material Identified by a different trade or other
provided by the Contractor. name for the Material designated as aforesaid. The
application shall be in writing and shall state the price
04) The Contractor shall obtain. for the Contract for the proposed substitute Material designated as
Administrator the right to enter upon the premises of aforesaid, and such other information as the Contract
' the Material manufacturer or supplier to carry out such Administrator may require.
inspection, sampling and testing as specked or as
requested by the Contract Administrator. 02) Rulings on a proposed substitution will not be
made prior to the acceptance of a tender.
05) The Contractor shall notify the Contract Substitutions shall not be made without the prior
Administrator of the sources of supply sufficiently in approval of the Contract Administrator. The approval
advance of the Material shipping dates to enable the or rejection of a proposed substitution will be made at
' Contract Administrator to perform the required the discretion of the Contract Administrator.
inspection, sampling and testing.
03) If the proposed substitution Is approved by the
067 The Owner will not be responsible for any delays Contract Administrator,the Contractor shall be entitled
' to the Contractor's operations where the Contractor to the first.$1000 DoE the,,.aggregate,saving in cost by
fails to give sufficient advance notice to the Contract - reason-of such substitution,and-to 50% of any
Administrator to enable the Contract Administrator to additional saving in cosrlm.excesszof such $1000.
.carry out the required•Inspection,sampling and testing ^_-Each.:such.?_approval,•i shalt;be:=conveyed to :the
' before the scheduled shipping dates. Contractor in writing or by issuance,ofa Certificate of
Equality on the Owner's standard form of'Ceftification
07) The Contractor shall not change the source of of Equality"and N any adjustment to the contract price
supply of any Material without the written authorization is made by reason of such substitution a Contract
of the Contract Administrator. Change Order shall be issued as well.
08) Material which is not specified shall be of a GC5.05 Owner Supplied Material
' quality best suited to the purpose required and the use
of such Material shall be subject to the approval of the GC5.05.01 Ordering of Excess Material
Contract Administrator.
01) Where Material is supplied by the Owner and
where this Material Is ordered by the Contractor in
GC5.03 Rejected Material excess of the amount specified to complete the Work,
such excess Material shall become the property of the
01) Rejected Material shall be removed from the Contractor on completion of the Work and shall be
OPS General Conditions of Contract
18
charged to the Contractor at cost plus applicable 04) The full amount of Material supplied by the
overheads. Owner in each shipment shall be accounted for by the ,
Contractor and such Material shall be at the risk of the
GC5.05.02 Care of Material Contractor after taking delivery. Such Material shall
not, except with the written permission of the Contract
01) The Contractor shall, in advance of receipt of Administrator, be used by the Contractor for purposes
shipments of Material supplied by the Owner, provide other than the performance of the Work under the
adequate and proper storage facilities acceptable to Contract.
the Contract Administrator; and on the receipt of such
Material shall promptly place it in storage except where
it is to be incorporated forthwith into the Work. 05) Empty reels,crates,containers and other types
of packaging from Material supplied by the Owner shall
02) The Contractor shall be responsible for become the property of the Contractor when they are
acceptance of Material supplied by the Owner, at the no longer required for their original purpose and shall
specked delivery point and for its safe handling and be disposed of by the Contractor unless otherwise
storage. If such Material is damaged while under the specified in the Contract Documents:
control of the Contractor it shall be replaced or
repaired by the Contractor at no expense to the Owner,
and to the satisfaction of the Contract Administrator. 06) The Contractor shall provide the Contract
If such Material Is rejected by the Contract Administrator, immediately upon receipt of each
Administrator for reasons which are not the fault of the shipment, copies of bills of lading, or such other
Contractor it shall remain in the care and at the risk of documentation the Contract Administrator may require
the Contractor until its disposition has been determined to substantiate and reconcile the quantities of Material
by the Contract Administrator. received. '
03) Where Material suppried by the Owner arrives at
the delivery point in a damaged condition or where 07) Where Material supplied by the Owner is
there are discrepancies between the quantities received ordered and stockpiled prior to the award of the
and the quantities shown on the bills of lading, the Contract, the Contractor shall, at no extra cost to the
Contractor shall immediately report such damage or Owner, immediately upon commencement of
discrepancies to the Contract Administrator who shall operations, check the Material, report any damage or '
arrange for an immediate Inspection of the shipment deficiencies to the Contract Administrator and take
and provide the Contractor with a written release from charge of the Material at the stockpile site. Where
responsibility for such damage or deficiencies. Where damage or deficiencies are not so recorded by the
damage or deficiencies are not so reported it will be Contractor it shall be assumed that the stockpile was
assumed that the shipment arrived in good order and in good order when the Contractor took charge of it
any damage or deficiencies reported thereafter shall be and any damage or deficiencies reported thereafter
made good by the Contractor at no extra cost to the shall be made good by the Contractor at no extra cost
Owner. to the Owner.
OPS General Conditions of Contract
l
19
SECTION GC6 INSURANCE, ROTECTION AND DAMAGE
CE, August 1990
' GC6.01 Protection of Work. Persons the failure to perform the Work, provided such claims
and Property are
01) The Contractor, the Contractor's agents and all (a) attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease,
workers employed by or under the control of the or death or to damage to or destruction of
Contractor,Including Subcontractors,shall protect the tangible property;
Work, persons and property from damage or injury,
and shall be responsible for all losses and damage (b) caused by negligent acts or omissions of the
which may arise as the result of the Contractor's Contractor or anyone for whose acts the
operations under the Contract unless indicated to the Contractor may be liable; and
contrary below.
(c) made in writing within a period of 6 years from
02) The.Contractor.is responsible for the full cost of the-dateof.Substantial.Performance of the Work
any necessary:.....temporary-, provisions.:..and. :the as set out,-in the Certificate of ,Substantial.
restoration of all damage, where the Contractor Performance of the Work or,where so specified
damages the Work or property in the performance of in the:Contract from-the date of certification of
the Contract. If the Contractor is not responsible for Final Acceptance.
the damage that occurs to the Work or property the
Contractor shall restore such damage, and such work 02) The Contractor shall indemnify and hold
shall be administered according to these General harmless the Owner from all and every claim for
Conditions. damages, royalties or fees for the infringement of any
patented invention or copyright occasioned by the
03) The Contractor shall immediately inform the Contractor in connection with work performed or
Contract Administrator of all damage and injuries which material furnished by the Contractor under the
' occur during the term of the Contract. Contract.
04) The Contractor shall not be responsible for loss 03) The Owner expressly waives the right to
and damage that occurs as a result of indemnity for claims other than those stated above in
paragraphs 01) &02).
(a) war,
(b) blockades and civil commotion; 04) The Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless
' (c) errors in the Contract Documents; the Contractor, his agents, officers and employees
(d)- acts or omissions of the Owner, the from and against all claims, demands, losses,
Contract Administrator, their agents and expenses, costs, damages, action, suits, or
employees, or others not under the proceedings arising out of the Contractor's
control of the Contractor, but within the performance of the Contractwhich are attributable to a
Working Area with the Owner's lack of or defect in title or.an.-alleged lack of or defect
permission. in title to the Working Area
' 05) The Contractor and his Surety or Sureties will not 05) The Contractor expressly waives the right to
be released from any term or provision of any indemnity for claims other than those stated above in
responsibility, obligation or liability under the Contract paragraph 04).
or waive or impair any of the rights of the Owner
except by a release duly executed by the Owner. GC6.03 Contractors Insurance
G06.02 Indemnification GC6.03.01 General
01) The Contractor shall indemnify and hold 01) Without restricting the generality of subsection
harmless the Owner and the Contract Administrator, GC6.02, Indemnification, the Contractor shall provide,
their agents,officers and employees from and against maintain and pay for the insurance coverages listed in
all claims, demands, losses, expenses, costs, this General Condition under clauses GC6.03.02 and
damages, action, suits or proceedings by third .03. Insurance coverage in clauses GC6.03.04,.05 and
parties, hereinafter called'claims',directly or indirectly .06 will only apply when so specified in the Contract
arising or alleged to arise out of the performance of or Documents.
IOPS General Conditions of Contract
20
GC6.03.02 General Liability Insurance licensed vehicles shall have limits of not less than 5
million dollars inclusive per occurrence for bodily
01) General liability insurance shall be in the joint injury, death and damage to property, in the following
names of the Contractor,the Owner, and the Contract forms endorsed to provide the Owner with not less
Administrator with limits of not less than 5 million than 30 days' written notice In advance of any
dollars inclusive per occurrence for bodily injury,death, cancellation, change or amendment restricting
and damage to property including loss of use thereof, coverage:
with a property damage deductible of not more than
$5000. The form of this insurance shall be the (a) standard non-owned automobile policy
Insurance Bureau of Canada Form IBC 2100, dated including standard contractual liability
8-87• endorsement; and
02) Another form of insurance equal to or better than (b) standard owner's form automobile policy
that required in IBC Form 2100 may be used, provided providing third party liability and accident
all the requirements listed in the Contract are included. benefds insurance and covering licensed
Approval of this insurance.will_be conditiona[upon the vehicles owned oroperated by the Contractor:
Contractor obtaining the services of a recognized
Insurance Consultant and obtaining the Consultant's
certificate of equivalency to the required insurance. GC6.03.04 Aircraft and Watercraft UabiTdy
Insurance ,
03) The insurance shall be maintained continuously
from the commencement of the Work until 12 months 01) Aircraft and watercraft liability insurance with
following the date of substantial performance of the respect to owned or non-owned aircraft and watercraft
Work, as set out in the certificate of Substantial N used directly or indirectly in the performance of the '
Performance of the Work,or until the certificate of Final Work, including use of additional premises, shall be
Acceptance of the Work is Issued, whichever is the subject to limits of not less than 5 million dollars
later, and with respect to completed operations inclusive per occurrence for bodily injury, death, and ,
coverage for a period of not less than 24 months from damage to property including loss of use thereof, and
the date of Final Acceptance of the Work as set out in limits of not less than 5 million dollars for aircraft
the certificate of Final Acceptance of the Work, and passenger hazard. Such insurance shall be in a form
thereafter to be maintained for a further period of 4 acceptable to the Owner. The policies shall be
yew• endorsed to provide the Owner with not less than 30
days'written notice in advance of cancellation,change
04) The Contractor shalt submit annually to the or amendment restricting coverage.
Owner, proof of continuation of the completed
operations coverage and failure of the Contractor to do GC6.03.05 Property and Boiler Insurance
so will result in the cancellation by the Owner of the
limit of the Contractor's indemnification under GC6.03.05.01 Property Insurance
paragraph 01) (c) of subsection GC6.02,
Indemnification. 01) All risks property insurance shall be in the joint
names of the Contractor,the Owner and the Contract
05) Should the Contractor decide not to employ Administrator;.insuring not`less than the sum of the
Subcontractors for operations requiring the use of amount of the Contract Price and the full value,as may
explosives for blasting,or pile driving or caisson work, be stated in the Supplemental General Conditions, of
or removal or weakening of support of property Material that is specified to be provided by the Owner
building or land, IBC Form 2100 as required shall for incorporation into the Work, with a deductible not
include the appropriate endorsements. exceeding 1%of the amount Insured at the site of the
Work. This insurance shall be In a form acceptable to
06) The policies shall be endorsed to provide the the Owner and shall be maintained continuously until
Owner with not less than 30 days written notice In 10 days after the date of Final Acceptance of the Work, ,
advance of cancellation; change or amendment as set out in the certificate of Final Acceptance of the
restricting coverage. Wont,
07) 'Claims Made' insurance policies will not be GC6.03.05.02 Boiler Insurance
permitted.
01) Boiler insurance insuring the Interests of the
GC6.03.03 Automobile Liability Insurance Contractor,the Owner and the Contract Administrator
for not less than the replacement value of boilers and
01) Automobile liability insurance in respect of pressure vessels forming part of the Work, shall be in
OPS General Conditions of Contract
21
a able to the Owner. This Insurance shall responsibility the terms of this Contract.
form accept Po �Y by
be maintained continuously from commencement of
use or operation of the property Insured until 10 days 03) In the event of loss or damage to the Work
after the date of Final Acceptance of the Work, as set arising from the action of others,the Owner shall pay
out in the certificate of Final Acceptance of the Work. the Contractor the cost of restoring the Work as the
restoration of the Work proceeds and in accordance
GC6.03.05.03 Use and Occupancy of the Work with the requirements of Section GC8, Measurement
Prior to completion and Payment.
' 01) Should the Owner wish to use or occupy part or GC6.03.06 Contractors'Equipment
all of the Work prior to substantial performance, the Insurance
Owner will give 30 days, written notice to the
Contractor of the intended purpose and extent of such 01) All risks Contractors' equipment insurance
use or occupancy. Prior to such use or occupancy the covering construction machinery and equipment used
Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing of the by the Contractor for the performance of the Work,
additional premium cost, If any, to maintain property including boiler insurance on temporary boilers and
and boiler insurance,::which,shall .be at:.the.Owner's,,. pressure vessels,shap•be-in-a:form-acceptable to the
expense. If because.of.such use..or.occupancy the . .:Owner,and shall not•allow,subrogationclaims by-the -
Contractor is unable..to..provide coverage,.the..Owner. insurer against the.Owner. --The policies shall -be
upon written notice from the Contractor and prior to endorsed to-provider the Ownerwvith not less than 30
' such use or occupancy shall provide,maintain and pay days'written notice in advance of cancellation,change
for property and boiler insurance insuring the full value or amendment restricting coverage. Subject to
of the Work, including coverage for such use or satisfactory proof of financial capability by the
occupancy,and shall provide the Contractor with proof Contractor for self-insurance of the Contractor's
of such insurance. The Contractor shall refund to the equipment,the Owner agrees to waive the equipment
Owner the unearned premiums applicable to the insurance requirement, and for the purpose of this
Contractor's policies upon termination of overage. Contract, the Contractor shall be deemed to be
insured. This policy-shall be amended to provide
' 02) The policies shall provide that, in the event of a permission for the Contractor to grant prior releases
loss or damage, payment shall be made to the Owner with respect to damage to the Contractor's equipment
and the Contractor as their respective interests may
appear. The Contractor shall act on behalf of both the GC6.03.07 insurance Requrrenvx is and
' Owner and the Contractor for the purpose of adjusting Duration
the amount of such loss or damage payment with the
Insurers. When the extent of the loss or damage Is 01) Unless specified otherwise the duration of each
' determined the Contractor shall proceed to restore the insurance policy shall be from the date of
Work. Loss or damage shall not affect the rights and commencement of the Work until 10 days after the
obligations of either party under the Contract except date of Final Acceptance of the Work, as set out in the
that the Contractor shall be entitled to such reasonable certificate of Final Acceptance of the Work.
' extension of Contract Time relative to the extent of the
loss or damage as the Contract Administrator may 02) The Contractor shall provide the Owner, on a
decide in consultation with the Contractor. form acceptable'to the Owner,proof of insurance prior
' to commencement:of the-Work :and,-signed by an
GC6.03.05.04 Payment for.Loss..or.Damage.. _ officer of the Contractor•and either the'underwriter or
the broker.
01) The Contractor shall be entitled to receive from
the Owner, in addition to the amount due under the 03) The Contractor shall, on request, promptly
Contract, the amount at which the Owner's interest in provide the Owner with a certified true copy of each
restoration of the Work has been appraised, such insurance policy exclusive of information pertaining to
amount to be paid as the restoration of the Work premium or premium bases used by the insurer to
' proceeds and in accordance with the requirements of determine the cost of the insurance. The certified true
Section GC8, Measurement and Payment. In addition copy shall include a signature by an officer of the
the Contractor shall be entitled to receive from the Contractor and in addition, a signature by an officer of
payments made by the Insurer the amount of the the insurer or the underwriter or the broker.
Contractor's interest in the restoration of the Work.
04) Where a policy is renewed the Contractor shall
02) The Contractor shall be responsible for provide the Owner,on a form acceptable to the Owner,
deductible amounts under the policies except where renewed proof of insurance immediately following
such amounts may be excluded from the Contractor's completion of renewal.
' OPS General Conditions of Contract
05) Unless specified otherwise the Contractor shall reimbursement of such costs the Owner may deduct
be responsible for the payment of deductible amounts the costs thereof from monies which are due or may ,
under the policies. become due to the Contractor.
06) If the Contractor fails to provide or maintain GC6.04 Bonding
insurance as required in this General Condition or '
elsewhere in the Contract Documents,then the Owner 01) The Contractor shall provide the Owner with the
will have the right to provide and maintain such surety bonds in the amount required by the tender
insurance and give evidence thereof to the Contractor. documents.
The Owner's cost thereof shalt be payable by the
Contractor to the Owner on demand. 02) Such bonds shall be issued by a duly licensed
surety company authorized to transact a business of
07) If the Contractor fails to pay the cost of the suretyship in the Province of Ontario and shall be
insurance placed by the Owner within 30 days of the maintained in good standing until the fulfilment of the
date on which the Owner made a formal demand for Contract
� I
7
OPS General Conditions of Contract
23
GC7 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES AND CONTROL OF THE WORK
SECTION August 1990
' GC7.01 General shall notify the Contract Administrator of the name(s),
address(es), positlon(s) and telephone number(s) of
01) The Contractor warrants that the site of the Work the Contractor's representative(s) who can be
has been visited during the preparation of the tender contacted at any time to deal with matters relating to
and the character of the Work and all local conditions the Contract
which may affect the performance of the Work are
' known. 08) The Contractor shall,at no additional cost to the
Owner, furnish all reasonable aid, facilities and
02) The Contractor shall not commence the Work assistance required by the Contract Administrator for
nor deliver anything to the Working Area until the the proper inspection and examination of the Work or
Contractor has received a written order to commence the taking of measurements for the purpose of
the Work, signed by the Contract Administrator. payment.
03) The Contractorshall.have.compiete:.control of._ ___09) The Contractor shall :prepare;-and updateas
the work and shall effectively direct and supervise the .required,a.construction schedule indicating the timing
work so as to ensure conformity with the Contract of the major and critical.activities of the Work. The
Documents. The Contractor shall be responsible for schedule shall be designed to ensure conformity with
' construction means, methods,techniques,sequences the specified Contract Time. The schedule shall be
and procedures and for coordinating the various parts. submitted to the Contract Administrator within 14 days
of the Work. `: from the date of the contract award.
04) The Contractor shall have the sole responsibility 10) Where the Contractor finds any errors,
for the design, erection, operation, maintenance and inconsistency or omission relating to the Contract,the
removal of temporary structures and other temporary Contractor shall promptly report it to the Contract
facilities and the design and execution of construction Administrator and shall not proceed with the activity
methods required in their use. affected until receiving direction from the Contract
Administrator.
05) Notwithstanding paragraph 04) of subsection
GC7.01, General, where the Contract Documents 11) The Contractor shall promptly notify the
Include designs for temporary structures and other Contract Administrator in writing If the subsurface
temporary facilities or specify a method of construction conditions observed in the Working Area differ
In whole or part, such facilities and methods shall be materially from those indicated in the Contract
considered to be pan of the design of the Work, and Documents.
the Contractor shall not be held responsible for that
pan of the design or the specified method of 12) The Contractor shall arrange with the
' construction. The Contractor shall, however, be appropriate utility authorities>tor the stake out of all
responsible for the execution of such design or underground utilities and service connections which
specified method of construction in the-same.manner. may be affected by the Work.-The Contractor shall be
that the Contractor:is:responsible.for the,execution of responsible for any damage donee to the underground
' the Work utilities by the Contractor's forces during construction
if the stake out locations are within the tolerances given
06) The Contractor shall be responsible for in subsection GC2.01, Reliance on Contract
construction health and safety within the working areas Documents. The Contractor shall be responsible for
and for compliance with the Occupational Health and any damage done to the service connections.
Safety Act and Regulations. So as to avoid any
misunderstanding as to the extent of the Contractor's
' responsibility,the Contractor,by executing the Contract GC7.02 Layout
unequivocally acknowledges that the Contractor is the
Constructor within the meaning of the Act. 01) Prior to commencement of construction, the
Contract Administrator and the Contractor will locate on
07) The Contractor shall have an authorized site those property bars, baselines and benchmarks
representative on the site while any work is being which are necessary to delineate the Working Area and
performed, to act for or on the Contractor's behalf. to lay out the Work, all as shown on the Contract
Prior to commencement of construction,the Contractor Drawings,
OPS General Conditions of Contract
24
02) The Contractor shall be responsible for the GC7.04 Excess Loading of Motor Vehicles
preservation of all property bars while the Work is in ,
Progress, except those property bars which must be 01) Where a vehicle is hauling material for use on
removed to facilitate the Work. Any property bars the Work, in whole or in part upon a Highway, and
disturbed, damaged or removed by the Contractor's where motor vehicle registration is required for such
operations shall be replaced under the supervision of vehicle, the Contractor shall not cause or permit such
an Ontario Land Surveyor, at no extra cost to the vehicle to be loaded beyond the legal limit specified in
Owner. the Highway Traffic Act, whether such vehicle Is
registered in the name of the Contractor or otherwise, ,
03) At no extra cost to the Owner, the Contractor except where there are designated areas within the
shall provide the Contract Administrator with such Working Area where overloading is permitted. The
materials and devices as may be necessary to lay out Contractor shall bear the onus of weighing disputed
the baseline and benchmarks, and as may be loads. ,
necessary for the inspection of the Work.
04) The Contractor shall provide qualified personnel GC7.05 Condition of the Working area
to lay out and establish all lines and grades necessary '
for construction. The Contractor shall notify the 01): The Contractor shall maintain the Working Area
Contract Administrator of any layout work carried out, in a tidy condition and free from the accumulation of
so that the same may be checked by the Contract debris,other than that caused by the Owner or others.
Administrator. '
GC7.06 Maintaining Roadways and
05) The Contractor shall install and maintain Detours
substantial alignment markers and secondary
benchmarks as may be required for the proper 01) Where an existing Roadway Is affected by
execution of the Work. The Contractor shall supply construction, it shall be kept open to traffic, and the
one copy- of all alignment and grade sheets to the Contractor shall, except as otherwise provided in this
Contract Administrator. subsection, be responsible for providing and ,
maintaining for the duration of the Work, a road
06) The Contractor shall assume full responsibility through the Work,whether along an existing Highway,
for alignment, elevations and dimensions of each and including the road under construction, or on detours I
all parts of the Work, regardless of whether the within or adjacent to the Highway, in accordance with
Contractor's layout work has been checked by the the Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices
Contract Administrator. (MUTCD).
07) All stakes,marks and reference points provided 02) The Contractor shall not be required to maintain ,
by the Contract Administrator shall be carefully a road through the Working Area until such time as the
preserved by the Contractor. in the case of their Contractor has commenced operations or during
destruction or removal, such stakes, marks and seasonal shut down or oneny�part of the Contract that '
reference points will be replaced by the Contract has been accepted in accordance with these General
Administrator at no extra cost to the Owner. Conditions.
GC7 03) Where localized and separated sections of the ,
Damage by Vehicles or Other Highway only are affected by the Contractor's
Equipment operations, the Contractor will not be required to
maintain intervening sections of the Highway until such
01) If at any time, in the opinion of the Contract times as these sections are located within the limits of
Administrator, damage Is being done or is likely to be the Highway affected by the Contractor's general
done to any roadway or any improvement thereon, operations under the Contract. The Contractor shall
outside the Working Area, by the Contractor's vehicles not be required to
or other equipment, whether licensed or unlicensed abrasives orr carry out snoowplowii deicing chemicals or
equipment,the Contractor shall,on the direction of the
Contract Administrator, and at no extra cost to the 04) Where the Contract Document provides for or
Owner, make changes or substitutions for such the Contract Administrator requires detours at specific ,
vehicles or equipment, and shall after loadings, or in locations,Payment
some other manner, remove the cause of such and if required, for the subsequent raemoval of the
damage to the satisfaction of the Contract detours, will be made at the Contract
prices
Administrator.
appropriate to such work.
OPS General Conditions of Contract J ,
25
' The Owner will bear the cost of maintaining,in a 02) The Contractor shall provide at all times and at
� 9 Pr
satisfactory condition for traffic, a road through the no extra cost to the Owner access to fire hydrants,and
Working Area. The road through the Work will Include water and gas valves located in the Working Area.
any detour constructed in accordance with the
Contract Documents or required by the Contract 03) Where any interruptions in the supply of utility
Administrator. Compensation for all tabour,equipment services are required and are authorized by the
and materials to do this work shall be at the Contract Contract Administrator, the Contractor shall give the
prices appropriate to the work and,where there are no affected property owners notice in accordance with
such prices,at negotiated prices. Notwithstanding the subsection GC7.11, Notices by the Contractor, and
foregoing,the cost of biading required to maintain the shall arrange such interruptions so as to create a
surface of such roads and detours shall be deemed to minimum of interference to those affected.
be included In the prices bid for the various tender
items and no additional payment will be made.
' GG7.08 Approvals and Pemtits
06) Where work under the Contract Is discontinued
for any extended period Including seasonal shutdown, 01) Except as specified in paragraph 02) of this
the Contractor shall,_when.directed.by.:the-Contract-_.. .subsection.- the-ContractorshalF�obtain,any,permits,
Administrator, opert.and..-place-�the�--.roadway`. and licenses, and certificates-required-for the performance
detours in a passable, safe and satisfactory condition of the Work which-are-in force at the date of tender
for public travel. closing.
' 07) Where the Contractor constructs a detour which 02) The Owner will obtain and pay for the
is not specifically provided for in the Contract necessary plumbing and building permits.
Document, or required by the Contract Administrator,
' the construction of the detour and, if required, the 03) The Contractor shall arrange for all necessary
subsequent removal shall be performed at the inspections.
Contractor's expense. The detour shall be constructed
and maintained to structural and geometric standards GC7.09 Suspension of Work
' approved by the Contract Administrator. Removal shall
be performed as directed by the Contract 01) The Contractor shall, upon written notice from
Administrator. the Contract Administrator,discontinue or delay any or
all of the Work and work will not be resumed until the
08) Where,with the written approval of the Contract Contract Administrator will, in writing, so direct.
Administrator, the Highway is closed and the traffic Delays, in these circumstances, will be administered
diverted entirely off the Highway to any other Highway, according to subsection GC3.08, Delays.
' the Contractor shall, at no extra cost to the Owner,
supply and erect traffic control devices in accordance
with the MUTCD. GC7.10 Contractor's Right to Stop the
Work or Terminate The Contact
' 09) Compliance with the foregoing provisions shall
In no way relieve the Contractor of obligations.under 01) If the Owner is adjudged bankrupt or makes a
subsection GC6.01, Protection.of.Work,:Persons-and general assignment for the benefit of creditors because
Property,dealing with the.Contractor's responsibility fort of insolvency or-if:a receiver's appointed because of
damage claims, except for claims arising on sections. insolvency, the Contractor may, without prejudice to
of Highway within the Working Area that are being any other right or remedy the Contractor may have,by
maintained by others. giving the Owner or receiver or trustee in bankruptcy
written notice,terminate the Contract.
GG7.07 Access to Properties Adjoining
the Work and Interruption of 02) If the Work is stopped or otherwise delayed for
Utility Services a period of 30 days or more under an order of a court
' or other public authority and provided that such order
01) The Contractor shall provide at all times, and at was not issued as the result of an act or fault of the
no extra cost to the Owner Contractor or of anyone directly employed or engaged
by the Contractor, the Contractor may, without
prejudice to any other right or remedy the Contractor
(a) adequate pedestrian and vehicular access; and may have,by giving the Owner written notice,terminate
the Contract.
(b) continuity of utility services to properties
adjoining the Working Area 03) The Contractor may notify the Owner in writing,
' OPS General Conditions of Contract
26 '
1
with a copy to the Contract Administrator, that the not make any claim against the Owner for any loss,
Owner is in default of contractual obligations if damage or expense occasioned thereby. ,
(a) the Contract Administrator fails to issue 02) Where the obstruction Is an underground utility
certificates In accordance with the provisions of such as a telephone cable, watermain, gas main or
Section GC8, Measurement and Payment; sewer or other man-made object, the Contractor shall ,
not be required to assume the risks and responsibilities
(b) the Owner fails to pay the Contractor, within 30 -arising out of such obstruction, unless the location of
days of the due date, the amounts certified by the obstruction Is shown on the plans or described in ,
the Contract Administrator or awarded by the specifications and the location so shown is within
arbitration or court; or the tolerance specified in paragraph 01)(a) of
subsection GC2.01,Reliance on Contract Documents,
(c) the Owner violates the requirements of the or unless the presence and location of the obstruction
Contract. has otherwise been made known to the Contractor or
could have been determined by the visual site
04) The Contractor's.written notice to..the...Owner investigation made'by Ahe rContractou',in•accordance
shall advise that if the default is not corrected in the 7 with these General Conditions. '
days immediately following the receipt of the written
notice the Contractor may, without prejudice to any 03) During the course of the Contract, it is the
other right or remedy the Contractor may have, stop Contractor's responsibility to consult with utility
the Work or terminate the Contract. companies or other appropriate authorities for further ,
information in regard to the exact location of these
057 If the Contractor terminates the Contract under utilities,to exercise the necessary care in construction
the conditions set out in this subsection,the Contractor operations, and to take such other precautions as are ,
shall be entitled to be paid for all work performed necessary to safeguard the utility from damage.
according to the Contract Documents and for any
losses or damage as the Contractor may sustain as a GC7.13 Limitations of Operations
result of the termination of the Contract. '
01) Except for such work as may be required by the
GC7.11 Notices by the Contractor Contract Administrator to maintain the Work in a safe
and satisfactory condition, the Contractor shall not
01) Before work is carried out which may affect the carry on operations under the Contract on Sundays
Property or operations of any Ministry or agency of without permission in writing from the Contract
government or any person, company, partnership or Administrator.
corporation, including a municipal corporation or any ,
board or commission thereof, and in addition to such 02) The Contractor shall cooperate with other
notices of the commencement of specified operations Contractors,utility companies and the Owner and they
as are prescribed elsewhere in the Contract Document, shall be allowed access to their work or plant at all
the Contractor shall give at least 48 hours advance reasonable times. '
written notice of the date of commencement of such
work to the person,company,partnership,corporation,
board, or commission so affected. GC7.14 Cleaning Up Before Acceptance
02) In the case of damage to, or interference with 01) Upon attaining Substantial Performance of the
any utilities, pole lines, pipe lines, conduits,farm tiles, Work, the Contractor shall remove surplus materials,
or other public or privately owned works or property, toots, construction machinery and equipment not ,
the Contractor shall immediately notify the Owner and required for the performance of the remaining work.
the Contract Administrator of the location and details of The Contractor shall also remove all temporary works
such damage or interference. and debris other than that caused by the Owner, or
others and leave the Work and Working Area clean and ,
GC7.12 Obstrucctions suitable for occupancy by the Owner unless otherwise
01) Except as otherwise noted in these General specified.
Conditions, the Contractor assumes all the risks and ,
responsibilities arising out of any obstruction 02) The Work shall not be deemed to have reached
encountered In the performance of the Work and any Completion until the Contractor has removed surplus
traffic conditions, including traffic conditions on any materials, tools, construction machinery and
highway or road giving access to the Working Area equipment. The Contractor shall also have removed
caused by such obstructions,and the Contractor shall debris,other than that caused by the Owner,or others.
i
OPS General Conditions of Contract
27
Performance of the Work or where there
GC7.15 Warranty is no
j Substantial Perfomnance certificate,12 months from the
' 01) The Contractor shall be responsible for the date of Completion of the Work as set out in the
proper performance of the Work only to the extent that Completion Certificate or such longer periods as may
the design and specifications permit such performance. be specified for certain materials or work. The
Contract Administrator will promptly give the Contractor
' 02) Subject to the previous paragraph the Contractor written notice of observed defects or deficiencies.
shall correct promptly, at no additional cost to the
Owner, defects or deficiencies in the Work which
' appear prior to and during the period of 12 months 03) The Contractor shall correct or pay for damage
from the date of Substantial Performance of the Work, resulting from corrections made under the
as set out in the Certificate of Substantial requirements of paragraph 02) of this subsection.
1
Y
r
i
OPS General Conditions of Contract
28
1 ,
OPS General Conditions of Contract ,
29
SECTION GC8 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT August 1990
' GC8.01 Measurement (b) In the case of a Major Item where the quantity
of work performed and/or material supplied by
GC&01.01 Quantities the Contractor Is less than 85% of the tender
' quantity,either party to the Contract may make
01) The Contract Administrator will make an estimate a written request to the other party to negotiate
once a month, in writing, of the quantity of work a revised unit price for that portion of the Work
performed. The first estimate will be the quantity of the performed and/or material supplied. The
' work performed since the Contractor commenced the negotiation shall be carried out as soon as
Contract, and every subsequent estimate, except the reasonably possible. Any revision of the unit
final one, will be of the quantity of work performed price shall be based on the actual cost of
since the preceding estimate was made. The Contract performing the Work and/or supplying the
' Administrator will provide the copy of each estimate to material under the tender item plus a
the Contractor within 10 days of the Cut-Off Date. reasonable allowance for profit and applicable
overhead. Alternatively, where both parties
02) Such quantities for.progress payments shall be: agree, an allowance equal to 10% of the-unit ,
construed and held to be approximate. The final price on the_amount of the underrun which is
quantities for the issuance of the Completion Payment less than .85% of the tender-quantity will be
Certificate shall be based on the measurement of the paid.
' work completed.
GC8.02 Payment
03) Measurement of the quantities of the work will be
either by Actual Field Measurement or by Plan Quantity GC8.02.01 Price for Work
' principles as indicated in the Contract. Adjustments to
Plan Quantity measurements will normally be made 01) Prices for the Work shall be full compensation
using Plan Quantity principles but may, where for all labour. Equipment and Material.required in its
' appropriate, be made using Actual Field performance. The term 'all labour, Equipment and
Measurements. Material"shall include Hand Tools, supplies and other
incidentals.
GC8.01.02 Variations in Tender Quantities 02) Payment for work not specifically detailed as
part of any one item and without specified details of
- 01) . Where it appears that the quantity of work to be payment will be deemed to be included in the item(s)
done and/or Material to be supplied by the Contractor with which It is associated.
under a unit price tender item will exceed or be less
than the tender quantity,the Contractor shall proceed GC8.02.02 Advance Payments for Material
to do the work and/or supply the material required to
' complete the tender item and payment will be made for 01) The Owner will make.advance payments for
the actual amount of work done and/or materials material-intended.for incorporation in-the Work upon
supplied at the unit prices stated in the tender except the written request of the Contractor and according to
as provided below: the following:terms and conditions:
' (a) The Contractor shall, in advance of receipt of
(a) In the case of a Major Item where the amount of the shipment of the material, arrange for
work performed and/or material supplied by the adequate and proper storage facilities and
' Contractor exceeds the tender quantity by more notify the Contract Administrator of their
than 15%,either party to the Contract may make location(s).
a written request to the other party to negotiate
' a revised unit price for that portion of the Work (b) The value of aggregates, processed and
performed and/or material supplied which stockpiled, shall be assessed by the following
exceeds 115% of the tender quantity. The procedure:
negotiation shall be carried out as soon as
reasonably possible. Any revision of the unit (i) Sources Other Than Commercial
price shall be based on the actual cost of doing
the work and/or supplying the material under the (A) Granular'A', 'B' and'M' shall be
tender Item plus a reasonable allowance for assessed at the rate of 60% of
profit and applicable overhead. the contract price.
OPS General Conditions of Contract
30
(B) Coarse and fine aggregates for hot mix GC8.01.01, Quantities.
asphaltic concrete,surface treatment and ,
Portland cement concrete shall be 02) The progress Payment Certificate will show
assessed at the rate of 25% of the
contract price for each aggregate (a) the quantities of work performed;
stockpiled. ,
(b) the value of work performed;
Commercial Sources
(c) the amount of statutory holdback,liens,owners
Payment for separated coarse and fine set-off; and '
aggregates will be considered, at the
above rate, when such materials are (d) the amount due the Contractor.
stockpiled at a commercial source where
further processing Is to be carried out 03) One copy of the progress Payment Certificate
before incorporating such materials into a will be sent to the Contractor.
final product. Advance payments for
other materials•located at a,commercial 04) Payment will be made within 30 days of the Cut-
source will not be made. off Date.
(c) Payment for all other materials,unless otherwise
specified elsewhere in the Contract, shall be GC8.02.03.02 Certification of Subcontract
based on the invoice price, and the Contractor Completion
shall submit proof of cost to the Contract
Administrator before payment can be made by •01) Before the Work has reached the stage of
the Owner. substantial performance,the Contractor may notify the '
Contract Administrator, in writing that a subcontract is
(d) The payment for all materials shall be prorated completed satisfactorily and ask that the Contract
against the appropriate tender Rem by paying for Administrator certify the completion of the subcontract
sufficient units of the item to cover the value of
the material. Such payment shall not exceed 02) The Contract Administrator will issue a
80%of the Contract price for the Rem. Certificate of Subcontract Completion Ithe subcontract
has been completed satisfactorily, and all required ,
(e) All materials for which the Contractor wishes to inspection and testing of the works covered by the
receive advance payment shall be placed in the subcontract have been carried out and the results are
designated storage location immediately upon satisfactory.
receipt of the material and shall thenceforth be
held by the Contractor in trust for the Owner as 03) Within 7 days of the date the subcontract is
collateral security for any monies advanced by certified complete the Contract Administrator will give
the-Owner and for the due completion of the a copy of the certificate to the Contractor and to the ,
Work. The Contractor shall not exercise any act Subcontractor concerned.
of ownership inconsistent with such security,or
remove any material from the storage locations,
except for inclusion in the Work, without the GC8.02.03.03 Subcontract Statutory Holdback
consent,in writing,of the Contract Administrator. Release Certificate and Payment
(f) Such materials shalt remain at the risk of the 01) Following receipt of the Certificate of
Contractor who shall be responsible for any Subcontract Completion, the Owner will release and '
loss,damage,theft,improper use or destruction pay the Contractor the statutory holdback retained in
of the material however caused. respect of the subcontract. Such release shall be
made after 45 days from the date the subcontract was '
certified complete and providing the Contractor
GC8.02 03 Certifica<iort and Payment submits the following to the Contract Administrator.
GC8.02.03.01 Progress Payment Certificate ,
(a) a document satisfactory to the Contract
01) The value of the work performed and material Administrator that will release the Owner from
supplied will be calculated once a month by the all further claims relating to the subcontract,
Contract Administrator in accordance with the Contract qualified by stated exceptions such as
Documents and the quantities described in clause holdback monies;
OPS General Conditions of Contract
' 31
(b) evidence satisfactory to the Contract GC8.02.03.05, Substantial Performance Payment and
Administrator that the Subcontractor has Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificates,shall
' discharged all incurred liabilities in carrying out commence from the date of publication of the
the subcontract; Certificate of Substantial Performance as provided for
above.
(c) a satisfactory clearance certificate or letter from
' the Workers'Compensation Board relating to the GC8.02.03.05 Substantial Performance
subcontract; and Payment and Statutory Holdback
Release Payment Certifl=es
(d) a copy of the contract between the Contractor
and the Subcontractor and a satisfactory 01) When the Contract Administrator issues the
statement showing the total amount due the Certificate of Substantial Performance the Contract
Subcontractor from the Contractor. Administrator will also issue the Substantial
' Performance Payment Certificate and the Substantial
02) Paragraph(d)will only apply to Lump Sum items Performance Statutory Holdback Release Payment
and then only when the Contract Administrator Certificate or where appropriate, a combined payment
specifically requests ft. certificate.
03 Upon recei pt �.of•the-statutory .holdback, the 02) The Substantial -Pa y ment
Contractor shall forthwith give the Subcontractor the Certificate will show
payment due under the subcontract.
' (a) the value of work performed to the date of
04) Release of statutory holdback by the Owner in Substantial Performance;
respect of a subcontract shall not relieve the
' Contractor, or the Contractor's Surety, of any of their (b) the value of outstanding or incomplete work;
responsibilities.
(c) the amount of the statutory holdback, allowing
GC8.02.03.04 Certification of Substantial for any previous releases of statutory holdback
' Performance to the Contractor in respect of completed
subcontracts and deliveries of pre-selected
01) Upon application by the Contractor and where equipment;
the Contract has been substantially performed the
' Contract Administrator will issue a Certificate of (d) the amount of maintenance security required;
Substantial Performance. and
' 02) The Contract Administrator will set out in the (e) the amount due the Contractor.
Certificate of Substantial Performance the date on
which the Contract was substantially performed and 03) The Substantial Performance Statutory
within 7 days after signing the said certificate the Holdback Release Payment Certificate will be a
' Contract Administrator will provide a copy to the payment certificate releasing to.the Contractor the
Contractor. statutory holdback due in respect of work performed
up to the date of substantial performance. Payment of
03) Upon receipt of-a,_copy of the Certificate of ..such statutory:holdback,.shall-be:made.after 45 days
Substantial Performance,..the.Contractor shall forthwith, from the date of publication_ of the Certificate of
as required by Section 32(1) Paragraph 5 of-the Substantial Performance but subject to the provisions
Construction Uen Act, publish a copy of the certificate of the Construction Uen Act and the submission by the
' in a construction trade newspaper. Such publication Contractor of the following document s:
shall include placement in the Daily Commercial News.
(a) a release by the Contractor in a form
04) Where the Contractor fails to publish a copy of satisfactory to the Contract Administrator
' the Certificate of Substantial Performance as required releasing the Owner from all further claims
above within 7 days after receiving a copy of the relating to the Contract, qualified by stated
certificate signed by the Contract Administrator, the exceptions such as outstanding work or matters
Owner may publish a copy of the certificate at the arising out of subsection GC3.14, Claims,
Contractor's expense. Negotiations, Disputes;
05) Except as otherwise provided for in Section 31 (b) a statutory declaration in a form satisfactory to
of the Construction Lien Act, the 45-day lien period the Contract Administrator that all liabilities
prior to the release of holdback as referred to in clause incurred by the Contractor and the Contractor's
OPS General Conditions of Contract
32 '
Subcontractors in carrying out the Contract have (b) a statutory declaration in a form satisfactory to
been discharged except for statutory holdbacks the Contract Administrator that all liabilities ,
properly retained; incurred by the Contractor and the Contractor's
Subcontractors in carrying out the Contract
(c) a satisfactory Certificate of Clearance from the have been discharged, qualified by stated
Workers' Compensation Board; and exceptions where appropriate; and
(d) proof of publication of the Certificate of (c) a satisfactory Certificate of Clearance from the
Substantial Performance. Workers' Compensation Board. '
GC8.02.03.06 Certification of Completion GC8.02.03.08 Interest
01) Upon application by the Contractor, and when 01) Interest due the Contractor is based on simple '
the Contract reaches Completion, the Contract interest and is calculated using the applicable Rates of
Administrator will issue a Completion Certificate. Interest.
02) The Contract Administrator.will..set.out_.in.,the GC8.02 03.09 Interest for Late Payment
Completion Certificate the date on which the Work was
completed and within 7 days of signing the said 01) When the Contractor has complied with the
certificate the Contract Administrator will provide a requirements of the Contract and when payment by the '
copy to the Contractor. Owner to the Contractor for work performed, or for
release of statutory holdback,is delayed by the Owner,
GC8.02.03.07 Completion Payment and then the Contractor shall be entitled to payment for
Statutory Holdback Release Work performed at the Rate(s) of Interest from a date '
Payment Certificates or dates derived from the following:
01) When the Contract Administrator issues the
Completion Certificate, the Contract Administrator will (a) Progress Payment: a date 30 days after the ,
also issue the Completion Payment Certificate and the Cut-off Date;
Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificate or
` where appropriate, a combined payment certificate. (b) Subcontract Completion and Subcontract
Statutory Holdback: a date 75 days after the '
02) The Completion Payment Certificate will show date the subcontract is certified complete;
(a) measurement and value of work at completion; (c) Substantial Performance and Statutory
Holdback: a date 75 days after the date the
(b) the amount of the further statutory holdback Certificate of Substantial Performance is
based on the value of further work completed published;
over-and above the value of work completed ,
shown in the Substantial Performance Payment (d) Completion and Holdback: a date 75 days
Certificate referred to above; and after the date the Contract is certified complete.
(c) the amount due the Contractor. GC8.02.03.10 Interest for Negotiations and '
03) The Completion Statutory Holdback Release Claims
Payment Certificate will be a payment certificate 01) Except as hereinafter provided, where a notice '
releasing to the Contractor the further statutory of negotiation, notice of intent to claim and the
holdback. Payment of such statutory holdback shall subsequent claims are submitted in accordance with
be made after 45 days from the date of completion of the time limits and/or procedure described by
the Work as established by the Completion Certificate subsection GC3.14,Negotiations,Claims,Disputes,the '
but subject to the provisions of the Construction Lien Owner will pay the Contractor the Rate(s)of Interest on
Act and the submission by the Contractor of the the amount of the negotiated price for the work or on
following documents: the amount of the settled claim. Such interest will not
commence until 30 days after the satisfactory
(a) a release by the Contractor in a form satisfactory completion of the work.
to the Contract Administrator releasing the
Owner from all further claims relating to the 02) Where the Contractor does not attempt to
Contract, qualified by stated exceptions where resolve the negotiation or the claim, in an expeditious )'
appropriate; manner, interest shall be negotiable.
OPS General Conditions of Contract !
33
03 Where the Contractor fails to give notice a 'Cost of Materiar mean th
g of s e cost of material
claim within the time limit prescribed by subsection purchased, or supplied from stock, and valued at
' GC3.14, Negotiations, Claims, Disputes, interest shall current market prices, for the purpose of carrying out
not be paid. extra work,by the Contractor,or by others when such
arrangements have been made by the Contractor for
04) Where a Contractor fails to comply with the completing the Work, as shown by Itemized invoices.
' 30-day time limit and the procedures prescribed by
subsection GC3.14,Negotiations,Claims,Disputes,for 'Payroll Burden" means the payments in respect of
submission of claims,interest shall not be paid for the Workers'compensation,vacation pay, unemployment
delay period. insurance, public liability and property damage
' insurance, sickness and accident insurance, pension
fund and such other welfare and benefit payments
GC8.02.03.11 Owners Set-off forming part of the Contractor's normal Labour costs
and shall include any cost or expense as the Contract
01) Pursuant to Section 12 of the Construction Lien Administrator may approve, which has been Incurred
Act 1983 - Set-off by Trustee, the Owner may retain by the Contractor for travel, travel time, food, lodging
from monies owing to the Contractor.under this or any or similar items.
other contract an amount sufficient to cover any
outstanding or disputed,.liabillties including.the:cost.to .`,Rented Equipment',.means equipment-that'is rented
remedy deficiencies, the reduction in value of or leased for the special purpose-of Work on a Time
substandard portions of the Work,claims for damages and Material Basis from a person, firm or corporation
' by third parties which have not been determined in that is not an associate or affiliate of the lessee as
writing by the Contractors insurer, undetermined defined by the Securities Act, RSO 1980, Chapter 466,
claims by the Owner under paragraph (a) of clause and is approved by the Contract Administrator.
GC8.01.02, Variations In Tender Quantities, any
assessment due the Workers' Compensation Board 'Operated Rented Equipment" means Rented
and any monies to be paid to the workers in Equipment rented or leased for the special purpose of
accordance with clause GC8.02.06, Payment of Work on a Time and Material Basis for which an
Workers. operator is provided by the supplier of the equipment
and for which the rent or lease includes the cost of the
02) Under these circumstances the Owner will give operator.
the Contractor appropriate notice of such action.
'Road Work' means the preparation, construction,
GC8.02.03.12 Delay in Payment finishing and construction maintenance of roads,
streets, highways and parking lots and includes all
01) The Owner shall not be deemed to be in default work incidental thereto other than work on structures.
of the Contract provided any delay in payment does
not exceed 30 days from the normal due date. "Sewer and Watermain Work' means the-preparation,
construction,finishing and construction maintenance of
' sewer systems and.watermain systems, and includes
GC(L0204 Payment on aTime and Material all work incidental thereto other than work on
Basis structures.
GC&02.04.01 Definitions "Standby Time'means any period of time which is not
considered working time and which together with the
01) For the purposes of this clause the following working time does not exceed 10 hours in any one
definitions apply: working day and during which time a unit of equipment
cannot practically be used on other work but must
`Cost of Labour' means the amount of wages, salary remain on the site in order to continue with its assigned
and Payroll Burden paid or incurred directly by the task and during which time the unit is in fully operable
' Contractor to or in respect of labour and supervision condition.
actively and necessarily engaged on the Work based
on the recorded time and hourly rates of pay for such "Structure Work' means the construction,
labour and supervision, but shall not include any reconstruction, repair, alteration, remodelling,
' payment or costs incurred-for general supervision, renovation or demolition of any bridge,building,tunnel
administration or management time spent on the entire or retaining wall and includes the preparation for and
Work or any wages,salary or Payroll Burden for which the laying of the foundation of any bridge, building,
the Contractor is compensated by any payment made tunnel or retaining wall and the Installation of
by the Owner for equipment. equipment and appurtenances incidental thereto.
OPS General Conditions of Contract
34
?he 127 Rate" means the rate for a unit of equipment used on each Time and Material project at 120%of the
as listed in OPSS 127, Schedule of Rental Rates for Cost of the Material up to$3,000,then at 115% of any ,
Construction Equipment Including Model and portion of the Cost of Material in excess of$3,000.
Specification Reference,which is current at the time the
work is carried out or for equipment which is not so GC8.0204.06 Payment for Equipment
listed, the rate which has been calculated by the ,
Owner, using the same principles as used in GC8.02.04.06.01 Working Time
determining the 127 Rates.
01) The Owner will pay the Contractor for the ,
"Work on a Time and Material Basis'means Changes Working Time of all equipment other than Rented
in the Work,Extra Work and Additional Work approved Equipment and Operated Rented Equipment used on
by the Contract Administrator for payment on a time the Work on a Tme and Material basis at the 127 Rates
and material basis. The Work on a Time and Material with a cost adjustment as follows: '
Basis shall be subject to all the terms, conditions,
specifications and provisions of the Contract. (a) Cost$10,000 or less- no adjustment;
'Working Time' means .each::period of time during (b) Cost greater than$10,000 but not exceeding '
which a unit of equipment=is%actively,and of necessity $20,000'= payment $Io,000'01us'90% 'of the
engaged on a speck operation and the first 2 hours portion in excess of$10,000; and
of each Immediately following period during which the
unit is not.so engaged but during which the operation (c) Cost greater than $20,000 -$19,000 plus 80%
is otherwise proceeding and during which time the unit of the portion in excess of$20,000.
cannot practically be transferred to other work but must
remain on the site in order to continue with its assigned 02) The Owner will pay the Contractor for the '
tasks and during which time the unit is in a fully Working Time of Rented Equipment used on the Work
operable condition. on a Time and Material Basis at 110% of the invoice
price approved by the Contract Administrator up to a
GC8.02.04.02 Daily Work Records maximum of 110%of the 127 Rate. This constraint will
be waived when the Contract Administrator approves
01) _..Daily Work.Records prepared as he case may the invoice price prior to the use of the Rented
be by either the Contractor's representative or the Equipment.
Contract Administrator and reporting the labour and '
equipment employed and the material used on each 03) The Owner will pay the Contractor for the
Time and Material project, shall be reconciled and Working Time of Operated Rented Equipment use on
signed each day by both the Contractor's the Work on a Time and Material Basis at 110%of the '
representative and the Contract Administrator.' Operated Rented Equipment invoice price approved by
the Contract Administrator prior to the use of the
GC8.02.04.03 Payment for Work equipment on the work on a Time and Material Basis.
01) Payment as herein provided shall be full '
compensation for all labour,Equipment and Material to GC8.02.04.06.02 Standby Tune
do the work on a Time and Material basis except where
there Is agreement to the contrary prior to the 01) The Owner will pay the Contractor for Standby
commencement of the work on a Time and Material Time of Equipment at 35% of the 127 Rate or 35% of
basis. The payment adjustments shall apply to each the invoice price whichever is appropriate. The Owner
individual Change Order authorized by the Contract will pay reasonable costs for Rented Equipment where '
Administrator. this is necessarily retained in the Work Area for
extended periods agreed to by the Contract
GC&02.04.04 Payment for Labour Administrator. This will Include Rented Equipment
intended for use on other work,but has been idled due '
01) The Owner will pay the Contractor for labour to the circumstances giving rise to the Work on a Time
employed on each Time and Material project at 135% and Material Basis
of the Cost of Labour up to$3000,then at 120%of any
portion of the Cost of Labour in excess of$3000. 02) In addition, the Owner will Include'the Cost of
Labour of operators or associated labourers who
cannot be otherwise employed during the standby
GC8.02.04.05 Payment for Material period or during the period of Idleness caused by the
circumstances giving rise to the Work on a Time and ) '
01) The Owner will pay the Contractor for material Material Basis
I ,OPS General Conditions of Contract
35
03) The Contract Administrator may require Rented Work.
Equipment idled by the circumstances giving rise to
' the Work on Time.and Material Basis to be returned to 02) Separate summaries shall be completed by the
the lessor until the work requiring the equipment can Contractor according to the standard form-Summary
be resumed. The Owner will pay such costs as result for Payment of Accounts on a Time and Material
directly from such return. Basis". Each summary shall include the order number
And covering dates of the work and shall itemize
04) When equipment is transported, solely for the separately labour, materials and equipment. Invoices
purpose of the Work on a Time and Material Basis,to for materials, Rented Equipment and other charges
or from the Working Area on a Time and Material incurred by the Contractor on the Work on a Time and
Basis, payment will be made by the Owner only in Material Basis shall be included with each summary.
eespect of the transporting units. When equipment is s
moved under its own power it shall be deemed to be 03) Each month the Contract Administrator will
' working. The method of moving equipment and the include with the monthly progress payment certificate,
rates shall be subject to the approval of the Contract the costs of the Work on a Time and Material Basis
Administrator. incurred during the preceding month all in accordance
with the contract administrative procedures and the
' Contractor's invoice of the Work on a Time and
GC8.0204.07 Payment for Hand Tools Material Basis.
01) Notwithstanding any other provision of this 04) The final"Summary for Payment of Accounts on
' Section, no payment shall be made to the Contractor a Time and Material Basis" shall be submitted by the
for or in respect of hand tools or equipment that are Contractor within 60 days after the completion of the
tools of the trade. work on a Time an Material Basis.
GC8.02.04.08 Payment for Work By
Subcontractors GC8.02.05 Final Acceptance Certificate
' 01) Where the Contractor arranges for work on a 01) After the acceptance of the Work the Contract
Time and Material Basis, or a part of it, to be Administrator will issue the Final Acceptance Certificate,
performed by Subcontractors on a Time and Material or, where applicable, after the Warranty Period has
Basis and has received approval prior to the expired. The Final Acceptance Certificate will not be
commencement of the work, in accordance with the issued until all known deficiencies have been adjusted
requirements of subsection GC3.10,Subcontracting by or corrected, as the case may be, and the Contractor
the Contractor,the Owner will pay the cost of work on has discharged all obligations under the Contract.
a Time and Material Basis by the Subcontractor
calculated as if the Contractor had done the work on a GC8.0206 Payment of Workers
Time and Material Basis, plus a markup calculated on
the following basis: 01) The Contractor shall, in addition to any fringe
' benefits, pay the workers employed on the Work in
(a) 20% of the first$3,000; plus accordance with the labour conditions set out in the
Contract and at intervals of not less than twice a
(b) 15%of the amount from$3,000 to$10,000; plus month.
' (c) 5% of the amount in excess of$10,000. 02) The Contractor shall require each Subcontractor
doing any part of the Work to pay the workers
' 02) No further markup will be applied regardless of employed by the Subcontractor on the Work in
the extent to which the work is assigned or sublet to accordance with this clause.
others. If work is assigned or sublet to an associate,
as defined by the Securities Act, RSO 1980, Chapter 03) Where any person employed by the Contractor
' 466, no markup whatsoever will be applied. or any Subcontractor or other person on the Work is
paid less than the amount required to be paid under
the Contract, the Owner may set off monies in
GC8.0204.09 Submission of Invokes accordance with clause GC8.02.03.11,Owner's Set-off.
01) At the start of the work on a Time and Material
Basis, the Contractor shall provide the applicable GC8.02.07 Records
labour and equipment rates not already submitted to
the Contract Administrator during the course of the 01) The Contractor shall maintain and keep
1
OPS General Conditions of Contract
1
accurate Records relating to the Work,Changes in the fuels, materials and services, except for refundable
Work, Extra Work and claims arising therefrom. Such taxes and duties, shall be included in the Contract 1
Records shall be of sufficient detail to support the total price.
cost of the Work, Changes in the Work, and Extra
Work. The Contractor shall preserve all such original
Records until 12 months after the Final Acceptance 02) The Contractor shall pay all taxes, customs
Certificate is issued or until all claims have been duties, and excise taxes on all fuels and materials with
settled, whichever Is longer. The Contractor shall respect to the Contract. Where applicable, the
require that Subcontractors employed by the Contractor shall apply for any refunds of taxes and 1
Contractor preserve all original Records pertaining to duties to the appropriate tax levying authority.
the Work,changes in the work, Extra Work and claims
arising therefrom for a similar period of time.
03) Any increase or decrease in costs of materials '
02) If, in the opinion of the Contract Administrator, and fuels incorporated into the Work due to changes
Daily Work Records are required, such records shall in such taxes and duties after the date of the tender
report the labour and equipment employed and the closing shall increase or decrease the Contract.price
material used on any specific portion of the Work. The accordingly. Both parties to the Contract shall assist ,
Daily Work Records shall be reconciled with and . the other in applying for refunds,where appropriate,by
signed by the Contractor's representative each day. providing receipts, records or other help.
03) The Owner may inspect and audit the i
Contractor's Records relating to the Work, Extra Work
and Changes in the Work at any time during the period
of the Contract in accordance with paragraph 01) of GC8.02.09 Liquidated Damages 1
this clause.The Contractor shall supply certified copies
of any part of his Records required whenever
requested by the Owner. 01) When liquidated damages are specified in the
Contract and the Contractor fails to complete the Work i
GC8.0208 Taxes and Duties in accordance with the Contract, the Contractor shall
pay such amounts as are specified in the Contract
01) Taxes, customs duties and excise taxes on all Documents.
1
1
i
1
l
OPS General Conditions of Contract